Home

HP Landscape Lighting B User's Manual

1. Scanner Mode Programming 5 109 Table 5 28 Scanner Mode Command Summary SCANMODE mode USE ch Sets the voltmeter operating mode SCANMODE ON sets Scanner Mode operation The SCANMODE setting is not changed by the high level commands For Scanner Mode when TERM RIBBON is set scanning is under control of the voltmeter through the dedicated ribbon cable When TERM INT EXT or ZERO is set scanning is under control of the mainframe SCDELAY trig delay scan pace USE ch Sets the delay time between the scan trigger and when the first measurement can be triggered and sets the time between successive scan triggers SCDELAY trig delay sets the delay time between the scan trigger and when the first measurement can be triggered Range of trig delay 0 to 0 01638375 seconds with power on value 0 sec SCDELAY scan pace is valid only when SCTRIG INT is set scan pace sets the time between successive scan triggers Range of scan pace Oto 1073 74182375 seconds with power on value 0 002 seconds SCSLOPE mode USE ch When SCTRIG EXTO EXTi MEAS or GPIO is set SCSLOPE sets the edge of the scan trigger LH or HL which will trigger the voltmeter Power on mode LH SCTRIG source USE ch Specifies the source for the scan trigger Power on source HOLD and default source SGL SLOPE mode USE ch For TRIG EXTO EXT1 MEAS or GPIO SLOPE sets the edge LH or HL of the input which will generate a mea
2. 4 4 7 CONFMEAS Presets 25 45 c 4 7 Examples Measurements Using CONEMEAS 423 oe Ru edu xri Sw 4 9 Measurements Using CONF and MEAS 4 11 Programming Overview ee eee eee 4 11 Setting Voltmeter Operation sn 4 17 Setting Voltmeter Triggering 4 20 Setting Scan Triggering less 4 23 Measurements Not Using MEAS 4 244 Low Level Multiplexer Measurements cate ES Rear Panel Measurements 2 0 aes 427 Enabling Interrupts DEDE OO System Mode Command Summary 436 Chapter 5 Scanner Mode Programming Introduction coco rr nn ada e 5 1 Chapter Contents Tri Scanner Mode Measurements ignem Getting Started uuo paio Y be me vers 5 4 Measurements Using CONFMEAS 5 6 CONFMEAS Programming 6 CONFMEAS Measurement Examples 11 Measurements Using CONF and MEAS 513 Programming Overview ee 5 14 CONF and MEAS Overview 16 Selecting Voltmeter Configuration 5 22 Selecting Voltmeter Triggering 5 26 Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands v2 esa eror TT 5 31 Programming Overview es 3 32 Scanner Mode Overview Ln 534 Selecting Voltmeter Configurations S4 Selecting Voltmeter Triggering 5 52 Selecting Data Transfers Interrupts 5 77 Measurement Examples 5 86 Digitizing Waveforms bie ath
3. 5 43 Channel Range Lists CLWRITE 5 46 Example Setting Channel Range Lists 5 48 Setting Number of Readings 5 49 Number of Prescans PRESCAN Tot 2 us 5 49 Number of Postscans POSTSCAN 5 50 Number of Readings NRDGS 5 50 Example Setting Number of Readings 5 51 Selecting Voltmeter Triggering 5 52 Triggering Overview lll 5 53 Voltmeter Trigger Operation 5 53 Voltmeter Trigger Sources 5 55 Setting Scan Triggering 5 56 Scan Trigger Source SCTRIG 5 56 Scan Trigger Slope SCSLOPE 5 59 Scan Trigger Threshold PERC 5 59 Scan Trigger Delay SCDELAY 540 Autoscan Mode ASCAN woe 5 61 Example Setting Scan Triggering 05 68 Setting Measure Triggering 2 64 Measure Trigger Source TRIG 5 65 Measure Trigger Slope SLOPE 0 5 66 Measure Trigger Timing SPER 5456 EXTO0 Port Triggering TRIGOUT TIU Dr E Example Setting Measure Trigger iari BETO Setting Stop Triggering eee fi Stop Trigger Source STTRIG 5 74 Stop Trigger Slope STSLOPE 0 SNO Stop Trigger Threshold PERC 5 73 O Example Setting Stop Trigger Para i gt ae ee Data Transfers Interrupts 5 77 Setting Data Destination Storage 5 78 Readings Destination RDGS 5 78 Readings Storage Mode RDGSMODE
4. NOTE on Firmware Revision Your HP 3852A mainframe must have firmware revision 4 2 or greater to take advantage of the HP 44704A s 14 and 16 bit resolution modes With earlier revisions the HP 447044 emulates an HP 44702B introduction 1 3 Getting Started 1 4 introduction There are three main steps to configure and program the voltmeter for your application e Define your measurement e Configure the voltmeter e Program the voltmeter Define Your Measurement The first step is to define your measurement application and select voltmeter operation for the measurement Refer to Chapter 2 Defining Your Measurement for guidelines Configure the Voltmeter Next hardware configure the voltmeter for the measurement Refer to Chapter 3 Installation and Checkout to connect user inputs and trigger sources as required and to install and initially check the voltmeter Program the Voltmeter The voltmeter has two programming modes System Mode and Scanner Mode Typically System Mode is used when high speed scanning is not required With System Mode a subset of the voltmeter commands are available and multiplexer or rear panel measurements can be made Refer to Chapter 4 System Mode Programming to program the voltmeter for System Mode measurements For high speed measurements you will need to use Scanner Mode operation With Scanner Mode data can be transferred to the mainframe memory at rates up to 90 000 readings pe
5. 5 78 Transferring Readings 5 80 Transfer Single Reading CHREAD 5 81 Transfer Multiple Readings XRDGS 581 Setting Interrupts V A82 Enabling Interrupts ENABLE INTR 5 82 Disabling Interrupts DISABLE INTE SES Example Setting Voltmeter Interrupts 5 84 Measurement Examples 2 220 005 0 S e Digitizing Waveforms ae e Example Capture of a Window of Det ta 587 Example Digitizea Waveform 5 88 lt Example Graphing a Waveform 5 90 High Speed Data Transfers a i ede aca AE Example Transfer Data to Mainframe 5 91 Example Transfer Data to Controller 5 92 Example Rear Panel Measurements 5 94 Special Applications 2 596 Example Continuous Data Acquisition 5 96 Example Synchronize Multiple Voltmeters a eus cc o gore BAR duc 5 101 Example 60 Hz Noise Rejection 5 104 Scanner Mode Command Summary 5 107 nC VO Introduction Chapter Contents 5 Scanner Mode Programming This chapter shows how to program the voltmeter for Scanner Mode SCANMODE ON ribbon cable measurements Refer to Chapter 4 System Mode Programming for System Mode SCANMODE OFF measurements The chapter does not include GPIO operation RDGS GPIO is set Refer to Chapter 7 GPIO Operation for GPIO measurements NOTE This chapter applies directl
6. Enter 8 resistance readings 140 PRINT USING K Volts Ohms Display 13 readings 150 END For a set of 5 1V and 8 1KQ measurements typical return values are 3975375 5 voltage readings 1 001375 993 8125 B resistance readings 1003 125 In Scanner Mode SCANMODE ON you can specify a channel list using the CONFMEAS MEAS and MONMEAS commands All channels specified by these commands will be measured using a single range whether preset or set by RANGE When transferred the readings will be unpacked using the current RANGE setting So far this is the same as in System Mode But in Scanner Mode there is an additional way to specify a channel list By using the channel list write command CLWRITE ribbon bus ch list RANGE range list USE ch you can specify a range RANGE range list to be used for each channel in the channel list ch list In fact if you execute the CLWRITE cA list command a range list is created even if you don t specify one This default range has an entry for each channel specified by ch Hist and each entry is set to the current RANGE setting To allow high speed reading rates the CLWRITE s ch list and range list values are stored within the voltmeter s memory rather than the Mainframe s memory Since the Mainframe can t access this memory and since 16 bit resolution readings do not contain range information the mainframe always unpacks 16 bit resolution readings made with CLWRITE
7. Define total rdgs variable 70 Pre_scan 10 Define prescans variable 80 Post_scan 10 Define postscans variable 90 MASS STORAGE IS 1400 0 0 Define default msus 1007 110 Error trap 1 120 X 130 ON ERROR GOTO Conti Define error event branch 140 PURGE Pack rdgs Purge file at default msus 150 Contt OFF ERROR i Turn off error event 1607 170 Create T O paths data file 1807 190 CREATE BDAT Pack rdgs Tot rdgs 2 Data file in default msus 200 ASSIGN Hp 3852 TO 709 1 Assign I O path to HP 38524 210 ASSIGN GPacked file TO Pack rdgs Assign I O path to msus file 220 ASSIGN Gpio TO 12 WORD FORMAT OFF Assign I O path to GPIO 230 ASSIGN Packed buff TO BUFFER Packed WORD FORMAT OFF Cont P 2401 250 Configure voltmeter 260 7 i 270 CLEAR Hp_3852 1 Clear HP IB 280 OUTPUT Hp 3852 RST Reset HP 3852A 290 OUTPUT Hp 3852 USE 600 Use vm in mainframe slot 6 300 OUTPUT Hp 3852 DISP OFF Turn display off 310 OUTPUT QHp 3852 SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode 320 OUTPUT Hp 3852 CONF DCV Configure for DC volts 330 OUTPUT Hp_3852 RANGE 9 1 Set 10 24V range 340 OUTPUT Hp_3852 RDGS GPIO GPIO is readings destination 350 OUTPUT Hp 3852 NRDGS Tot rdgs Pre scan Post scan Number rdgs 360 OUTPUT QHp 3852 SPEH 10E 6 10 usec between readings 370 OUTPUT Hp_3852 SCDELAY 0 10 sec scan trigger delay 380 OUTPUT QHp 3852 PRESCAN Pre scan Set prescans 390 OUTPUT Hp
8. Trigger Driven by the voltmeter Both lines are always active A logical 1 on the STIO line indicates an End of Scan services request A logical 1 on the STH line indicates a Measurement Available service request 1 l The user may read these lines at any time to determine thelr status or may wait for the EIR external interrupt signal and then determine the cause of the interrupt by checking the status of these lines Status Notes 1 An End of Scan service request is generated when RDGSMODE END or ROGSMODE COMPLETE is set and the scan sequence ends A Measurement Available service request ia generated when ROGSMODE DAV or ROGSMODE BURST Is set and a measurement is available GPIO Signal Timing GPIO Interface Switches GPIO 98622A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Sg DIO SAFETY GND INNER SHIELD SAFETY GND OUTER SHIELD Figure 7 1 GPIO Signals Figure 7 3 shows GPIO signal timing for input and output signals when Full Mode Handshake Mode is set The HP 98622A GPIO Interface Card has four switches which can be set for desired operation Interface Select Code Interrupt Level Data In Clock Source and Option Select Figure 7 4 shows switch locations and shows the Options Select and Data In Clock Source Switch settings required for GPIO operation with the HP 44702A B or HP 44704A voltmeter GPIO Operation 7 3 REMOVE JM 6 TO ENABLE THE PERIPHERAL RESET PRST LINE REM
9. chi ch chs chi ehz ch3 e uv mt me mti mi mts Scan Sean Trigger Trigger required for each pass 1 SPER for HP 44702A serial number 262A00600 or greater for HP 44702B serial number 2626A00450 or greater and all HP 44704A s For other serial numbers t 10 sec Figure 5 12 Scan Triggering vs Autoscan Mode 5 62 Scanner Mode Programming Example Setting Scan Triggering ASCAN ON With ASCAN ON the delay time set by SCDELAY trig delay occurs only on pass 1 between the start of the pass and the first measurement mt Since TRIG INT is set SPER sample period sets the time between measurements mt to mtz etc With ASCAN ON pass 2 and all subsequent passes start automatically The time t between passes from mts in pass 1 to mt in pass 2 is either 10 usec or is set by SPER sample period depending on the voltmeter serial number With ASCAN ON for HP 44702As serial number 2626A00600 and higher HP 44702Bs serial number 2626A00450 and higher and all HP 44704As the time is set by SPER For earlier HP 44702A B serial numbers the time is fixed at 10 usec e ASCAN OFF With ASCAN OFF and SCTRIG INT set SCDELAY scan _pace sets the time from the start of a pass to the start of the next pass A scan trigger is required to start each pass when ASCAN OFF is set Also the SCDELAY sig delay time is inserted in each pass between the scan trigger and the first measurement mt As with AS
10. 1 Year Accuracy Add 005 of reading to 90 day specifications I Specifications A 1 Tem perature Add as an additional accuracy error using of reading per C change outside coefficient 18 to 28 C as long as the operation temperature is maintained between 0 to 18 or 28 to 55 C Range Add of reading 40 mV 00276 all other ranges 001 Resolution 13 14 or 16 bits including sign bit RAM d Over ranging None maximum signal high to low common mode voltage low to chassis to prevent out of range indications is 10 24 volts Reading Hate 100 000 readings sec in 13 bit 14 bit and 16 bit modes Proper auto ranging in the 13 bit and 14 bit mode will occur at 100 000 readings sec as long as a single channel signal changes no more than 600 volts sec during auto ranging P A 2 Specifications Resistance Accuracy of reading ohms 4 or 2 wire ohms max resistance expected resistance function determines the current source used rear terminal inputs one hour warmup specified over time since of last calibration and operating temperature with auto zeroing performed within one minute of measurement Current source compliance voltage is at least 17 V For high speed ribbon cable operation only the HP 44711B or HP 44713B FET multiplexer i is recommended for measuring resistance properly 90 Days 18 to 28 C 10 kohm Function 1 mA current source A Range LO bL Accuracy 40
11. NOTE For CONF and MEAS Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation USE SCANMODE CONF and MEAS are the only commands required to program the voltmeter The other commands are optional and can be used as needed Also commands are not always presented in the order shown in Figure 5 4 When using CONF and MEAS always program the voltmeter in the sequence shown in Figure 5 4 5 14 Scanner Mode Programming LIFTS E NE j H i Z i NS A ae SCTRIG HOLD RANGE ARNOOE rss ME RN A e wes eo BASSP A92 5 4 VOT SABLE INTRA ae ed FUNC v amp Voltmeter slot used Reset voltmeter Self test voltmeter Reset voltmeter Set 14 bit Resolution Set scanner mode Configure voltmeter or set scan trigger hold Disable interrupt Voltmeter function Range autorange Input terminais Readings destination Readings per channel Autozero dea Gees seca FILTER eee PERC Ecce gue sem m L 179 7 temer E RN n me ENABLE INIRA mm T ae TRIGOUT C22 Requires HP 44704A and firmware revision 4 0 or greater CLL Mainframe command x GPIO operation only x MEAS may change certain settings Figure 5 4 CONF and MEAS Programming Sequence Scanner Mode Programming Low poss filter Scan stop trig thshold Measure trigger slope Sean trigger slope EXTO port trioer mode System tri Ggec source Measure trigger source Measure trigger timi
12. PACKARD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSE QUENTIAL DAMAGES WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT TORT OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY ASSISTANCE Product maintenance agreements and other customer assistance agreements are available for H ewlett Packard products For any assistance co tact your nearest Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office Addresses are provided at the back of this manual vi HEWLETT PACKARD SAFETY SUMMARY The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this instrument Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design manufacture and intended use of the instrument Hewlett Packard Company assumes no liability for the customer s failure to comply with these requirements GROUND THE INSTRUMENT To minimize shock hazard the instrument chassis and cabinet must be connected to an electrical ground DO NOT OPERATE IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE Do not operate the instrument in the presence of flammable gases or fumes Operation of any electrical instrument in such an environment constitutes a definite safety hazard KEEP AWAY FROM LIVE CIRCUITS Operating personnel must not remove instrument covers Component replacement and internal adjustments must be made by qualified maintenance personnel Under certain conditions dangerou
13. Set option base 0 Define controller buffer HP 3852A I O address 70 ASSIGN Hp_3852 to 709 FORMAT OFF Set up HP IB path 80 ASSIGN Bdata to BUFFER Bdata FORMAT OFF Controller buffer path 90 OUTPUT Dac PACKED PARR 49 100 1407 Set up voltmeter and transfer data 130 OUTPUT Dac USE 600 140 OUTPUT Dac DISP OFF 150 OUTPUT Dac SCANMODE ON 160 OUTPUT Dac CONF DCV 170 OUTPUT Dac RANGE 9 180 OUTPUT Dac NRDGS 5 190 OUTPUT Dac SPER 12 5E 6 200 OUTPUT Dac SCDELAY 0 210 OUTPUT Dac CLWRITE 500 504 220 OUTPUT Dac ASCAN ON 230 OUTPUT Dac SCTRIG SGL _ 1 HP 38524 packed array H Use voltmeter in MF slot 6 Mainframe display off I Set Scanner Mode Configure for DC volts Set 10 24V range Set 5 readings channel Set 12 5 usec between meas Set 0 msec scan trig delay Set ch 500 504 as scan list Single scan trigger required Single scan trigger 240 OUTPUT Dac XRDGS 600 25 INTO PARR Transfer rdgs to mainframe 250 OUTPUT Dac VREAD PARR PACK 260 TRANSFER Hp 3852 TO Bdata END WAIT Transfer rdgs to controller 280 290 Unpack PACKED data 300 FOR I 1 TO 25 310 PRINT FNUnpk13 Bdata l 320 NEXT I 330 END 340 DEF FNUnpk13 INTEGER Bdata 350 REAL R 0 3 360 DATA 256 32 4 1 370 READ R 380 M BINAND Bdata 4095 390 IF Bdata gt 0 OR M 4095 THEN 400 RETURN 1 E 38 410 ELSE Transfer rdgs to output buffer Pr
14. With MONMEAS the voltage or resistance on a specified channel is continuously monitored and the result sent to the front panel display ONLY To advance the monitoring to the next channel in the list press the SADV KEY key on the front panel An example follows Example Monitoring Multiplexer Inputs MONMEAS This program checks the DC voltage input to channels 200 through 204 of an HP 44705A multiplexer in slot 2 of the mainframe using an HP 44702A B voltmeter in slots 6 and 7 of the mainframe To monitor 2 wire ohms use CONF OHM in line 30 To monitor 4 wire ohms use CONF OHMF in line When MONMEAS is executed channel 200 is closed The voltmeter makes repeated measurements on channel 200 and continuously displays the results on the front panel display only E Pressing the front panel SADV KEY key advances the scan to channel 201 Pressing the SADV KEY key again advances the scan to channel 202 etc When the scan reaches channel 204 pressing the SADV KEY key once more ends the sequence You can also use the CLEAR key to stop the scan 10 OUTPUT 709 RST 600 IReset the voltmeter 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 30 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV Select DC volts measurements 40 OUTPUT 709 MONMEAS Meas display volts on ch 200 204 DCV 200 204 50 END A typical return for a 9V 5 source connected to channel 200 value in volts IS DCV 200 8 999874E 00 Installation and Checkout 3 15 M
15. 140 OUTPUT 709 STSLOPE HL 150 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG SGL 160 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 30 170 ENTER 709 Volts Dim controller array Use voltmeter in MF slot 6 Set Scanner Mode Set DC volts l Trim to 2 prescans 1 postscan I Set 10 readings channel Set 10 usec between meas triggers Set 0 msec scan trigger delay Set 2 prescans 1 Set 1 postscan Set autoscan mode on 1 Set ch 500 as scan list Set EXTO as stop trigger source Set HL slope for stop trigger Set single scan trigger source Transfer 30 readings Enter 30 readings Scanner Mode Programming 5 87 180 PRINT USING K Volts 190 END Display 30 readings For a 9V 5 voltage source connected to channel 500 a typical return values in volts follows if the stop trigger occurs on the 100th prescan pass 8 9875 8 995 Prescan 99 10 readings 9 0025 9 0025 9 0058 Prescan 100 10 readings 8 99 9 0025 8 9975 Postscan 1 10 readings 9 0025 Example Digitize a This program triggers a voltmeter in slot 6 of the mainframe when the voltage Waveform input to channel 500 of an HP 44711A B multiplexer crosses 3 072 V in the negative high to low direction When the trigger occurs the voltmeter makes 10 measurements at 0 5 second intervals Since RDGSMODE DAV is set an interrupt also occurs with the first readin version of the input waveform g The resulting data is a digitized The 0 5
16. t Enter 10 readings 120 MAT A A 4 Correct each reading in array A 130 PRINT USING KJ A Display 10 corrected readings 100 END For a set of 2 V 5 sources connected to channels 500 through 509 a typical return values in volts is 1 98945325 2 02265625 1 98253476 When you transfer PACKED readings to your controller for unpacking no correction factor needs to be applied to these values but your application program will have to maintain the CL WRITE range list values to use while unpacking the readings Example Unpacking Readings in the Controller Made With CLWRITE This program makes measurements at 80 000 readings second transfers the readings to the controller at approximately 35 000 readings per second and unpacks the readings in the controller The example includes the unpacking function for 16 bit resolution RESOL 16 readings The program makes 25 measurements 5 readings on each of 5 channels and stores them in mainframe array PARR in PACKED format The readings are transferred to the output buffer with the VREAD command and then The HP 44704A in 16 Bit Mode 6 7 transferred to the controller with the TRANSFER statement The packed readings are then unpacked by the controller Since packed DC voltage readings have a 2 bytes reading format PARR must be defined for 50 bytes Since SPER is set for 12 5 usec measurements are taken at 12 5 usec intervals SCDELAY 0 sets 0 sec scan trigger delay
17. Data is available when the voltmeter data buffer has room for only 4 096 more readings or at the end of a scan sequence The scan sequence is aborted if the buffer fills However data already in the buffer when it fills remains valid and is readable If enabled an interrupt is generated when the buffer has room for only 4 096 more readings or at the end of a scan sequence DISABLE INTR disables the interrupt If the scan sequence is still in progress and the buffer has room for more than 4 096 readings due to some measurements having been read by CHREAD or XRDGS DISABLE INTR will also clear the interrupt DISABLE INTR is done implicitly by the mainframe as part of the interrupt service RDGSMODE END Data is available when any reading is stored in the voltmeter data buffer The scan sequence is aborted if the buffer fills but data in the buffer when it fills remains valid and is readable An interrupt if enabled is generated ONLY at the end of a scan sequence DISABLE INTR disables and clears the interrupt DISABLE INTR is done implicitly by the mainframe as part of the interrupt service RDGSMODE COMPLETE Data is available ONLY at the end of the scan sequence In contrast to the other three modes the scan sequence does not stop if the voltmeter data buffer fills data is overwritten For example with an HP 44702B or HP 44704A if the scan sequence generates 65 537 readings and RDGSMODE COMPLETE is set data from reading 65 53
18. Declare For Next variables 110 OUTPUT 709 REAL SAMRDGS 99 Declare mainframe array 120 OUTPUT 709 REAL MIN MAX STD MEAN Declare STAT variables 130 OUTPUT 709 REAL STAT ARY 9 AVG 9 Declare STAT arrays 140 150 Set up voltmeter transfer readings 160 Scanner Mode Programming 5 105 170 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in MF slot 6 180 OUTPUT 709 RST 600 Reset voltrneter 190 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode 200 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV Configure for DC voltage 210 OUTPUT 709 SPER 000167 167 psec between meas triggers 220 OUTPUT 709 SCDELAY 0 00167 1 67 msec between scans 230 OUTPUT 709 PRESCAN 10 Set 10 prescans 240 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 509 Set ch 500 509 as scan list 250 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG INT Set intemal scan trigger 260 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 INTO SAMRDGS Transfer rdgs to MF memory 270 290 Averaging subroutine 300 OUTPUT 709 SUB CONVERT l Begin averaging subroutine 310 OUTPUT 709 FOR J 0 TO 9 Extract channel readings 320 OUTPUT 709 K J average out noise on each ch 330 OUTPUT 709 FOR 0 TO 9 340 OUTPUT 709 STAT ARRAY l SAMRDGS K 350 OUTPUT 709 K K 4 10 360 OUTPUT 709 NEXT I 370 OUTPUT 709 STAT MIN MAX MEAN STD STAT ARY 380 OUTPUT 709 AVG J MEAN 390 OUTPUT 709 NEXT J 400 OUTPUT 709 SUBEND 1 End averaging subroutine 410 OUTPUT 709 CALL CONVERT Call sub when rdgs available 420 n i 440 Transfer
19. The voltmeter can make 2 wire or 4 wire ohms measurements using HP 447XXX multiplexers or make 4 wire ohms measurements using the rear panel terminals Three resistance ranges are available up to 10 kQ 1 mA current source up to 100 kQ 100 xA source or up to 1 MQ 104A source Strain Measurements The voltmeter and the HP 44717A 44718A 44719A or 44720A strain gage multiplexers can be used to make strain measurements including v4 bridge V2 bridge and full bridge measurements of strain gages or rosettes For strain measurements the data is returned in equivalent strain or microstrain value For rosette measurements the user must convert the data to an equivalent strain value Defining Your Measurement 2 7 Multiplexers Used Temperature Measurements The voltmeter can make temperature measurements of thermocouples thermistors or resistance temperature detectors RTD The data returned is the equivalent temperature in C In addition the reference temperature can be independently measured for thermocouple measurements The HP 3852A supports Type B E J K N14 N AWG 14 N28 N AWG 28 R S and T thermocouples Type 2252 5K and 10K thermistors and Type 85 a 00385 Q G C or Type 92 a 0 003916 Q Q C RTDs Other types of thermocouples can be measured with user supplied linearization programs NOTE Refer to Hewlett Packard Application Note 290 Practical Temperature Measurements part number
20. we suggest that you first read this section and run the example measurements using CONFMEAS even it your measurement cannot be made with CONFMEAS CONFMEAS A description of the CONFMEAS command CONFMEAS operation and Program mi ng CONFMEAS programming sequence follows CONFMEAS CONFMEAS can be used with the HP 44702A B or HP 44704A voltmeter to Command make DC voltage DC current when a user supplied shunt is installed strain _resistance 2 wire or 4 wire ohms and temperature thermocouples thermistors or RTDs measurements The advantage of using CONFMEAS is that it allows you to quickly and easily configure the voltmeter for a wide variety of measurements with a single command The CONFMEAS syntax is 5 6 Scanner Mode Programming CONFMEAS function ch list NSCAN number USE ch INTO name or fmt NOTE 1 The NSCAN number parameter applies only to instruments which have firmware revision 2 2 or greater 2 For the HP 44717A 44718A 44719A and 44720A strain gage multiplexers CONFMEAS includes additional optional and or required parameters Refer to the HP 44717A 44718A 44719A and 44720A Strain Gage Accessories Configuration and Programming Manual for details CONFMEAS configures the voltmeter for a specific measurement function scans measures and transfers data In Scanner Mode CONFMEAS can be used only for ribbon cable measurements CONFMEAS does the following e Configures the voltmeter to a funct
21. 1 90 OUTPUT 709 PRESCAN 1 100 OUTPUT 709 POSTSCAN 1 110 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 504 120 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG INT 130 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 140 ENTER 709 Volts 150 PRINT USING KJ Volts 160 END 5 70 Scanner Mode Programming 4 Dimension controller array Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 Set Scanner Mode Set DC volts Set 10 24V range 1 Set 2 readings channel Set 1 msec between triggers 10 msec trig delay 1 sec pace Make 1 prescan pass Make I postscan pass Set ch 500 504 as scan list Internal scan trigger source Read 20 readings Enter 20 readings Display 20 readings ye ett Setting Stop Triggering Stop Trigger Source STTRIG For a set of 9V 5 sources connected to channels 500 504 a typical return value in volts is 8 9975 ch 500 9 005 9 0025 9 005 8 9975 8 9975 B 9925 9 00 ch 501 prescan 1 10 readings ch 504 ch 500 postscan 2 10 readings ch 504 Guidelines to set stop trigger parameters follow including stop trigger sources STTRIG stop trigger slope STSLOPE and stop trigger threshold PERC 9 0025 9 0025 NOTE If PRESCAN 0 is set the stop trigger is enabled when the scan is enabled Thus if the stop trigger is received before the scan trigger ts received the volimeter starts the postscan operation If POSTSCAN 0 is also set it is possible for no measurements to be taken even of SCTRIG INT or SCTRIG SGL is set STTRIG
22. 320 mV Strain Bridge Excitation Bridge Unstrained Quarter Bridge Full Bridge Haif Bridge Quarter Bridge in Tension Quarter Bridge in Compression Half Bridge Poisson Full Bridge Bending Poisson Full Bridge Poisson STRVEX STRUN STRQ STRFB STRHB STROTEN STROCOMP STRHP STRFBP STRFP Notes 1 For thermistor measurements the default range chosen gives good resolution at moderate temperatures For ternperatures nearer the thermistor s limits you may need to change to a more appropriate range use CONF then RANGE then MEAS Since CONFMEAS and MONMEAS perform voltmeter configuration and initiate the measurement cycle there is no opportunity to change the preset range See Measurements Using CONFMEAS in Chapters 4 and 5 for more information CONF selects the same preset ranges as CONFMEAS and MONMEAS but since CONF doesn t initiate a measurement cycle you can use the RANGE command to change the preset range before executing the MEAS command See Measurements Using CONF and MEAS in Chapters 4 and 5 for more information Managing Range Information All measurements made with the HP High Speed Voltmeters result in integer binary packed values being created in the voltmeter s reading buffer Except when PACKED format is specified values transferred to the Mainframe s output buffer or to a Mainframe array using CONFMEAS MEAS CHREAD or XRDGS are unpacked or converted into a voltage resistance tem
23. 3852 POSTSCAN Post scan Set postscans 400 OUTPUT Hp 3852 ASCAN ON I Autoscan on 410 OUTPUT QHp 3852 CLWRITE 500 Set ch 500 as scan list 420 GPIO Operation 7 19 7 20 GPIO Operation 430 Set Data Buffer Register 440 450 CONTROL SC Gpio 2 5 460 OUTPUT Gpio USING W 4 470 CONTROL SC Gpio 2 4 480 490 Trigger voltmeter 500 510 OUTPUT Hp_3852 SCTRIG PoR 5207 530 Transfer data to controller and then to disc 540 I Set CTLO low Address data buffer register 1 Set CTLO high Send scan trigger 550 ON TIMEOUT SC Gplo 1 GOSUB Abort transfer 560 TRANSFER Gpio TO Packed_buff COUNT Tot rdgs 2 CONT 570 TRANSFER Packed buff TO GV SOME file COUNT Tot rdgs 2 END CONT 5807 590 Close I O paths 600 610 ASSIGN Gpio TO 620 ASSIGN Packed_file TO 630 STATUS QPacked buff 13 Bytes trans 640 ASSIGN Packed_buff TO 650 PRINT Bytes trans 2 readings transferred 660 l 670 Erortrap2 680 690 ON ERROR GOTO Cont2 700 PURGE Unpk rdgs 710 Cont2 OFF ERROR 7201 730 7 Create file for unpacked ee and assign I O paths 740 750 CREATE BDAT Unpk rdgs Bytes trans 2 8 Create unpacked rdgs iud 760 ASSIGN GPacked file TO Pack rdgs 770 ASSIGN Unpacked_file TO Unpk rdgs 780 ASSIGN Packed buff TO BUFFER Packed FORMAT OFF 790 ASSIGN Unpacked_buff TO BUFFER Unpacked FORMAT OFF 800 810 Read packed file unpack rdgs store on disc 8
24. 709 A Enter 10 readings 90 PRINT USING K A Display 10 readings 100 END For a set of 9 V 5 sources to channels 500 through 509 a ges return values in volts is 8 99 9 015 8 925 As shown in Figure 5 8 after the scan trigger is enabled the voltmeter makes at least n prescan passes set with PRESCAN and m postscan passes set with POSTSCAN For each channel in the scan list the voltmeter makes NRDGS readings as set with NRDGS Guidelines follow to use NRDGS POSTSCAN and PRESCAN to set the number of readings taken by the voltmeter PRESCAN number USE ch sets the number of passes the voltmeter makes through the scan list before a stop trigger is accepted The range of number is 0 to 65 535 with power on number 1 CONF sets PRESCAN 1 Prescan Operation As shown in Figure 5 8 after the scan trigger is enabled the voltmeter makes n prescan passes through the scan list and the stop trigger is enabled on the nth pass When the stop trigger is received on the kth pass the voltmeter completes the kth pass and makes m postscan passes Scanner Mode Programming 5 49 For example with PRESCAN 3 the stop trigger is enabled on the third pass If the stop trigger is also received on the third pass the voltmeter makes three _ prescan passes However if the stop trigger is received on the sixth pass the voltmeter makes six prescan passes Interaction With Stop Trigger If both PRESCAN and POSTSCAN
25. Assembly Level Service Manual CHREAD ch INTO name or fmi Transfer a single reading stored in the voltmeter data buffer to the mainframe memory or to the output buffer and or display The voltmeter must have been triggered and data must be available before CHREAD will return a reading CLWRITE ribbon bus ch list RANGE range list USE ch Sets channel and range lists to be scanned and used by the voltmeter The ribbon bus parameter specifies the ribbon cable connections SENSE default COM SEP REFT and STRVEX REFT and STRVEX are valid for mainframe firmware revision 2 2 and greater RANGE range _ list specifies the list of voltmeter ranges which correspond to the channels specified by ch_list CLWRITE is valid only when Scanner Mode SCANMODE ON and ribbon cable TERM RIBBON operation are set See Chapter 6 for details on CLWRITE when an HP 44704A is in 16 bit resolution mode DISABLE INTR USE ch Prevents the voltmeter from generating an interrupt when data is available as defined by RDGSMODE ENABLE INTR USE ch Enables the voltmeter to generate an interrupt when data is available as defined by RDGSMODE The interrupt can be serviced and handled by the mainframe or serviced by the mainframe and handled by the controller Es n FILTER mode USE ch HP 44704A only Enables mode ON or disables mode OFF the HP 44704A s low pass input filter FUNC function range USE ch Sets the measurement function
26. Data Transfers Interrupts to select the RDGSMODE parameter Then program the voltmeter using the command sequence in Figure 5 6 This overview shows simplified volimsier command and data paths describes voltmeter operation for Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation summarizes Scanner Mode low level commands and lists the parameter values set by the CONF command preset values Figure 5 7 is a simplified block diagram of the voltmeter architecture for Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation showing the command and data paths Data Path For ribbon cable operation the voltmeter is connected to one or more HP 44711A B 44712A or 44713A B multiplexers via the ribbon cable Multiple user inputs are sent via the multiplexers and the ribbon cable to the voltmeter When a measure trigger occurs the input is sampled and A D conversion occurs A D conversion requires 10 usec When A D conversion occurs the result is transferred via the 16 bit data bus to the data buffer Stored measurement data can then be transferred to the mainframe or to the GPIO port The data buffer stores readings in 16 bit integer form The HP 44702A data buffer can hold up to 8 192 8k readings while the HP 44702B and HP 44704A data buffer can hold up to 65 536 64k readings The data buffer has three main data available modes as shown in Figure 5 7 Refer to Readings Storage Mode RDGSMODE for details on reading storage modes Command Path The voltmet
27. Line 120 then sets CTLO high to allow data transfer from the voltmeter data buffer to the controller and keeps the PSTS Error bit set Line 130 enters the data from the data buffer to the controller 10 ASSIGN Gpio TO 12 FORMAT OFF WORD Assign I O path to GPIO 100 CONTROL 12 2 5 I Set PSTS bit and set CTLO low 110 OUTPUT Gpio 4 Address Data Buffer register 120 CONTROL 12 2 4 I Set PSTS bit and set CTLO high 130 ENTER Gpio A Enter Data Buffer register values The voltmeter can be triggered over GPIO by toggling bit 1 the CTL1 bit on Control Register 2 recall that CTLO controls data transfers Depending on the SCTRIG SCSLOPE TRIG STTRIG and STSLOPE settings changing CTL1 from low to high or high to low generates a scan measure or stop trigger For example with SCTRIG GPIO and SCSLOPE HL changing CTL1 from high to low generates a scan trigger Example Generate GPIO Scan Trigger A typical sequence to send a scan trigger over GPIO follows assuming SCTRIG GPIO and SCSLOPE HL are set Line 100 sets the PSTS Error bit and sets the CTL1 bit high Then line 110 sets the PSTS Error bit and sets CTLI low which generates a scan trigger on the high to low transition GPIO Operation 7 9 GPIO Interrupts 100 CONTROL 12 2 4 Set PSTS Error bit and set CTL1 high 110 CONTROL 12 2 6 l Set PSTS Error bit and set CTLI low Gen scan trigger on high to low Interrupts to the GPIO controller can be enabled by setting bi
28. NOTE Although backplane measurements can be made for Scanner Mode operation backplane measurements are not recommended and are not discussed in this chapter Unless otherwise indicated all discussion and measurement examples are for ribbon cable TERM RIBBON operation Ribbon Cable Measurements In Scanner Mode all features of the voltmeter are available to the user In addition with ribbon cable measurements the voltmeter is capable of stand alone scanning over the dedicated ribbon cable and measurement speeds up to 100 000 readings second single channel and channel to channel are Possible ny Measurement results can be transferred to the mainframe at rates up to 90 000 readings second to an HP Series 200 300 controller via HP IB at rates up to about 35 000 readings sec or to an HP Series 200 300 controller via GPIO at rates up to 100 000 readings second Thus ribbon cable measurements are ideal for applications such as capturing a window of data or digitizing a waveform To make ribbon cable measurements HP 44711A B 44712A or 44713A B multiplexer s must be used the dedicated ribbon cable must be connected between the multiplexer s and the voltmeter and the ribbon cable must be specified as the voltmeter input with TERM RIBBON As noted three programming methods are available for ribbon cable measurements 1 use the CONFMEAS command 2 use CONF low level commands and MEAS or 3 use CONF low level comm
29. OUTPUT Comp DISP OFF 230 OUTPUT Comp USE 600 240 OUTPUT Comp SCANMODE ON 250 OUTPUT Comp CONF DCV 260 OUTPUT Comp RANGE 2 5 270 OUTPUT Comp RDGSMODE BURST 280 OUTPUT Comp SPER 27 5E 6 290 OUTPUT Comp SCDELAY 16E 3 300 OUTPUT Comp POSTSCAN 4096 310 OUTPUT Comp ASCAN ON 320 OUTPUT Comp CLWRITE 500 330 OUTPUT Comp STTRIG HOLD 340 350 Intr setup I clear 709 Reset HP 3852A t Turn output buffer on Turn input buffer on l Define PACKED array Define INTEGER variable Turn front panel display off 1 Use voltmeter in MF slot 6 Set Scanner Mode on Configure for DC volts 1 Set 2 56V range Enter when room for 4096 rdgs Set 27 usec between rdgs Set 16 msec scan trig delay I Set 4 096 postscans Set autoscan on Set ch 500 as scan list 1 Set stop trigger to HOLD H I Setup interrupts 370 ON EOT Path 3852 5 GOSUB Xfer done When transfer stops restart 380 ON INTR 7 GOTO Terminate 390 Mask 2 400 ENABLE INTR 7 Mask 410 430 subroutine INTROUT 440 OUTPUT Comp SUB INTROUT Stop on dig input intr Set SRQ interrupt mask Enable cont intr capability 1 Start INTROUT subroutine 450 OUTPUT Comp XRDGS 600 4096 INTO A Trans 4 096 rdgs to array A 460 OUTPUT Comp VREAD A PACK Trans rdgs to output buffer 470 OUTPUT Comp ENABLE INTR USE 600 Re enable VM to interrupt 480 OUTPUT Comp SUBEND 490 510 Subroutine XIT 520 O
30. Programming Since scanning rates for multiplexer measurements are limited to a maximum of about 5500 channels second this mode is typically used when high switching rates are not required Note however that you can still make measurements at up to 100 000 readings sec on a single channel Ribbon Cable Measurements DC volts DC current with multiplexer shunt resistance 4 wire ohms and temperature inputs can also be sent to the voltmeter via an HP 44711A B 44712A or 44713 A B High Speed FET Multiplexer over a dedicated ribbon cable connected between the multiplexer and the voltmeter These are called ribbon cable measurements With ribbon cable measurements data rates up to 100 000 readings sec in single channel or in channel to channel operation are possible Thus ribbon cable measurements are typically used for high speed scanning and sampling applications Rear Panel Measurements DC volts and 4 wire ohms only inputs can be sent directly to the rear panel terminals of the voltmeter The obvious advantage of rear panel measurements is that a multiplexer is not required Rear panel measurements can also be used for high speed measurements up to 100 000 readings sec The voltmeter has two modes of operation System Mode and Scanner Mode as set with the SCANMODE command SCANMODE OFF sets System Mode while SCANMODE ON sets Scanner Mode With System Mode operation only multiplexer and rear panel measurements can be made With
31. Scan trigger threshold SCDELAY Scan trigger delay Measure trigger source Measure trigger slope Measure trigger timing EXTO port trigger mode TRIG SLOPE SPEH TRIGOUT Set Measure Trigger 5 26 Scanner Mode Programming Setting Scan Trigger Guidelines follow to select scan trigger parameters when MEAS is used including the scan trigger source SCTRIG scan trigger slope SCSLOPE scan trigger threshold PERC and scan trigger delay SCDELAY Scan Trigger Source SCTRIG As shown in Figure 5 5 the scan sequence is started when a scan trigger from the source set by SCTRIG is received For SCTRIG MEAS EXTO EXTI or GPIO the SCSLOPE command sets the edge LH or HL of the input which will generate the scan trigger For SCTRIG MEAS the PERC command sets the input level threshold which will generate a scan trigger when the input crosses the threshold in the direction set by SCSLOPE Table 5 9 summarizes SCTRIG sources for ribbon cable operation when MEAS is used Although there are nine SCTRIG sources SCTRIG SCAN is g l not normally used for ribbon cable operation Also when MEAS is used Ter SCTRIG SGL or SCTRIG HOLD are not compatible for ribbon cable E operation since MEAS changes SCTRIG SGL or SCTRIG HOLD to SCTRIG INT Refer to the HP 3852A Mainframe Configuration and Programming Manual for details on the TRG command NOTE For Scanner Mode ribbon cable opera
32. Scanner Mode operation multiplexer ribbon cable and rear panel measurements can be made System Mode System Mode is typically used when high speed scanning is not required or when the user does not require the full set of commands for the measurement application System Mode SCANMODE OFF is set at power on after a reset RST or RST slot or by sending SCANMODE or SCANMODE OFF In System Mode switching speed is limited to about 450 channels sec with relay multiplexers or to about 5500 channels sec with FET multiplexers The System Mode command set is a simplified version of the Scanner Mode command set and is very similar to the HP 44701A Integrating Voltmeter command set ROT Defining Your Measurement 2 3 Scanner Mode Scanner Mode operation is set with SCANMODE ON With Scanner Mode you can make backplane ribbon cable or rear panel measurements and you can use the full set of voltmeter commands Switching rates up to 100 000 channels sec are available for ribbon cable measurements Data Transfers For any voltmeter measurement the data is first stored in the on board voltmeter buffer in PACKED 2 bytes reading format Data stored in the voltmeter can then be transferred to the mainframe memory to the HP IB output buffer and or display or directly to the controller via the 16 bit parallel GPIO interface Refer to Chapter 6 in the HP 3852A Mainframe Configuration and Programming Manual for details on data storage and tr
33. TRIGOUT ON is set no trigger source TRIG SCTRIG or STTRIG can be set to EXTO Example Setting This program generates a scan trigger to start the scan pass when the input to Voltmeter Triggering channel 501 crosses 3 072 V in the negative high to low direction No delay occurs from the scan trigger to the first measure trigger and each of the ten measurements is separated by 0 1 sec Since RANGE 9 sets the 10 24V range PERC 30 and SCSLOPE HL set the voltmeter to generate a scan trigger when the input crosses 3 072 V 10 24 V x 30 3 072 V in the negative direction SCDELAY O0 sets a 0 sec delay from the scan trigger to the first measure trigger on channel 501 and SPER 1 sets 0 1 second between each measurement 5 30 Scanner Mode Programming Note that CLWRITE 500 is used to set a dummy channel number so that SCTRIG MEAS can be set This dummy channel is replaced by actual channel 501 when MEAS is executed 10 DIM Volts 0 9 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 30 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON 40 OUTPUT 709 CONF DOV 50 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 9 60 OUTPUT 709 NRDGS 10 70 OUTPUT 709 PERC 30 80 OUTPUT 709 SCSLOPE HL 90 OUTPUT 709 SPER 1 100 OUTPUT 709 SCDELAY 0 110 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 120 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG MEAS 130 OUTPUT 709 MEAS DCV 501 140 ENTER 709 Volts 150 PRINT USING K Volts 160 END Dimension controller array Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 Set Scanner Mode I Set DC volt
34. USING K B 300 A SPOLL 709 310 STOP 320 END t Enable RQS Mask Reg INTR bit Clear FPS LCLINTR LMT ALRM bits Clear output buffer Set Scanner Mode Set DC volts Set 10 24 V range Make 10 readings Set 3 072V threshold Set HL slope for scan trigger Measure 0 5 sec intervals Set 0 sec scan trigger delay Enable voltmeter intr capability I Enable mainframe intr capability Set ch 500 as scan list Scan trigger on input threshold Loop until interrupt occurs Start controller subroutine Query time of day I Enter time of day Print interrupt time message Read ch 500 voltages l Enter voltages I Display header Display voltages Read clear SRQ bit End controller subroutine When the trigger occurs input voltage lt 3 072V the voltmeter takes 10 measurements separated by 0 5 sec intervals These measurements can be used to digitize the waveform for the 5 second interval following the trigger A typical return for a decreasing ramp type function voltage value in volts follows Ch 500 intr 02 46 50 Ch 500 Voltages 3 0375 2 8725 2 4 1 88 1 34 0 675 0 575 0 44 0 37 0 275 Scanner Mode Programming 5 89 Example Graphing a This program samples the voltage of the input connected to channel 500 of an Waveform HP 44711A B multiplexer and displays the results in graphical form The voltmeter is set for 2 prescans and 2 postscans The stop trigger threshold is s
35. Voltage Measurements CONFMEAS This program uses CONFMEAS to measure DC voltages connected to channels 500 through 509 of an HP 44705A multiplexer Since NSCAN number is not specified the voltmeter makes a single pass through the channel list 10 DIM Volts 0 9 Dimension controller array 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 30 OUTPUT 709 CONFMEAS DCV 500 509 Conf meas DC volts ch 500 509 40 INTER 709 Volts Enter 10 readings 50 PRINT USING K Volts l Display 10 readings 60 END For a set of 5V 5 96 sources typical return values in volts are 4 9975 5 0025 4 9875 System Mode Programming 4 9 Example Resistance Measurements CONFMEAS CONFMEAS can also be used for 2 wire or 4 wire ohms resistance measurements refer to Table 4 2 This program measures resistance using 4 wire ohms on channel 500 of an HP 44705A multiplexer Note that only the Sense channel channel 500 is specified in the CONFMEAS ch list parameter since CONFMEAS automatically assigns the correct channel channel 510 in this case as the Source channel Also note that CONFMEAS OHMF configures the voltmeter for 4 wire ohms measurements up to 100 kQ assumed for this program and that measurement results are returned in Q 10 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 20 OUTPUT 709 CONFMEAS OHMF 500 Conf meas resistance on ch 500 30 ENTER 709 Enter results 40 PRINT A Display results 50
36. Voltmeter Self Test aae 2dl2 Checking Wiring Connections Pore a Mainframe Firmware Revision oe ow s Ta 4 To uL uie Mer Introduction Chapter Contents Warnings Cautions and Notes 3 Installation and Checkout This chapter shows recommended ways to connect user inputs to the voltmeter and shows how to install and initially check the voltmeter This chapter has four sections e Introduction summarizes chapter contents and lists WARNINGS CAUTIONS and NOTES which apply to the voltmeter e Connecting User Inputs shows recommended connections to multiplexers used with the voltmeter and connections to the voltmeter rear panel terminals e Installing the Voltmeter shows how to install the voltmeter and associated multiplexers for multiplexer and ribbon cable measurements e Initial Checks shows how to check the voltmeter ID how to make the voltmeter self test how to check wiring connections and how to check the mainframe firmware revision This section summarizes WARNINGS CAUTIONS and NOTES which apply to the HP 44702A B HP 44704A and associated multiplexers You should review the WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before handling or configuring any accessory WARNING SHOCK HAZARD Only qualified service trained personnel who are aware of the hazards involved should install remove or configure any accessory Before touching any installed accessory turn
37. When the readings have been made HP 3852A subroutine CONVERT is called the noise is averaged out of each reading and the converted readings are returned to the controller and displayed For this program SCDELAY and SPER parameters are based on the period of the noise 16 7 msec for 60 Hz the number of measurements scans to be taken and number of channels 10 The following equations show how to calculate the SPER and SCDELAY parameters so that noise rejection can occur on several channels within one cycle of the noise signal To determine the SCDELAY scan pace and SPER values required to reject noise use equation 1 to find the SCDELAY scan pace parameter and then use equation 2 to find the SPER sample period parameter E Noise period SCDELAY scan pace Number of scan passes _ SCDELAY scan pace SPER sample_period Number of measurements 2 For this program the noise signal is assumed to be 60 Hz period 16 7 msec The voltmeter is set for 10 prescans of 10 channels with 1 reading per channel From equation 1 SCDELAY scan_pace 16 7 msec 10 1 67 msec Since 10 measurements are made per peus from equation 2 SPER 1 67 msec 10 167 usec 10 20 Clear interface and reset HP 3852A 30 40 CLEAR 709 Clear interface 50 OUTPUT 709 RST _f Reset HP 3852A 60 70 Declare variables and arrays 80 90 DIM Average 0 9 Deciare controller array 100 OUTPUT 709 INTEGER I J K
38. XRDGS reflects the current programmed state a Qmm IN E Example Low Level This example shows how to use CLOSE and OPEN to control multiplexer Multiplexer channels and how to use CHREAD to transfer the data from channel Measurements measurements for an HP 44705A multiplexer See Figure 3 2 for typical connections to the multiplexer Example Low Level Multiplexer Measurements CLOSE CHREAD This program measures the voltage on channels 500 and 501 of an HP 44705A multiplexer Channel 500 is closed with CLOSE the voltmeter is triggered with TRIG SGL and the reading transferred to the controller and displayed Then channel 500 is opened with OPEN and the sequence is s repeated for channel 501 4 26 System Mode Programming Rear Panel Measurements Setting Input Terminals TERM Setting Input Threshold PERC 10 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 20 OUTPUT 709 RST 600 30 OUTPUT 709 CONF DOV 40 OUTPUT 709 CLOSE 500 591 50 OUTPUT 709 TRIG SGL 60 OUTPUT 709 CHREAD 600 70 ENTER 709 A 80 PRINT A 90 OUTPUT 709 OPEN 500 100 OUTPUT 709 CLOSE 501 110 OUTPUT 709 TRIG SGL 120 OUTPUT 709 CHREAD 600 130 ENTER 709 B 140 PRINT B 150 OUTPUT 709 OPEN 501 160 END Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 Reset voltmeter Select DC volts Close ch 500 sense bus Trigger the voltmeter Read ch 500 Enter ch 500 reading Display ch 500 reading f Open ch 500 1 Close ch 501 Trigger the voltmeter I
39. are set to 0 the scan sequence may return no results If STTRIG INT internal stop trigger is set one pass will always be done even if POSTSCAN 0 is set since STTRIG INT will generate a stop trigger at the end of each pass With STTRIG MEAS at least two passes will be made For other STTRIG sources zero passes of the scan list may occur Refer to Stop Trigger Source STTRIG for details on the STTRIG command Interaction with Readings Storage Mode When RDGSMODE COMPLETE is set data in the buffer is trimmed to exactly PRESCANS POSTSCANS scan passes if the data will all fit in the LS buffer If the data will not all fit the last buffer load of data taken is stored the last 8 192 readings for an HP 44702A or the last 65 536 readings for an HP 44702B or HP 44704A For example with PRESCAN 3 and POSTSCAN 4 and RDGSMODE COMPLETE set the resultant data in the buffer is from the last three prescans before the stop trigger and the four postscans after the stop trigger assuming the buffer can hold the data from the seven scans Refer to Readings Storage Mode RDGSMODE for details on the RDGSMODE command Number of Postscans POSTSCAN number USE ch sets the number of postscan passes the POSTSCAN voltmeter will make after the stop trigger is accepted The range of number is from 0 to 65 535 with power on number 0 CONF sets POSTSCAN 0 As shown in Figure 5 8 when the stop trigger is received the voltmeter makes m p
40. as if they were made on the highest range For the DCV and OHM functions the assumed ranges _ are Function Assumed Hange DCV 10 24 V OHM F 102 4 KQ OHM F 10K 10 24 KQ OHM F 100K 102 4 KQ OHMI FHM 1 024 MQ The HP 44704A in 16 Bit Mode 6 5 This means that each measurement taken on a channel who s range list entry is set to other than the highest range will need to be corrected For example if we execute CLWRITE with the range entry for channel 1 set to the 2 56 volt range apply 1 volt to channel 1 and initiate a measurement cycle The returned value will be 4 volts because the actual range setting was 2 56 while the Mainframe unpacked the reading assuming the 10 24 volt range a factor of four higher The returned value in this example needs to be multiplied by a factor of 14 Table 6 2 lists the correction factors for each function and range combination Your application program will have to maintain the range values it sends with CL WRITE in order to select the correction factor to apply to the returned readings Table 6 2 Correction Factors for CLWRITE For This Function t CLWRITE Range list Entry Selects Tha Range DCV OHM F 10K OHM F and OHM F 100K OHM F 1M Use Correction Factor non vo ve ee NOTE Strain and temperature measurements should not be performed using CLWRITE in 16 bit resolution mode Their measurement conversions involve non linear functions Simply trying to apply a correct
41. buff line 560 transfers packed data to the Packed buffer TRANSFER Packed buff TO QPacked file line 570 transfers the data to Packed rdgs in the HP 7912P R NOTE While data is being transferred the controller can do other tasks The task Statements can be inserted at lines 580 600 However to maintain the 100 000 readings sec rate these other tasks should not include I O operations over the HP 986254 interface GPIO Operation 7 17 7 18 GPIO Operation Close I O Paths Lines 610 640 close I O paths GGpio Packed file and checks the status of Packed buff Line 650 prints the number of packed readings transferred to Packed rdgs Error Trap 2 Unpk rdgs is a BDAT file in the HP 7912P R created on line 750 This error trap applies if Unpk_rdgs has been previously created by running this program or by another program If Unpk rdgs exists it is purged If not the program continues execution Assign I O Paths and Create Unpacked Readings File Lines 750 790 create a file and assign I O paths for unpacked readings Unpk rdgs is a BDAT file with 8 bytes record to store the unpacked readings on the HP 7912P R Packed file is the I O path to transfer packed readings A from Pack rdgs to the Packed array buffer in the controller Unpacked_file ao is the I O path to transfer unpacked readings from the Unpacked array buffer TIS in the controller to Unpk rdgs in the HP 7912P R Packed buff and QUnpacked bu
42. demonstrates these steps for GPIO interface select code 12 Reg addr is the register address 0 1 or 4 and Reg value is the value returned by the register For this and all GPIO examples in the chapter the PSTS Error bit bit 2 is always set ird 8 2 Using Read Write Registers Reading the Data Buffer Register 10 ASSIGN Gpio to 12 WORD FORMAT OFF Assign I 0 path to GPIO 100 CONTROL 12 2 5 Set CTLO low 110 OUTPUT Gpio Reg addr Output register address 120 CONTROL 12 2 4 I Set CTLO high 130 ENTER Gpio Reg value Enter register value The voltmeters first stores all measurement data as a 16 bit integer in their internal data storage buffers Figure 8 1 shows the measurement data format for the HP 44702A B and HP 44704A in 13 bit resolution mode default after RST Figure 8 2 shows the measurement data format for the HP 44704A in 14 bit resolution mode Figure 8 3 shows the measurement data format for the HP 44704A in 16 bit resolution mode To read the measurement data over HP IB access the Data Buffer register with SREAD slot 4 To read the data over GPIO access the Data Buffer register with OUTPUT ENTER and CONTROL statements Good Flag Bit Range Bits Sign Bit 12 Bit Magnitude fi A eM PrP SIS IIS Te mar Figure 8 1 13 Bit Resolution Measurement Data Format In Figure 8 1 the Good Flag bit bit 15 indicates whether the reading is valid A high logic 1 bit indicates a valid reading while
43. details ASCAN mode USE ch sets the voltmeter autoscan mode As shown in Figure 5 8 a scan trigger starts the first scan pass For ASCAN ON a scan trigger is required for the first scan pass only and subsequent passes start automatically With ASCAN OFF a separate scan trigger is required for each pass Power on mode OFF and default mode ON CONF sets ASCAN OFF Scanner Mode Programming 5 61 Scan Trigger Delays vs Autoscan ASCAN can affect the delays set by the SCDELAY scan trigger delay command Figure 5 12 shows example timing considerations for autoscan off ASCAN OFF and for autoscan on ASCAN ON For this example SCTRIG INT TRIG INT STTRIG EXTO NRDGS 1 and three channels in the scan list are assumed so the voltmeter makes three measurements on each pass mt mtz and mts Since STTRIG EXTO is set the voltmeter makes continuous passes until a stop trigger from the EXTO port is received Example Settings E SCTRIG ENT fo ASCAN ON SPER or 19 usec 1j TRIG INT HE STTRIG EXTO Pase 1 L t Pass 2 NRDGS 1 3 chs in scan list H SCOELAY trig delay i SPER j SPER ser L SPER chi che chi ch2 chi ch3 pee mi mio mt mi mi Scan Trigger Pass 2 started X E poe autoratical ty nd PEL 9 ASCAN OFF Pasa l Pr e T E tt k SCDELAY lecan_pace F SCOELAY trig delay seer jH seer SCOELAY trig detay sper see
44. dimensioned for 10 000 bytes to store 5000 PACKED readings Note that the front panel display is turned off with DISP OFF This is very important for high speed scans as it greatly improves high speed performance Scanner Mode Programming 5 91 Example Transfer Data to Controller 10 ASSIGN Dac to 709 20 OUTPUT Dac PACKED PARR 9999 30 OUTPUT Dac USE 600 40 OUTPUT Dac DISP OFF 50 OUTPUT Dac SCANMODE ON 60 OUTPUT Dac CONF DCV 70 OUTPUT Dac RANGE 9 80 OUTPUT Dac NRDGS 100 90 OUTPUT Dac SPER 12 5E 6 100 OUTPUT Dac SCDELAY 0 1 25E 3 110 OUTPUT Dac PRESCAN 50 120 OUTPUT Dac POSTSCAN 0 130 OUTPUT Dac CLWRITE 500 140 OUTPUT Dac SCTRIG INT Assign Dac as I O path Dim PACKED mainframe array Use voltmeter in MF slot 6 Mainframe display off Set Scanner Mode Configure for DC volts Set 10 24V range Set 100 readings channel 112 5 usec between meas 1 25 msec between scans Set 50 prescans Set 0 postscans Set ch 500 as scan list Internal scan triggers 150 OUTPUT Dac XRDGS 600 5000 INTO PARR Xfer 5 000 rdgs to PARR 160 END This program makes measurements at 80 000 readings second transfers the readings to the controller at approximately 35 000 readings per second and unpacks the readings in the controller The example includes unpacking functions for 13 bit HP 44702A B and HP 44704A after RST and 14 bit HP 44704A after RESOL 14 command mo
45. end and triggering circuitry The Front End delay AA caused by the voltmeter front end circuitry shifts the output from the input In addition there is a Trigger delay A 7 caus amp d by the hatdware which generates the trigger The result is that the actual measurement can occur at a point on the input before or after the desired measurement point The Net Delay in nsec Ar Aa 8 Voltmeter Hardware Specified Trigger Point Front End Delay Track Held Switch A D Converter HP 447 2A B Trigger Delay Actual Measurement Point Net Delay r a Trigger Pulse Input To Voltmeter 3852P A22 5 13 Figure 5 13 Front End and Trigger Delays Scanner Mode Programming 5 67 e Front End Delay The Front End delay Aa depends on the ARMODE setting and the voltmeter range as shown in Table 5 21 Table 5 21 Front End Delays vs Range Autorange Mode Front End Delay nsec ARMODE ARMODE BEFORE AFTER 498 to 585 393 to 485 198 to 235 198 to 235 e Trigger delay To determine the trigger delay AT for a set of input trigger conditions see Figure 5 14 which shows the range of delay times with various conditions set for the scan trigger measure trigger and stop trigger For example assume SCTRIG MEAS TRIG INT STTRIG EXTO the 2 56V range ARMODE BEFORE SPER 001 and SCDELAY 0 0 are set From Table 5 21 with ARMODE BEFORE and the 2 56V range the Front End delay A4 200 nsec 2
46. ends at 6 If NSCAN number is specified the scan sequence is repeated mumber times For example with NSCAN 3 and 10 channels in the channel list 30 measurements are taken To summarize CONFMEAS sets the voltmeter for one reading per channel and limits measurement speed to about 1000 readings per second or less For Scanner Mode operation CONFMEAS can only be used for ribbon cable measurements Also unless the NSCAN number parameter is gt 1 the voltmeter is limited to a single pass through the channel list CONFMEAS Figure 5 3 shows the recommended command sequence to program the Programming voltmeter for Scanner Mode measurements using CONFMEAS In Figure Sequence 5 3 the solid line path indicates required commands while the dotted line shows optional commands Thus USE ch SCANMODE ON and CONFMEAS are required commands for Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements with CONFMEAS while RST slot and TEST slot are optional commands 5 10 Scanner Mode Programming CONFMEAS Measurement Examples Four example programs using CONFMEAS for Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements follow Table 5 3 shows the example titles The first three examples use an HP 44711A B 24 Channel High Speed FET Multiplexer in slot 5 of the mainframe and an HP 44702A B or HP 44704A voltmeter in slots 6 and 7 of the mainframe programming slot 6 The fourth example uses an HP 44713A B in slot 5 of the mainframe and an HP 44702A B or HP 44704A in slots 6 an
47. external resistor R are SOURCE CABLE required for measurements with the HP High Speed Voltmeter i5 2 Do NOT connect Source channel shield lead to RO LO as this will reduce the effective i compliance voltage T 3 FRO can be a resistor and RTD ora 19K 109K f SENSE CABLE CHE thermistor The HP 3852A supports Type 85 and 92 2252 5K and 10K thermistors Figure 3 2 HP 44705A Multiplexer Connections 3 6 Installation and Checkout Eu d 4 WIRE fLMEASUREMENTS HP4a7 LTA TERMINAL MODULE ES v Wa e OCC EO EEE AY am v STO SEa Fa LT 30x AGM S SFA r Na p K T No Yd Dx ca Pro C E rud TORI PR Eah gh EN IZ NPA een RIGOR FOS eT LL d 1d CREB IPRA TT Y B DIOS 68 90075 6002022385 NCUA H il FEES o DERT ates DC VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS HP447114 TERMINAL MODULE nia S Notes 1 Shielded cable and external resistor R are required for HP High Speed voltmeter measurernents 2 Do NOT connect the Source channel shield lead to RO LO as this will reduce effective compliance voltage HET LL EH HH EH LAU e e 3 PO can be a resistor and RTD or a thermistor The HP 3852A supports Type 85 and 92 RTDs and Type 2252 5K and Z SHIELDED TWISTED 10K thermistors A ais SHIELO YE OR RO 7 poo o i A gen 100K Figure 3 3 HP 44711A Multiplexer Connections Installation and Checkout 3 7 AN 3 8 OC VOLT
48. function Configure for Data Returned l DC Voltage DCV Resistance OHM OHM10K OHM 100K OHM1M OHMF OHMF10K OHMF 100K OHMF1M Temperature TEMPtype DC voltage 2 wire ohms same as OHM100K 2 wire ohms up to 10 KQ 2 wire ohms up to 100 KQ 2 wire ohms up to 1 MQ 4wire ohms same as OHMF 100K 1 4 wire ohms up to 10 kQ 1 4 wire ohms up to 100 kQ 11 4 wire ohms up to 1 MQ 1 Reference temperature and thermocouple voltage measurements type B E J K N14 N AWG 14 N23 N AWG 28 R S and T Reference temperature measurement of isothermal block 2 wire ohms measurement of thermistor type 2252 2252 Q thermistor K 6kQ thermistor 10K 10 kQ thermistor 4wire ohms measurement of thermistor 11 type Same type as THMtype 2 wire ohms measurernent of RTD type 85 RTDs witha 0 00385 Q Q 02 RTDs witha 0 003916 O Q 4 wire ohms measurement of RTD 1 type same as HTDtype HTDFtype Strain STRVEX STRUN 2 Bridge excitation voltage x VS Bridge output which is ref for corresponding strain measurement 1 4 bridge strain Bending full bridge strain Banding half bridge strain Shunt verification tension shunt diagnostic HP 44717A or 44718A only Shunt verification compression shunt diagnostic HP 44717A or 447184 only 1 2 bridge Poisson strain Bending full bridge Poisson strain Full bridge Poisson s
49. how to use GPIO operation for measurements e Chapter 8 Using Read Write Registers shows now to access the voltmeter read and write registers E The HP 44704A in its 13 and 14 bit resolution modes is so similar in operation to the HP 44702A B that Chapters 2 through 5 and 7 and 8 apply to both models Refer to these chapters when learning to use either model Owners of the HP 44704A who will use its 16 bit resolution mode should refer to Chapter 6 for a discussion of programming differences for this mode Introduction 1 1 Voltmeter Measurements The High Speed Voitmetars can directly measure DO voltage and resistances By using User Signal inputs an appropriate multiplaxer you can make DC User signals can be input to the voltmeter on one of three voltage DC current resistanca straln or ways iemperature measurements 1 Directly into the rear panel terminals rear panel Four ranges 40 mV 320 mV 2 56 V and 10 24 Bii di V plus autorange are available for vottage 2j Via multiplexers and the mainframe backplane into the measurements Three current source levels 10 backplane connectors muttlplexers measurements A 100 A and 1 mA are available for resistance 3 Via High Speed FET multiplexers and a dedicated ribbon measurements cable Into the ribbon cable connector ribbon cable measurements Reading Rates Make up to 100 000 readings second with autoranging Proper autoranging Is ensu
50. if TERM RIBBON is set MEAS changes SCTRIG HOLD to SCTRIG INT If TERM INT or TERM EXT is set MEAS changes SCTRIG HOLD to SCTRIG SCAN 3 For CONF TEMPxx mainframe firmware revisions before revision 2 2 set the 320 mV range for xx E J K and N14 LN AWG 14 and set the 40 mV range for xx B R S T and N28 N AWG 4 CONF OHM1M and CONF OHMF1M set 6 msec trig delay and 6 msec scan pace Scanner Mode Programming 5 19 The MEAS Command MEAS function ch list NSCAN number USE ch INTO name or fmt sets 1 the measurement function appropriate for the function parameter initiates a scan and measurement of the multiplexer channels specified by ch_list and executes the number of scan sequences set by the NSCAN number parameter see Figure 5 5 When measurements have been taken MEAS automatically transfers the readings to the mainframe memory when INTO name is used or to the output buffer and or display when INTO name is not used For temperature Or strain measurements MEAS also causes associated conversions to be performed on the results NOTE MEAS can also be used for GPIO operation RDGS GPIO but no conversion pu is done for strain or temperature measurements Refer to Chapter 7 GPIO s operation for details on GPIO operation For thermocouple and strain measurements all reference measurements are first made automatically and then all channel measurements are made A reference measurement is made
51. is set for Report 1 Again the data must be unpacked n 10 ASSIGN Gpio TO 12 WORD FORMAT OFF L4ssign I 0 path to GPIO 100 CONTROL 12 2 5 110 OUTPUT Gpio 4 120 CONTROL 12 2 4 130 ENTER Gpio A Set CTLO low Output Data Buffer register addr Set CTLO high Enter Data Buffer register value The Identity register provides the HP 44702A B voltmeter identity Figure 8 4 shows the Identity register bit format This register may be accessed at any time but the GPIO handshake may be aes up to 750 usec immediately after reset The high speed voltmeter has identity code 01000 as indicated by bits 3 through 7 The Option bit bit 0 indicates if the Extended Memory Card is installed Option bit 0 0 indicates an HP 44702A 8k reading storage memory while option bit 0 1 indicates an HP 44702A B 64k reading storage memory Extended Memory Card installed Using Read Write Registers 8 7 For the HP 44704A voltmeter the identity jede bits indicate an HP 44702B 2 The Scanmode Flag bit 1 is used by the mainframe to determine if Scanner Mode is set SCANMODE ON 1 and SCANMODE OFF 0 Thus you can read this bit to determine if Scanner Mode is set Bit 2 is always 0 after a reset However the bit may be 0 or 1 during a MEAS operation on the backplane Example Reading the Identity Register HP IB This example shows how to read the Identity register over HP IB identity Code 01000xxx Pause Bit changes during
52. multiplexer 5 12 Scanner Mode Programming 10 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 20 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode 30 OUTPUT 709 CONFMEAS THMF10K 500 Conf meas Type 10K thermistor 40 ENTER 709 A Enter temperature 50 PRINT A l Display temperature 60 END For a 10 kQ thermistor at room temperature a typical return value in C is 24 312 Example Reference As noted the HP 3852A supports Type B E J K N14 N AWG 14 N28 Temperature N AWG 28 R S and T thermocouples However to measure other Measurement thermocouples you will need to measure the reference temperature to use in B n your own linearization program This program uses CONFMEAS to measure rd the reference temperature of an HP 44713A B multiplexer in slot 5 of the mainframe 10 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in mainframe Slot i 20 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode x 30 OUTPUT 709 CONFMEAS REFT 500 1 Measure reference temperature 40 ENTER 709 A Enter reference temperature 50 PRINT A 1 Display reference temperature 60 END A typical return at room temperature value in C is 24 312 Measurements Using CONF and MEAS This section shows how to use CONF and MEAS along with some low level commands for Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements The programming method in this section will be to use CONF and MEAS to set certain voltmeter parameters to a known state preset values
53. nsec For these settings the trigger delay path in Figure 5 14 is from H to K K to C C to D D to E and E to F Since SCDELAY is 0 and SCTRIG INT is not set the delay path bypasses the Scan Delay Since SPER is not 0 and TRIG INT is set the path is via the Measurement Pacer which adds 510 to 760 nsec Adding the delay times for these path segments gives the Trigger delay A7 range as 510 nsec to 915 nsec Since the Front End Delay A4 200 2 nsec the Net Delay range 308 to 717 nsec That is for the settings in this example the first measure trigger can occur from 308 to 717 nsec after the scan trigger is received EXTO Port Triggering TRIGOUT mode USE ch sets whether or not the EXTO port on the TRIGOUT voltmeter rear panel will function as a trigger source When enabled TRIGOUT ON the EXTO port outputs a trigger signal that can be used to trigger other HP 44702A B or HP 44704A voltmeters When disabled TRIGOUT OFF the EXTO port is set to receive trigger signals When TRIGOUT ON is set no trigger source TRIG SCTRIG or STTRIG can be set to EXTO and vice versa 5 68 Scanner Mode Programming TRIG EXTO TRIG EXT1 TRIG SYS TRIG SCAN TRIG SGL TRIG GPIO TRIG INT SCTRIG SCAN SCTRIG SGL SCTRIG MEAS SCTRIG GPIO o SCTRIG EXTO SCTRIG EXT1 SCTRIG SYS SCTRIG INT STTRIG EXTO STTRIG EXT STTRIG SYS STTRIG SCAN STTRIG SGL STI RIG M
54. ohms 055 60 mohms 320 ohms 0496 70 mohms 2 56 kohms 0496 450 mohms 10 24 kohms 4 1 8 ohms 100 kohm Function 100 gA current source Range 400 ohms 055 0 6 ohms 3 2 kohms 04 0 7 ohms 25 6 kohms 04 4 5 ohms 102 4 kohms 04 18 ohms 1 Mehm Function 10 uA current source Range x 4 kohms l l 055 6 ohms 32 kohms 04 7 ohms 256 kohms l 04 45 ohms 1 024 kohms 04 180 ohms Averaged Readings 90 Days 18 to 28 C Accuracy if 100 readings are iL Range Accuracy 40 ohm 055 15 mohms 4 kohm 05596 150 mohms 400 ohm 05596 1 5 ohms Accuracy if 10 readings ara averaged little advantage to averaging more readings 320 ohm 0496 18 mohms 3 2 kohm 0496 180 mohms 32 kohin 0496 1 8 ohms 2 56 koh E 0496 113 mohms 25 6 kohm 0496 1 13 ohms 256 kohm 04 11 3 ohms 10 24 kohm 04 450 mohms 102 4 kohm 04 4 5 ohms 1 024 Mohm 04 45 ohms 1 Year Accuracy Add 01 of reading to 90 day specifications Specifications A 3 Tem perature Add as an additional accuracy error using of reading volts per C coefficient change outside 18 to 28 C as long as the operating SUME is maintained between 0 to 18 or 28 to 55 C flange i Add of reading Range 40 ohm 400 ohm 4 kohm 003 all other ranges 002 Reading Rate 100 000 readings sec in 13 bit 14 bit and 16 bit modes Proper auto ranging in the 13 bit and 14 bit mode will occu
55. operation since the speed requirements are lt 450 readings second Data destination will be the output buffer data storage will be set so that readings are available when any reading is stored in the voltmeter buffer and interrupts will be disabled With these selections we can now go to Chapter 3 Installation and Checkout to configure the voltmeter and then to Chapter 4 System Mode Programming to program the voltmeter Example Scanner Mode Measurements For this example the application is DC voltage measurement of 20 inputs at a speed of 30 000 readings second Each input is to be measured 100 times so 2000 readings are required Table 2 4 shows typical selections Table 2 4 Scanner Mode Measurements Selections Measurement Requirements Measurement Characteristics DC voltages 5V input 30 000 readings sec 0 07 2000 readings Data interrupt Requirements Storage Mode Data available when reading stored Transfer Mode To HP IB output buffer via mainframe memory interrupts When meas completes no overwrite handie in controller Voltmeter Configuration Voltmeter Function DC voltage autorange Multiplexer Used HP 44711A B High speed FET Multiplexer Triggering Method Voltmeter internal triggering Programming Mode Scanner Mode ribbon cable For this measurement the voltmeter function is DC voltage with autorange and internal voltmeter triggering is used An HP 44711A B 24 Channel High Speed FET Multiplexer is used sinc
56. readings per second e Measurement Examples contains typical measurement applications for the voltmeter including digitizing waveforms high speed data transfers and special applications You may want to refer to this section when reading the Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands section i e Scanner Mode Command Summary is an alphabetical summary of Scanner Mode low level commands Scanner Mode with scanner Mode operation you can program the voltmeter for ribbon Measurements cable backplane or rear panel measurements or you can make field wiring checks Figure 5 1 summarizes Scanner Mode measurements and shows the programming methods which can be used to program the voltmeter For example for Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements the voltmeter can be programmed using the CONFMEAS command using CONF low level and MEAS commands or using CONF low level and CHREAD or XRDGS commands A summary of each measurement type follows Scanner Mode SCANMODE ON Ribbon Cable Rear Panel Backplane Field Wiring Measurerrenis Measurements Measucerents Checks 9 TERM RIBBON set TERM EXT set s TERM INT set e Check wiring FET MUX No miltiplexers 9 ANY HP 447XXX Mux connections to 9 Ribbon Cable Conncected No ribbon cable No ribbon cable multiplexers ca meo umm Recomnended forc Scanner Mode Operation CHRE AD XRDGS OEAD XFOGS Figure 5 1 Scanner Mode Measurements 5 2 Scanner Mode Programming
57. routine measurements since the tree switches and isolation relays are not automatically configured as with the high level commands System Mode Programming 4 25 Transferring When MEAS is not used readings stored in the voltmeter buffer can be Readings CHBEAD transferred to the mainframe memory or the output buffer and or display one at a time with CHREAD ch INTO name or fmt CHREAD with INTO name transfers data to mainframe memory into a variable or array previously defined with DIM REAL INTEGER or PACKED Use VREAD to transfer data stored in mainframe memory to the output buffer and or display Use CHREAD ch fmt to transfer one reading from the voltmeter buffer to the output buffer display in the format specified by fmt If neither INTO name or fmt is used data is returned in default format to where the command originated To transfer a reading data must be stored in the voltmeter buffer and data must be available as defined by RDGSMODE mode If a reading is not available when CHREAD is executed CHREAD waits until the s is available and the mainframe remains busy p NOTE 1 When CONFMEAS or MEAS is used CHREAD is not required and will not work since these commands automatically transfer the data to the mainframe memory or output buffer display as part of the command 2 Any programming commands except ENABLE INTR or DISABLE INTR clears the voltmeter buffer This guarantees that any data returned by CHREAD or
58. scan Scanmode On Flag pep ERES m 128 64 32 16 8 4 1 Bit Values Figure 8 4 Identity Register 10 OUTPUT 709 SREAD 600 0 Read Identity register 20 ENTER 709 A Enter register contents 30 PRINT A Display register contents 40 END EP For an HP 44702B or HP 44704A Oen in slot 6 of the mainframe 65 is returned since bit 6 is always set 1000001 and bit 0 is set for an HP 44702B or HP 44704A 64k reading storage memory Example Reading the Identity Register GPIO This example shows how to read the Identity register over GPIO The controller GPIO interface select code is 12 10 ASSIGN Gpio TO 12 WORD FORMAT OFF 7 Assign 1 0 path to GPIO 20 INTEGER A 30 CONTROL 12 2 5 l Set CTLO low 40 OUTPUT Gpio 0 Output Identity register address 50 CONTROL 12 2 4 _ 1 Set CTL0 high 60 ENTER Gpio A Enter Identity register value 70 PRINT A Display register value 80 END 8 8 Using Read Write Registers Reading the Status Register For an HP 44702B or HP 44704A voltmeter in slot 6 of the mainframe 65 is returned since bit 6 is always set 1000001 and bit 0 is set for an HP 44702B 64k reading storage memory The Status register provides the mainframe or GPIO controller information on high speed voltmeter status This register may be accessed at any time but the GPIO handshake may be delayed up to 750 usec immediately after reset Figure 8 5 shows the Status register bit format and Table 8 2 descr
59. sequence TRIG SGL or TRIG HOLD must be set before setting SCTRIG to a source other than HOLD TRIG INT With TRIG INT the voltmeter pacer generates internal measure triggers as required The internal pace time is set by SPER sample period TRIG SYS TRIG SYS is used along with the TRG command As shown in Figure 5 11 TRG has four sources modes HOLD GET EXT and SGL Note that TRIG SYS must be set for the voltmeter to accept measure triggers from the TRG source Refer to the HP 3852A Mainframe I d and Programming Manual for details on TRG Scanner Mode Programming 5 65 TRIG EXTO EXT1 With TRIG EXT0 or TRIG EXT1 a TTL compatible pulse into the EXTO or EXT 1 port respectively generates a measure trigger SLOPE sets the direction LH or HL of the input which will generate the measure trigger Refer to Measure Trigger Slope SLOPE for details on SLOPE a oe at NOTE For the EXTO port only TRIGOUT OFF must be set to enable EXTO to receive a trigger If TRIGOUT ON is set the EXT port outputs trigger signals and no trigger source can be set to EXTO Refer to EXTO Port T riggering TRIGOUT for details m E ee oa TRIG GPIO When TRIG GPIO is set the measure trigger source is the GPIO port on the voltmeter rear panel Refer to Chapter 7 GPIO Operation for details on TRIG GPIO po Measure Trigger Slope For TRIG EXTO TRIG EXT1 or TRIG GPIO the SLOPE mode USE ch SLOPE command sets the edge
60. source USE ch sets the source or mode for the stop trigger When the stop trigger is received the voltmeter completes the pass in progress and then makes m postscan passes as set with POSTSCAN to end the scan sequence Note that any stop triggers which occur before the nth prescan pass as set with PRESCAN are ignored Although there are nine STTRIG source parameters STTRIG SCAN is not normally used for ribbon cable mode Table 5 22 summarizes STTRIG source parameters normally used for ribbon cabie operation Scanner Mode Programming 5 71 Table 5 22 Stop Trigger STTRIG Sources Ribbon Cable No triggering Triggering is held off Single trigger from mainframe when command executed System trigger pulse used with TRG Voltmeter internal trigger Trigger when input crosses threshold used with PERC Trigger voltmeter from EXTO port Trigger voltmeter from EXT1 port GPIO trigger STTRIG HOLD STTRIG HOLD set stop triggering to hold no stop trigger and is useful for applications such as continuous data acquisition Refer to Example Continuous Data Acquisition in Measurement Example for an example program STTRIG SGL Use STTRIG SGL for a single trigger from the mainframe which occurs when the command is executed STTRIG SGL or STTRIG HOLD must be set prior to setting SCTRIG to a source other than HOLD for STTRIG SGL to be used during the scan sequence STTRIG SYS STTRIG SYS is used along wit
61. stop triggers Mainframe Backplane Triggering 1 SGL Single tigger when command is executed SYS Trigger source is set by TRG command Voitmeter Internal Triggering INT Trigger from voltmeter internal trigger eMEAS Trigger when input reaches threshold 2 HP 3852A GET comand oc HP IB Group Execute Trigger SYSTEM TRIGGER IN BNC TRG or TRG SGL mode retucns to HOLD following each SGL Trigger Execution f Voltmeter Port Triggering SEXTO Trigger on Input to EXTO port eEXT1 Trigger on input to EXT1 port GPIO Trigger on input to GPIO port Notes 1j SCAN parameter not normally used in ribbon cable mode 9 MEAS parameter does not apply to measure trigger TRIG Figure 5 11 Voltmeter Trigger Sources Scanner Mode Programming 5 55 Setting Scan Guidelines to select scan trigger parameters follow including scan trigger Triggering sources SCTRIG scan trigger slope SCSLOPE scan trigger threshold PERC scan trigger delay SCDELAY and autoscan mode ASCAN As shown in Figure 5 8 the scan sequence starts when the scan trigger is enabled Depending on the autoscan mode a scan trigger is required only for the first pass ASCAN ON or a separate scan trigger is required for each pass through the scan list ASCAN OFF Scan triggers are disabled from the time the scan trigger is received until the end of the scan pass For example in Figure 5 8 the scan trigger is disabled from the tim
62. the HP 3852A Assembly Level Service Manual 4 36 System Mode Programming Table 4 15 System Mode Command Summary CHREAD ch INTO name or fmt Transfer a single reading stored in the voltmeter buffer to the mainframe memory or to the output buffer and or display The voltmeter must have been triggered and data must be available before CHREAD will return a reading DELAY trig delay sample period USE ch Sets the delay between the voltmeter trigger and the start of the channel measurement trigger delay and sets the delay between the start of measurements sample period when the voltmeter is in System Mode DELAY trig delay sets the trigger delay 0 to 0 01638375 sec and DELAY sample period 0 to 1073 741823 sec sets the sample period DISABLE INTR USE ch Prevents the voltmeter from generating an interrupt when data is available as defined by RDGSMODE ENABLE INTR USE ch Enables the voltmeter to generate an interrupt when data is available as defined by RDGSMODE The interrupt can be serviced and handled by the mainframe or serviced by the mainframe and handled by the controller FILTER mode USE ch HP 44704A only Enables mode ON or disables mode OFF the HP 44704A s iwas input filter FUNC function range USE chi Sets the measurement function and range The function parameter can be set only for DC voltage or 4 wire ohms measurements The range parameter can be set to one of four
63. um IX cC GO C6 Ri Rx Lome BOUT mc RO LOWER BYTE ma DATA BSY l M BSY Di0 7 WE IN ED UPPER BYTE EC cue DOUT CLEAR Se haa mc SWITCHES JUMPER B C u SHOWN IN SELECT CODE 12 POSITION ga id 0 BONOS BA Sa BURST ENABLED IF JUMPER IS REMOVED BURST da OPTION SELECT SWITCHES Switch Position Name Logic 1 Switch Open Logic 0 Switch Closed Shaded block shows settings for operation with HP 44702A B Figure 7 4 HP 98622A GPIO Interface Card Switches 7 8 GPIO Operation NES vus 4 Control Register 2 Peripheral Conro Most Significant Bit Least Significant Bit MENDE EES PSTS Set CTL1 Set CTLO Error i Low 1 Low Not Used 1 Report 0 High 0 High 0 ignore Trigger BEN Data interrupt Enable Register ENABLE INTR Most Significant Bit Least Significant Bit Lom ome o e Dos po To s Enable Enable Interface EIR Not Used Ready Interrupts interrupts Value 64 Value 16 Value 8 Interrupts EN Value 128 Value 64 Value 32 Value 16 Figure 7 5 GPIO Control and Interrupt Registers To transfer data via GPIO RDGS GPIO must be set and CONTROL and ENTER statements from an HP Series 200 300 controller are used to transfer the data over GPIO GPIO Operation 7
64. uou em Sw See Boe om A 2 Over ranging uo due a xu e sar A 2 Reading Rate TI DE A 2 ACOUTACY ao enorer dea ac AL XUL te A 3 Temperature coefficient L A 4 Reading Rate ccc cece cence A 4 Chapter 1 Introduction baset B Contents ManualContents 5 254 eee wees 1 1 Using This Manual leen 1 1 Voltmeter Descriptions leen 1 3 Getting Started iol 9 ao 9o hee ee 1 4 1 Introduction Manual Contents Using This Manual This manual shows how to configure and program the HP High Speed Voltmeters HP 44702A B and HP 44704A The manual has eight chapters e Chapter 1 Introduction contains a manual overview summarizes voltmeter features and shows a suggested getting started sequence o Chapter 2 Defining Your Measurement gives guidelines to select measurement requirements and ounce operating parameters for your measurement i o Chapter 3 Installation and Checkout shows how to connect v user puis and how to instali and check the voltmeter E e Chapter 4 System Mode Programming shows how to use Sesion Mode commands for multiplexer and rear panel measurements e Chapter 5 Scanner Mode Programming shows how to use Scanner Mode commands for ribbon cable and rear panel measurements o Chapter 6 The HP 44704A in 16 Bit Mode explains some differences i in operation when using this high resolution mode T TD e Chapter 7 GPIO Operation shows
65. voltmeter range you must specify the maximum expected signal amplitude or the maximum expected resistance The voltmeter then automatically selects the correct range Autorange is selected by entering the word AUTO or the number 0 for the RANGE range parameter Values for RANGE range are the same as those for FUNC range in Table 5 15 refer to Voltmeter Function FUNC When autoranging is enabled with CONF FUNC RANGE etc ARMODE mode USE chi sets the autorange mode ARMODE has two modes Immediate Mode ARMODE BEFORE and Delayed Mode ARMODE AFTER which is the power on mode As shown in Figure 5 9 each measurement is initiated by a measure trigger and requires 10 ysec to complete When a measurement completes the measure trigger is re enabled for the next measurement Actual time between the start of successive measurements between measure triggers depends on several factors such as the CONF setting TRIG source etc Scanner Mode Programming 5 43 ARMODE BEFORE ch 2 set range pre amp canvert tis ch 2 settie channel 2 2 uS 3uS 5 us S uS tle measore trigger enab iad set range pre amp convert tile ch 1 settle channel 2uS 365 545 9 us input sarpled set range pre arp convert tle ch 2 settie channel 2 2v 35 5 us S us channel advanced fea suem trigger enabled Figure 5 9 Autorange Modes 5 44 Scanner Mode Programming Immediate Mode ARMO
66. voltmeter range selected by FUNC range for DC voltage and 4 wire ohms ranges In Table 5 15 any value between the ranges shown selects the range shown For example if the voltmeter is configured for DC voltage any value of FUNC range gt 0 32 through 2 56 sets the voltmeter to the 2 56V range 5 42 Scanner Mode Programming Table 5 15 FUNC range Values OHMF10K DCY range Selects Range range Selects Range Q or AUTO Autorange Autorange 20 040 40 mV 2 04 32 320 mV gt 32 2 56 2 56V 10 24V OHMF100K 22 56 10 24 OHMF1M range Selects Range range Selects Range 0 or AUTO Autorange 0 or AUTO Autorange 20 400 400 Q 20 4000 4kQ gt 400 3200 3 2kQ gt 4000 32 000 32 kQ gt 3200 25600 25 6 kQ gt 32 000 256 000 256 kQ gt 25600 102400 102 4 kQ gt 256 000 1 024 000 1 024 MQ DCV OHMF10K OHMF100K and OHMF1M are voltmeter measurement functions as set by CONF or FUNC at power on or by a reset RS Setting Range Voltmeter range channel list parameters which can be set include the Channel Lists Voltmeter Range RANGE Autorange Mode ARMODE voltmeter range RANGE autorange mode ARMODE and channel range lists CLWRITE At power on after a reset RST or RST slot or when CONF is executed the voltmeter is set for autorange mode RANGE range USE ch sets the voltmeter range or sets autorange To determine the
67. want the stop trigger to be generated when the input crosses 3026 of the 10 24 V range 3 072 V With autoranging selected the voltmeter may select any of the four ranges depending on the input signal level For example if the 2 56V range is selected and PERC 30 is set the stop trigger will be generated when the input level reaches 0 768 V rather than the 3 072 V desired To avoid this problem use a fixed range for the first channel in CLWRITE ch list or use the Example Setting Stop Trigger RANGE command For this example we want to measure the data from the last two prescans before the stop trigger is accepted To do this the stop trigger source will be set to STTRIG EXTO The voltmeter is set for PRESCAN 2 and POSTSCAN 0 Channels 500 509 are to be measured with one reading per channel and SCDELAY scan pace is set for 1 second That is the time between the start of each scan pass is 1 second With these settings the voltmeter continuously makes prescan passes until the stop trigger is accepted For PRESCAN 2 the stop trigger will not be enabled until the second prescan pass Since RDGSMODE COMPLETE is set the data stored in the voltmeter data buffer will be trimmed to that received from the last two prescans before the stop trigger Refer to Readings Storage Mode RDGSMODE for details on the RDGSMODE command Scanner Mode Programming 5 75 For this program a stop trigger received before the second prescan pass
68. 0 readings channel 70 OUTPUT 709 PERC 30 Set 3 072 V as threshold 80 OUTPUT 709 SCSLOPE HL Trigger on negative slope 90 OUTPUT 709 SPER 001 Set 1 msec between meas triggers 100 OUTPUT 709 SCDELAY 0 Set 0 msec scan trigger delay 110 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 Set ch 500 as scan list 120 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG MEAS Gen scan trigger on threshold 130 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 Read 10 readings 140 ENTER 709 Volts Enter 10 readings 150 PRINT USING K Volts Display 10 readings 160 END For a decreasing ramp type input connected to channel 500 a typical return values in volts is 3 07 2 7725 24175 2 065 1 89 1 7125 1 5375 1 3 1 0075 27 Setting Measure Guidelines to set measure trigger parameters follow including measure Triggering trigger sources TRIG measure trigger slope SLOPE measure trigger timing SPER and EX TO port trigger mode TRIGOUT As shown in Figure 5 8 each measurement is initiated with a measure trigger mt For NRDGS 1 the voltmeter makes one reading per channel for each channel in the channel list For NRDGS gt 1 the voltmeter makes NRDGS readings for each channel in the channel list If TRIG INT is set SPER sample_period sets the time between measure triggers Measure triggers are disabled from the time a valid scan trigger is received until the time set by SCDELAY trig delay expires and for 10 sec following the start of each measurement 5 64 Scanner Mode
69. 012 the 320 mv range 102 the 2 56 V range and 11 10 24 V range Bits 13 through 0 specify a two s complement value of the measurement If bits 13 through 0 8191 a positive overload condition exists if bits 13 through 0 8192 a negative overload condition exists The following program segment shows the 14 bit unpacking function for voltage 8 4 Using Read Write Registers 100 ENTER Gpio A 110 FOR I 0 TO n 1 120 PRINT FNUnpk14 A 130 NEXT I 200 DEF FNUnpk14 INTEGER Pack 210 REAL R 0 3 220 DATA 256 32 4 1 230 READ R 250 M BINAND Pack 16383 260 IF M 8191 OR M 8192 THEN 270 V 1 E 38 280 ELSE Enter readings Begin print loop Print readings Define 14 bit unpack function Alloc range factor array Range function data Fill array with range factors 2401 Convert A D bits and range bits to volt reading 290 V SHIFT M 2 3200 R BINAND SHIFT Pack 14 3 300 ENDIF 310 RETURNV 320 FNEND L End 14 bit unpack function 16 Bit Two s Compiement A D Value FO a ee cM ee ee Oe ee Nep mpm fo o e z e s s e t o nesoce Figure 8 3 16 Bit Resolution Measurement Data Format In Figure 8 3 bits 15 through 0 form a 16 bit two s complement measurement value If the value equals 32767 a positive overload condition exists if the value is 32768 a negative overload condition exists No range information is contained in the 16 bit packed data forma
70. 2 WORD FORMAT OFF Assign I O path to GPIO 100 CONTROL 12 2 5 110 OUTPUT Gpio 1 120 CONTROL 12 2 4 130 OUTPUT GGpio 2 8 12 Using Read Write Registers Set CTLO low Send Trigger register address Set CTLO high Generate single scan trigger Am
71. 20 830 REPEAT 840 RESET Packed_buff 850 TRANSFER Packed_file TO Packed_buff END WAIT Buffer of pkd rdgs 860 STATUS Packed_buff 12 Bytes trans in unpacked file No of bytes entered 870 IF Bytes trans 0 THEN 880 FOR 1 TO Bytes trans 2 890 OUTPUT QUnpacked buff FNUnpk13 Packed 900 PRINT Unpacked I 910 NEXT 920 TRANSFER GUnpacked buff TO Unpacked_file END WAIT 930 END IF 940 UNTIL NOT Bytes trans 950 STATUS Unpacked_file 7 1 Find end of file pointer 960 PRINT 970 PRINT I 1 readings unpacked and stored 980 990 Close I O paths 1000 1010 ASSIGN Packed file TO 1020 ASSIGN GUnpacked file TO 1030 ASSIGN Packed buff TO 1040 ASSIGN Unpacked_buff TO 1050 STOP 1060 1070 GPIO timeout subroutine 1080 1090 Abort transfer Execute subroutine if timeout OCCUIS on GPIO 1100 ABORTIO Gpio 1110 ABORTIO Packed file 1120 OUTPUT Packed file END Update EOF ptr for premature transfer abort 1130 RETURN 1140 END 11507 1160 Unpacking functions 11707 1180 DEF FNUnpk13 INTEGER Pack Define 13 bit unpack function 1190 REAL R 0 3 1200 DATA 256 32 4 1 1210 READ R 1220 M BINAND Pack 4095 1230 IF Pack 0 OR M 4095 THEN 1240 RETURN 1 E 38 1250 ELSE 1260 V M 0025 R BINAND SHIFT Pack 13 3 1270 IF BIT Pack 12 THEN V V 1280 RETURN V GPIO Operation 7 21 4280 RETURN V 1290 END IF l 1300 FNEND End 13 bit unp
72. 2A packed array 1 Use voltmeter in MF slot 6 Mainframe display off 1 Set Scanner Mode Configure for DC volts Rear terminals are input Set 10 24V range Set voltmeter for 25 rdgs Set 12 5 usec between meas Set 0 msec scan trig delay Single scan trigger required Single scan trigger 240 OUTPUT Dac XRDGS 600 25 INTO PARR Transfer rdgs to mainframe 250 OUTPUT Dac VREAD PARR PACK Transfer rdgs to output buffer 260 TRANSFER Hp 3852 TO Bdata END WAIT Transfer rdgs to controller 270 290 Unpack PACKED data 300 FOR 1 1 TO 25 310 PRINT FNUnpk13 Bdata l 320 NEXT 330 END 340 DEF FNUnpk13 INTEGER Bdata 350 REAL R 0 3 360 DATA 256 32 4 1 370 READ R 380 M BINAND Bdata 4095 390 IF Bdata gt 0 OR M 4095 THEN 400 RETURN 1 E 38 410 ELSE Begin unpacking function Print readings 420 V M 0025 R BINAND SHIFT Bdata 13 3 Scanner Mode Programming 5 95 430 IF BIT Bdata 12 THEN V V 440 RETURN V 450 END IF 460 FNEND End 13 bit unpack function 470 DEF FNUnpk14 INTEGER Pack Define 14 bit unpack function 480 REAL R 0 3 Alloc range factor array 490 DATA 256 32 4 1 Range function data 500 READ R Fill array with range factors 510 Convert A D bits and range bits to volt reading 520 V SHIFT BINAND 16383 Pack 2 4 00125 R BINAND SHIFT Pack 1 4 3 530 RETURN V 540 FNEND End 14 bit unpack function Special T
73. 5952 8801 for guidelines on using thermocouples thermistors and RTDs for temperature measurements As shown in Figure 2 1 there are three types of voltmeter measurements multiplexer measurements ribbon cable measurements and rear panel measuremer s The type of measurement selected determines the multiplexer s to be used Up to six multiplexers up to eight in an HP 3853A Extender can be used with a voltmeter Table 2 1 summarizes the multiplexers available for use with the voltmeter and typical primary measurements with each 2 8 Defining Your Measurement OP Table 2 1 Multiplexer Characteristics Primary Measurement DCV DCI 2W 4W Q RTDs thermistors DCV OCI 2W 4W Q RTDs thermistors Mulilplexer Relay Multiplexers HP 44705A 20 HP 44705H 20 HP 44706A 60 DCV DCI 2W ohms HP 44708A 20 170V DCV DCI 2W Q thermocouples HP 44708H 20 354V DOV DCI 2W Q thermocouples HP 44717H 10 42V 120 Q strain gage rosettes HP 44718A 10 42V 350 Q strain gage rosettes FET Muitlplexers DCV DCI 2W 4W Q RTDs thermistors DCV DCI 2W Q thermocouples 120 Q strain gage rosettes 350 Q strain gage rosettes 10 24V 10 24V 10 24V 10 24V HP 44709A 20 HP 44710A 20 HP 44719A 10 HP 44720A DOV DCI 4W Q RTDs thermistors iz 10 24V DCV DCI 10 24V DCV DCI thermocouples Maximum number of samples secon
74. 7 HP 98622A GPIO interface Ribbon HP Series 200 300 Controlier with HP 3852A HP 8620B DMA Card HP 98625A High Speed HP 1B Disc interface HP 7911PIR HP 7912PJR HQ HP Disc Drive HP 7914P R 3852P A92 6 6 Figure 7 6 GPIO Data Transfer Configuration NOTE Data transfers within the digital section of the voltmeter share a common bus Therefore any data transfer request must wait until the internal bus is not busy When measurements are being taken and sent to the GPIO controller at the maximum A D conversion rate the bus is about 40 utilized Excessive access to voltmeter registers such as repeated status checks can dominate the bus and may cause the data to be lost 7 8 GPIO Operation GPIO Triggering cre NOTE Data is transferred over GPIO in unconverted PACKED format and must be unpacked in the controller to be readable Refer to Programming Examples for typical unpacking routines NE m M Om M d o a o TT Example Transferring Data GPIO In this example line 10 assigns an I O path to a GPIO interface with Interface Select Code 12 Line 100 sets Control Register 2 PSTS Error bit bit 2 high and sets CTLO bit 0 low Setting CTLO low tells the voltmeter that the next piece of data is a register address Line 110 addresses the voltmeter Data Buffer register address 4 to provide access to the data stored in the voltmeter data buffer
75. 7 108 863 readings The NSCAN parameter applies only to mainframe firmware revision 2 2 and greater i a a a tt Channel Range Lists CLWRITE For CONF and MEAS operation the MEAS command specifies the channel list to be measured and sets the scan trigger to SCTRIG INT Table 5 5 Thus if you want the scan trigger source to be other than SCTRIG INT you must set up a dummy channel list before the SCTRIG command can be executed br One way to set up the dummy channel list is to use CLWRITE For Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation CLWRITE ribbon bus ch list RANGE range list USE ch sets a channel list and an associated range list Refer to the HP 3852A Command Reference Manual for details on CLWRITE As noted for CONF and MEAS ribbon cable operation CONF sets the scan trigger to hold SCTRIG HOLD while MEAS changes SCTRIG HOLD to SCTRIG INT internal trigger To specify a scan trigger source other than SCTRIG INT you must first use the CLWRITE command to set up a dummy channel list Then when MEAS is executed the actual channel list to be measured is set by the MEAS command Refer to Example Setting Voltmeter Triggering for an example program using CLWRITE p This example measures DC voltage on channels 500 through 502 and assumes that the CONF preset values Table 5 4 are acceptable except for number of readings and range This program uses the NRDGS and RANGE commands to modify the CONF se
76. 7 overwrites the previously stored data from reading 1 Scanner Mode Programming 5 79 For RDGSMODE COMPLETE data in the buffer is trimmed to exactly PRESCAN POSTSCAN scan passes if the data will all fit in the buffer If the data will not all fit the last buffer load of data taken is stored the last 8 192 readings for an HP 44702A or the last 65 536 readings for the HP 44702B or HP 447044 Interrupts when enabled are generated ONLY at the end of the scan sequence DISABLE INTR disables and clears the interrupt DISABLE INTR is done implicitly by the mainframe as part of the interrupt service Table 5 24 RDGSMODE Data Interrupt Conditions Measurement Data interrupts 1 Data Data Over Scan When intr Cleared Available write Aboris Generated by DISABLE INTR 2 When any No Yes when When any reading is in buffer filis the buffer Buffer is No Yes when 4 096 rdgs buffer filis from fuli or scan ends When any No Yes when reading is in buffer fills buffer At end of Yes No scan ONLY Notes reading is in buffer Buffer is 4 096 rdgs 1 Assumes interrupt enabled by ENABLE INTR 2 DISABLE INTR done by mainframe as part of interrupt service 3 If no readings are left in the buffer i 4 If scan still in progress or if buffer has roorn for more than 4 096 readings due to read by DAV BURST Of NRDGS rdgs after trig At end of NRD
77. 92 with RDGSMODE COMPLETE results in having only the last 8192 readings available Table 4 12 RDGSMODE Data Interrupt Conditions marupa 1 Data Over When intr Cleared Pec write pas Generated by DISABLE When any Yes when When any reading is in butter fills reading is in the buffer buifer Buffer is Yes when Buffer is 4096 rdgs buffer filis 4096 rdgs frorn full from full or NRDGS rdgs amp iter trig or scan ends When any Yes when At end of reading is in buffer fills NHDGS rdgs buffer after trig At end of At end of NRDGS rdgs after trig scan ONLY Notes 1 Assumes interrupt enabled by ENABLE INTR 2 DISABLE INTR done by mainframe as part of interrupt service 3 If no readings are left in the buffer 4 tf scan still in progress or if buffer has room for more than 4096 readings due to read by CHREAD or XRDGS Setting Interrupts At power on or when MEAS or CONFMEAS is used voltmeter interrupts ENABLE m are disabled However you can enable interrupts by using the ENABLE INTR command When enabled the voltmeter generates an interrupt when data is available as defined by RDGSMODE 4 32 System Mode Programming Dem NOTE gt 1 Voltmeter interrupts are always serviced by the mainframe but can be handled by the mainframe or by the controller Use DISABLE INTR to disable the voltmeter fr
78. A B or HP 44704A High Speed Voltmeters One of the voltmeters is designated as the master the other voltmeters as slaves Each voltmeter must connect to its own high speed FET a aca and each should have identical channel lists The TRIGOUT ON command sets the master voltmeter to output measure triggers from its EX TO port The measure triggers are sent via BNC connectors to the EXTO or EXTI port as programmed of the slave voltmeters See Figure 5 17 for typical BNC connections The preferred programming method is to set up all voltmeters and use SCTRIG SGL to start the scan for all slaves Then trigger the master to generate measure triggers which will simultaneously trigger measurements on all channels This method ensures that a race condition will not develop which could cause the slaves to miss a measure trigger NOTE Due to hardware constraints measure trigger times may be slightly different between master and slave voltmeters Refer to Measure Trigger Timing SPER for details For this program the voltmeter in slot 6 of the mainframe is designated as the master voltmeter which synchronizes the operation of a single slave voltmeter in slot 1 of the mainframe An HP 44711A B multiplexer is connected to each voltmeter via its individual ribbon cable Scanner Mode Programming 5 101 TO OTHER SLAVE VOLTHETER CAS REQUIRED Figure 5 17 Example Synchronize Multiple Voltmeters A BNC cable is connected between the m
79. AGE CONNECTIONS SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CABLES AND EXTERNAL RESISTOR R REQUIRED EXTERNAL 5 TRIGGER 4 WIRE 9 MEASUREMENTS SV MAX CAUTION A4 LO 19k 0 199k0 EXTERNAL SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CABLES f TRIGGER E AND EXTERNAL RESISTOR R REQUIRED e CAUTION A4 E Figure 3 4 Rear Panel Connections Installation and Checkout Installing the Voltmeter Multiplexer Nieasurements Installation When user inputs are connected install the voltmeter and multiplexers in desired slots Guidelines to install the voltmeter and associated multiplexers for multiplexer or ribbon cable measurements follow Before installing the voltmeter write down the voltmeter serial number printed on the bar code label on the left side of the instrument A typical number is 44702 2612A00259 where 44702 is the voltmeter model HP 44702 and 2612A00259 is the serial number You ll need the serial number to see if faster backplane scanning rates can be used Refer to Mainframe Firmware Revision When user inputs are connected to the multiplexers replace the terminal module s and install the multiplexer s and voltmeter s in the slot s desired as shown in Figure 3 5 For multiplexer measurements you can install up to 76 multiplexers up to eight in the mainframe and up to ten in each extender Because of mechanical restraints the HP 44702A B and HP 44704A voltmeter cannot be installed in slots 3 and 4 of the mainfra
80. ARD TO THIS MATERIAL IN CLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Hewlett Packard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this material Hewlett Packard assumes no responsibility for the use or reliability of its software on equipment that is not furnished by Hewlett Packard This document contains proprietary information which is protected by copyright All rights are reserved No part of this document may be photocopied reproduced or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Hewlett Packard Company Copyright 1985 by HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY Kir packann CERTIFICATION Hewlett Packard Company certifies that this product met its published specifications at the time of shipment from the factory Hewlett Packard further certifies that its calibration measurements are traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technologies to the extent allowed by the the Institute s calibration facility and to the calibration facilities of other International Standards Organization members WARRANTY This Hewlett Packard instrument product is warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment During the warranty period Hewlett Packard Company will at its option either repair or rep
81. AS and the voltmeter set for DC volts on the 10 24V range by RANGE 9 for example PERC 67 sets 10 24 v 0 67 6 86 volts as the input signal level which will generate a scan trigger SCSLOPE LH sets low to high transitions positive slope while SCSLOPE HL sets high to low transitions negative slope _ NOTE If autoranging is used the absolute trigger threshold value will change based on the current range Although the same percentage is used since the full scale value is different for each range a different absolute value results Refer to Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands for details Scan Trigger Delay SCDELAY As shown in Figure 5 5 a delay time set by the SCDELAY trig delay parameter occurs between the scan trigger and the first measure trigger on the first channel in the channel list The SCDELAY trig _delay range is 0 to 0 01638375 sec with 0 25 usec resolution At power on SCTRIG trig delay 0 sec CONF sets 0 001 sec SCDELAY wig delay 0 006 sec for OHM1M and OHMFIM 5 28 Scanner Mode Programming t thee Setting Measure Trigger Measure triggers which occur during the SCDELAY trig delay period are ignored The first reading is taken by the first measure trigger after the SCDELAY trig delay time expires For MEAS operation with MEAS NSCAN number 1 a scan trigger is required to start each scan sequence Also note that only one scan trigger occurs during each scan sequence Guidelines f
82. CAN ON the time between measurements is set with SPER sample_period since TRIG INT is set This example shows one way the SCTRIG SCSLOPE PERC and SCDELAY commands can be used to set scan triggering for the voltmeter The program sets the scan trigger source to SCTRIG MEAS and generates a scan trigger when the input to channel 500 of an HP 44711A B multiplexer crosses 3 072 V in the negative high to low direction The voltmeter is configured by CONF for one prescan pass and zero postscan passes A single channel channel 500 is to be measured with 10 readings per channel Maximum expected amplitude for channel 500 is 9 volts so RANGE 9 will be used to select the 10 24V range SPER 001 sets 1 msec between measurements between measure triggers SCDELAY 0 sets a zero time delay from the time the scan trigger is received until the first measure trigger is enabled Since SCTRIG MEAS and the 10 24V range are set PERC 30 sets the voltmeter to generate a scan trigger at 3 072 V 0 30 x 10 24 V 3 072 V SCSLOPE HL sets high to low slope so the scan trigger is generated when the input to channel 500 crosses 3 072 V in the negative direction Scanner Mode Programming 5 63 10 DIM Voits 0 9 Dimension controller array 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in slot 6 30 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode 40 OUTPUT 709 CONF DOV Set DC volts 50 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 9 Set 10 24V range 60 OUTPUT 709 NRDGS 10 Set 1
83. Configuration Examples 241 os ge Md Introduction 2 Defining Your Measurement This chapter gives guidelines to define your measurement and to select the proper voltmeter configuration for the measurement Chapter sections are Measurements Overview summarizes the three main parameters of voltmeter measurements measurement types voltmeter programming and data transfers e Defining Measurement Requirements gives guidelines to define measurement parameters and data interrupt requirements e Selecting Voltmeter Configuration gives guidelines to select the voltmeter measurement function the multiplexer s used the voltmeter triggering method and programming mode for your measurement e Configuration Examples shows example voltmeter configurations for typical measurements one for System Mode and one for Scanner Mode Measurements Overview Measurement Types Figure 2 1 shows three parameters of voltmeter measurements measurement types voltmeter programming and data transfer There are three main types of voltmeter measurements multiplexer measurements ribbon cable measurements and rear panel measurements Multiplexer Measurements DC voltage DC current with multiplexer shunt resistance 2 wire ohms or 4 wire ohms strain or temperature RTD thermistor or thermocouple inputs can be sent to the voltmeter via HP 447X XX multiplexers and the mainframe backplane These are ca
84. DE BEFORE With ARMODE BEFORE the input is sampled immediately when the measure trigger is received For ribbon cable operation the voltmeter advances to the next channel and autoranges on that channel OE the A D conversion time of the current channel As shown in Figure 5 9 with ARMODE BEFORE and autoranging enabled the channel 1 input is immediately sampled when measure trigger mty Is received and the multiplexer is advanced to channel 2 During the time the channel 1 measurement is being converted the voltmeter autoranges on channel 2 After 10 psec the measure trigger is re enabled When the next measure trigger mtz is received the channel 2 input is immediately sampled the multiplexer is advanced to channel3 and the voltmeter autoranges on channel 3 etc The advantage of using ARMODE BEFORE is that the input is sampled immediately when the measure trigger is received necessary for FFT type applications However with ARMODE BEFORE since the autorange for the next channel is made at the same time as the data conversion for the current channel an incorrect range may be used for the next channel if a long delay occurs until the next trigger In addition when the measurement sequence is first started if the multiplexer is set to an unknown state the voltmeter immediately samples the preamplifier output and advances the scan to the first channel channel 1 For these conditions the first measurement may not contain val
85. EAS STTRIG GPIO STTRIG INT GATE DELAYS oof MEASURE TRIGGER SOURCES M GATE 8 DELAYS GATE DELAYS ort SCAN TRIGGER SOURCES mm GATE 1 DELAYS GATE DELAYS ont STOP TRIGGER SOURCES m GATE DELAYS TRIGOUT ON set GATE DELAYS O A ES GATE DELAYS SELECTOR f A D TRIGGER Ger Add ENABLE Measurement Pacer sets SPER sample__period when TRIG INT is set Scan Delay sets K SCDELAY trig delay when SCTRIG INT is set Scan Pacer sets SCDELAY scan pacej when SCTRIG INT is sat SCAN SELECTOR PACER ENABLE N START STOP SELECTOR CONTROL TRIGGER DELAY TIMES A A Gro k Oro N 9 to 30 1o 9 To N 0 to 20 8 to 25 to 27 f 1o 3 S ro 9 9 to 50 Or Q9 Or to 50 nsec for SCOELAY trig delay or 45 psec 1125 msec for SCDELAY trig delay m y Sood 1 Lj 518 to 760 nsec to 58 nsec or 45 1125 nsec 1 3852P 402 5 14 Figure 5 14 Voltmeter Trigger Timing Scanner Mode Programming 5 69 Example Setting Measure Trigger When TRIGOUT ON is set the trigger signal output from EXTO is the same measure trigger the voltmeter received The signal is a negative going pulse and is a valid measure trigger so any other HP 44702A B or HP 44704A voltmeter which receives the signal can be triggered to make a measurement depending on the second voltmeter c
86. END A typical return for a 10 kQ 5 resistor value in Q is 9993 75 Example Temperature Measurements CONFMEAS CONFMEAS can be used for a wide variety of temperature measurements including RTDs thermistors and thermocouples CONFMEAS can also be _ used to measure the reference temperature for thermocouple measurements The HP 3852A supports 2252 2 5 kQ and 10 kQ thermistors Type 85 and 92 RTDs and Type B E J K N14 N AWG 14 N28 N AWG 28 R S and T thermocouples Both 2 wire and 4 wire ohms techniques can be used for RTD or thermistor measurements but accuracy is reduced for 2 wire ohms measurements 2 wire ohms measurements are NOT recommended for FET multiplexers This program uses CONFMEAS to measure the temperature of a 2252 Q thermistor connected to channel 500 of an HP 44705A multiplexer See Figure 3 2 for typical thermistor connections to channels 500 and 510 of the multiplexer 4 10 System Mode Programming 10 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 20 OUTPUT 709 CONFMEAS THMF2252 500 Confimeas Type 2252 thermistor 30 ENTER 709 A Enter temperature 40 PRINT A Display temperature 50 END For a 2252 Q thermistor at room temperature a typical return value in C is 24 312 Example Reference Temperature Measurement CONFMEAS As noted the HP 3852A supports Type B E J K N14 N AWG 14 N28 N AWG 28 R S and T thermocouples However if you want to mea
87. GERS EE Measure Trigger n TRIGO MO 9TRIG sets measure trigger source SLOPE sets measure trigger edge I senar trigcetay 10 SPER sels time between intemally generated mass triggers S TRIGOUT sets EXTO port trigger output mode ny s Sean trigger Menma irminpe Measure telggec recaived enabled arabied t Stop Trigger i Meosmoune trigger Measure tel gow went vae Carel vad STTRIG sets stop trigger source SSTSLOPE sets stop trigger edge PERC sats stop trigger Input threshold Data Transfers and Interrupts Bate Dostinstion Storege 80GS sets data destination ROGSMODE sets reading storage and interupt modes Transterring Raadinge CHREAD transtera single reading XRDGS trandsers multipie readings Settings Interrupts ENABLE INTR enables voltmeter to Interrupt DISABLE INT disables voltmaler form interrupting Figure 5 8 Voltmeter Scan Sequence Scanner Mode Programming 5 37 The scan sequence is started with a scan trigger When the scan trigger is enabled SCTRIG is set to other than HOLD the voltmeter makes n prescan passes The stop trigger is enabled on the nth pass When the stop trigger is received from the source set by STTRIG on the kth pass the voltmeter completes the kth pass and makes m postscan passes through the scan list For example with PRESCAN 3 and POSTSCAN 4 the voltmeter makes at least seven passes through the scan list The stop trigger is
88. GS rdgs after trig At end of NRDGS rdgs after tria END COMPLETE from full CHREAD or XRDGS Transferring Readings Guidelines to transfer readings from the voltmeter data buffer to the mainframe or to the controller follow Refer to the HP 3852A Mainframe Configuration and Programming Manual for additional details on data transfer methods 5 80 Scanner Mode Programming 16S Lb S FU Transfer Single When MEAS or CONFMEAS is not used readings stored in the voltmeter Reading ee Transfer Multiple Readings XRDGS data buffer can be transferred to the mainframe memory or the output buffer and or display one at a time with CHREAD ch ENTS name or fmt CHREAD with INTO name transfers data to mainframe memory into a variable or array previously defined with DIM REAL INTEGER or PACKED Use VREAD to transfer data stored in mainframe memory to the output buffer and or display CHREAD ch fmt transfers one reading from the voltmeter buffer to the output buffer display in the format specified by fmt If neither INTO name or fmt is used data is returned in default format to where the command originated To transfer a reading data must be stored in the voltmeter buffer and data must be available as defined by RDGSMODE If a reading is not available when CHREAD is executed CHREAD waits until the NE is available and the mainframe remains busy NOTE 1 When CONFMEAS or MEAS is
89. HP3852A Data Acquisition Control Unit High Speed Voltmeters HP 44702A B and HP 44704A Configuration and Programming Manual Ping HEWLETT B PACKARD Copyright Hewlett Packard Company 1990 Manual Part Number 44702 90002 Printed JANUARY 1990 Edition2 Microfiche Part Number 44702 99002 Printed in USA E0190 E MN Ux m Append A Specifications DC Voltage POAC 129993 9 oes i Year Accuracy Resolution usse Ere Overranging Reading Rate E RESIS LANCE shite wih ioa a QUE nuk eae Bans ACCULBC ov 5h ae eee a i Year Accuracy eso opo ae E e 9 9 9 9 9 9 e gt A Specifications DC Voliage Accuracy of reading volts in 16 bit mode rear terminal input one hour warm up specified over time since last calibration and operating temperature with auto zeroing performed within one minute of measurement Accuracy in 13 bit and 14 bit modes limited to resolution of reading 90 Days 18 to 28 C Accuracy 3 30nV 015 50uV O15 340 uV 015 1 35 mV Averaged Readings 90 Days 18 to 28 C Accuracy if 100 readings are averaged Range Accuracy 40 mV 0396 104V Accuracy if 10 readings are averaged little advantage to averaging more readings Range Accuracy 320 mV 015 18 nV 256V 015 113 nV 10 24V 015 450 uV
90. IB and then triggered over GPIO When all readings have been taken and stored in the voltmeter data buffer an interrupt is generated over GPIO The readings are then transferred via GPIO to the controller and unpacked NOTE Lines 500 560 are not required for the program They are listed to show that the controller can do other tasks counting to 1000 for this example while waiting for the measurements to complete interrupt to occur Assign 1 O Paths Define Array Lines 40 70 assign O paths for GPIO and the HP 3852A using GPIO Interface Select Code 12 and HP IB Interface Select Code 9 Line 50 assigns an I O path for GPIO line 60 defines the GPIO Interface Select Code as 12 and line 70 defines an INTEGER array in the controller Set Up Volimeter The voltmeter is configured for Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation to take 10 readings on a single channel channel 500 at 0 1 second intervals The scan trigger source is set for GPIO and the scan trigger slope is high to low Wait for Mainframe Ready The controller monitors bit 4 of the mainframe status register the RDY bit When the mainframe is ready to accept inputs from GPIO not BSY the WHILE ENDWHILE loop ends Enable GPIO Interrupt Lines 330 350 enable the GPIO interface for an interrupt from the voltmeter Line 340 sets bit 0 of the Interrupt Enable Register see Figure 7 5 which enables EIR interrupts Since RDGSMODE END is set line 180 an inte
91. IBBON CABLE UP TO 6 MULTIPLEXERS IN MAINFRAME A UP TO 8 MULTIPLEXERS IN EACH EXTENDER T 5 install Voltmeter s Multiplexer s Install voitmeter s and multiplexers in desired slots The voltmeter cannot be installed in slots 3 and 4 of maintrame or in slots 4 and 5 of and extender Recommend installing voltmeter in mainfrarne slots 6 and 7 and in extender slots 8 and 9 v 2 tefie tette 4 EXER a XX Notes 1 Procedures shown apply only to ribbon cable inputs See Figure 3 5 for backplane multiplexer inputs 2 tf an HP FET Multiplexer is used in other than ribbon cable mode the ribbon cable must be connected to the connector on the multiplexer Figure 3 6 Ribbon Cabie Measurements installation Cont 3 14 Installation and Checkout Checking Wiring Connections TROC RE eee Neti ap a adel cl SE iat Stet ein aa CAUTION To avoid potential damage to the instrument do NOT use the voltmeter if the self test fails Refer to the HP 3852A Assembly Level Service Manual for the service procedures For example for an HP 44702A B in slots 6 and 7 of the mainframe TEST 600 displays SELF TEST OK in the right display window if the self test passes Enter RST 600 to reset the voltmeter to its power on state When the voltmeter passes the self test you can check wiring connections to the multiplexers by using the MONMEAS command MONMEAS works for DC volts resistance RTD and thermistor connections only
92. IG TRIG HOLD is changed to TRIG INT STTRIG STTRIG INT is set PRESCAN PRESCAN 1 is set POSTSCAN POSTSCAN 0 is set DISABLE INTR DISABLE INTR is set if RDGS SYS is set ASCAN ASCAN OFF is set RDGSMODE RDGSMODE BURST is changed to ROGSMODE DAV and RDGSMODE COMPLETE is changed to RDGSMODE END during MEAS and restored after MEAS is executed Notes 1 Service related command Refer to the HP 3852A Assembly Level Service Manual 2 SCTRIG HOLD or SCTRIG INT is changed to SCTRIG SCAN if TERM INT or TERM EXT is set Table 5 6 is an alphabetical list of Scanner Mode low level commands which apply when CONF and MEAS are used If a command such as FUNC has two parameters the command is listed twice once for each parameter Refer to the HP 3852A Command Reference Manual and or to Scanner Mode Command Summary at the end of this chapter for details on the commands Scanner Mode Programming 5 21 Table 5 6 Scanner Mode Low Level Commands Using MEAS ARMODE mode Autorange made AZERO mode Autozero mode CAL Service cmd FUNC function Meas function FUNC range Meas range NRDGS number Rdgs channel PERG threshold Trigger threshold RANGE frange Voltmeter range RDGS dest Readings dest SCANMODE mode Operating mode SCDELAY trig delay Scan trigger delay SCSLOPE mode Scan trigger slope SCTRIG source Scan trigger source SLOPE mode Meas trigger sl
93. IGOUT mode EXTO mode Slot or chan used Voltmeter slot Number of readings Low valid ch siot 1 1 Refer to HP 3852A Assembly Level Service Manual 2 Interrupts disabled at power on 3 SCDELAY scan pace used only when SCTRIG INT is set 4 Used only when SCTRIG EXTO EXT1 MEAS or GPIO is set 5 Used only when TRIG EXTO EXT1 or GPIO is set 6 Used only when STTRIG EXTO EXT 1 MEAS or GPIO is set Low valid ch slot may or may not be the voltmeter slot 5 40 Scanner Mode Programming an Paaa Selecting Voltmeter Configurations Setting Known state Voltmeter Slot USE Set Scanner Mode SCANMODE Guidelines to select voltmeter configuration parameters for Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements follow Table 5 14 shows a suggested sequence to select the parameters refer to Selecting Voltmeter Triggering and or to Selecting Data Transfers Interrupts as required Then program the voltmeter for your measurement using the sequence in Figure 5 6 NOTE The commands in Table 5 14 are not necessarily described in the order shown in Figure 5 6 Always program the voltmeter as shown in Figure 5 6 Table 5 14 Voltmeter Configuration Parameters Len Gemma pet USE ch Voltrneter slot used aM SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode State CONF Configure voltmeter Voltmeter function Autozero input ter
94. IO Example Reading the Data Buffer Register HP IB This program shows how to enter the Data Buffer register contents over HP IB The Data Buffer register is not actually a register but provides access to the data in the voltmeter data buffer Thus the value returned by the Data Buffer register is the data in the data buffer This program uses SREAD to enter a single DC voltage reading which is unpacked by line 100 Since the 10 24V range is used RF 1 8 6 Using Read Write Registers Pin d ms Reading the Identity Register If there is no data in the Data Buffer register the program will hang at the SREAD command until the data arrives from the voltmeter 10 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 20 OUTPUT 709 RST 600 Reset voltmeter 30 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode 40 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV Configure for DC volts 50 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 9 I Set 10 24V range 60 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 Set ch 500 as scan list 70 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG INT Internal scan trigger 80 OUTPUT 709 SREAD 600 4 1 Read Data Buffer register 90 ENTER 709 A _ 1 Enter register contents 100 PRINT BINAND 4095 A 0025 l Display reading 110 END Example Reading the Data Buffer Register GPIO S This program segment shows how to enter the Data Buffer register contents over GPIO The controller is set for GPIO interface select code 12 the voltmeter is in mainframe slot 6 and the PSTS error bit bit 2
95. IO signals shows how to set the Option Select Switches and Data In Clock Source Switches and summarizes input output timing requirements for GPIO operation e GPIO Programming summarizes programming the voltmeter over GPIO for data transfers triggering and interrupts e Programming Examples shows example programs to use the GPIO Interface for data transfers triggering and interrupts The GPIO Interface This section describes GPIO interface signals for the HP 44702A B and HP 44704A voltmeter shows how to set the Option Select and Data In Clock Source switches and summarizes input output timing diagrams for GPIO operation The descriptions assume an HP Series 200 300 controller called the GPIO controller or equivalent is used GPIO Operation 7 1 ae v T GPIO Interface Figure 7 1 shows the GPIO signals which apply to the voltmeter and Table 7 1 Signals defines the signals It is assumed that the HP High Speed voltmeter is the 7 2 GPIO Operation peripheral and the GPIO controller is at the other end of the bus Signals and the direction of propagation are defined relative to the controller Table 7 1 GPIO Signal Definitions 16 lines driven by the GPIO controller which contain valid data during WHITE operations 16 lines driven by the voltmeter which contain valid data during READ operations Peripheral Control Peripheral Driven by the GPIO controller and initiates a transfer on its fa
96. LE 350 TRIGGER 709 360 380 Transfer and display readings 390 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 400 ENTER 709 Rgs1 410 PRINT Slot 5 Readings 420 PRINT USING K Rgs 430 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 100 440 ENTER 709 Rgs2 450 PRINT Siot 0 Readings 460 PRINT USING KK Rgs2 470 END For a set of 9V 5 sources connected to channels 0 through 2 and 500 Make 3 passes through scan list Turn autoscan on Ch list ribbon cable connections Send scan trigger to slave System trigger master voltmeter Set system trigger source Wait until MF ready before GET I Trigger the master voltmeter Trans readings from master Enter master readings f Trans readings from slave Enter slave readings through 502 a typical return values in volts is Slot 5 Readings 8 9775 9 0025 9 readings 9 005 Slot 0 Readings 8 9925 9 0175 8 readings 8 985 This program uses the high speed voltmeter and the mainframe STAT command to reject 60 Hz noise across 10 multiplexer channels within the period of one cycle of noise The voltmeter scans the channel list 10 times during the period SPER is set so that a measurement is taken on each channel within each scan As measurements are taken they are stored in a mainframe array The STAT command then averages out the noise on each channel 5 104 Scanner Mode Programming The voltmeter is set for 10 prescans of 10 channels with one reading per channel
97. NRDGS after sending CLWRITE will not affect the old ch list To use a range list of more than 10 items with CL WRITE use a REAL array to store the range numbers and then specify the array name for the RANGE range list parameter When the array is declared a valid range must be in each element of the array There can be no empty or extra array elements CLWRITE sets channel lists voltmeter ranges and ribbon cable connections for Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements This program uses CLWRITE to set channels 500 through 509 as the scan list and set the 10 24V range for measurement on each channel The program takes one measurement on each channel for a total of ten measurements 5 48 Scanner Mode Programming Setting Number of Readings Number of Prescans PRESCAN Since CONF DCV sets DC voltage measurements the optional CLWRITE ribbon bus parameter is not used and the ribbon cable is configured for DC volts since SENSE is the default parameter The CLWRITE RANGE range list parameter is set for RANGE 9 which sets the 10 24V range for each channel 10 DIM A 0 9 Define controller array 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 4 Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 30 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode 40 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV Configure for DC volts 50 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 509 RANGE 9 Set scan list and range 60 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG INT Trigger the voltmeter 70 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 Read 10 readings 80 ENTER
98. Note that the front panel display is turned off with DISP OFF This is very important for a ai scans as it greatly improves system performance 30 Define I O paths buffer array 40 OPTION BASE 0 Set option base 0 50 INTEGER Bdata 1 25 BUFFER 1 Define controller buffer 60 ASSIGN Dac to 709 HP 3852A I O address 70 ASSIGN GHp 3852 TO 709 FORMAT OFF Set up HP IB path 80 ASSIGN Bdata to BUFFER Bdata FORMAT OFF Controller buffer path 90 OUTPUT Dac PACKED PARR 49 HP 38524 packed array Pa 100 I w 110 Set up voltmeter and transfer data 120 OUTPUT Dac USE 600 Use voltmeter in MF slot 6 130 OUTPUT Dac RANGE 2 Set man range for RESOL cmd 140 OUTPUT Dac RESOL 16 Set 16 bit resolution mode 150 OUTPUT Dac DISP OFF Mainframe display off 160 OUTPUT Dac SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode 2 170 OUTPUT Dac CONF DOV Configure for DC volts 7 180 OUTPUT Dac NRDGS 5 l Set 5 readings channel l 190 OUTPUT Dac SPER 12 5E 6 Set 12 5 usec between meas 200 OUTPUT Dac SCDELAY 0 Set O msec scan trig delay 210 OUTPUT Dac CLWRHITE 500 504 RANGE 2 Set ch 500 504 as scan list 2 56V range 220 OUTPUT Dac ASCAN ON Single scan trigger required 230 OUTPUT Dac SCTRIG SGL Single scan trigger 240 OUTPUT Dac XRDGS 600 25 INTO PARR Transfer rdgs to mainframe 250 OUTPUT Dac VREAD PARR PACK 7 Transfer rdgs to output buffer 260 TRANSFER Hp_ 3852 TO QBdata END WAIT Transfer rdgs to co
99. O TRIG EXT1 or TRIG GPIO the SLOPE SLOPE slope USE ch command sets the edge direction of the input LH or HL which will generate the trigger SLOPE LH sets low to high transitions positive slope while SLOPE HL sets high to low negative slope transitions Example Setting This program enables EXTO as the voltmeter trigger source and measures the Voltmeter Triggering voltage on channel 500 of an HP 44705A multiplexer in slot 5 of the mainframe See Figure 3 2 for a typical connection diagram Example Setting Volimeter Triggering TRIG SLOPE In this program SLOPE HL and TRIG EX TUO set the voltmeter to be triggered by a high to low pulse input to EXTO Note that TRIGOUT OFF is set at power on or by a rcset 10 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 20 OUTPUT 709 RST 600 Reset the voltmeter 30 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV Configure for DC volts 40 OUTPUT 709 SLOPE HL Trigger on high to low input to EXTO 50 OUTPUT 709 TRIG EXTO Select EXTO as input source 60 OUTPUT 709 MEAS DCV 500 1 Measure voltage on ch 500 70 ENTER 709 A Enter reading 80 PRINT A Display reading 90 END For a 5V 5 source a typical return value in volts is 4 9925 4 22 System Mode Programming Setting Scan Triggering Setting Scan Trigger Source STRIG Setting Scan Advance Source SADV Example Setting Scan Triggering When MEAS is used you can use the STRIG and SADV commands to set the source to sta
100. ONTROLLER MuLTIPLExERs CABLE i READINGS TO MAINFRAME MEMORY 98 898 READINGS SEC 23 HIGH SPEED RIBBON HIGH SPEED MAINFRAME INPUTS FET p VOLTMETER MEMORY MULTIPLEXERS READINGS TO CONTROLLER VIA GPIO 100 000 READINGS SEC HIGH SPEED FET MULTIPLEXERS MAAXIMUM READING RATES WITH RIBBON CABLE OPERATION AND FRONT PANEL DISPLAY OFF FOR VOLTMETER IN MAINFRAME ONLY SLOWER RATE FOR VOLTMETER IN AN EXTENDER Figure 5 15 Maximum Data Transfer Rates Scanner Mode Programming 5 77 Readings Destination RDGS Headings Storage Mode RDGSMODE RDGS dest USE ch sets the destination for readings stored in the voltmeter data buffer and for voltmeter interrupt signals RDGS SYS sets the mainframe as the destination while RDGS GPIO sets the GPIO port Power on and default mode is RDGS SYS With RDGS SYS measurement data is sent to mainframe memory or to the output buffer display as specified by a read command CHREAD CONFMEAS MEAS or XRDGS With RDGS GPIO CHREAD and XRDGS are not allowed and voltmeter i api are sent ONLY to the GPIO port NOTE 1 RDGS SYS is set for all examples in this chapter Refer to Chapter fs GPIO Operation for operation with RDGS GPIO 2 Since changing RDGS disables all voltmeter interrupts voltmeter interrupts must be enabled with ENABLE INTR after setting RDGS All measurements made by the voltmeter are first stored in the voltmeter data buffer and
101. OUTPUT 709 RQS ON 60 OUTPUT 709 RQS INTR 70 OUTPUT 709 STA 80 OUTPUT 709 CLROUT 90 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON 100 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV 110 OUTPUT 709 RDGSMODE END 120 OUTPUT 709 ENABLE INTR 130 OUTPUT 709 ENABLE INTR SYS 140 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 509 150 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG EXTO 160 GOTO 160 170 Results 180 OUTPUT 709 TIME 190 ENTER 709 T 200 PRINT Intr TIMES T 210 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 10 220 ENTER 709 B 230 PRINT USING K B 240 A SPOLL 709 250 STOP 260 END Dimension controller array Call sub on interrupt Enable controller intr on SRQ Use voltmeter in MF slot 6 I Set ROS mode ON 1 Unmask RQS Mask Reg INTR bit Clear FPS LCL INTR LMT ALRM bits l Clear STA data from output buffer Set Scanner Mode Configure for DC voltage measurements Interrupt when scan completes l Enable voltmeter to interrupt Enable mainframe to sense interrupt Set ch 500 509 as scan list Trigger voltmeter from EXTO port Loop until interrupt occurs Start controller subroutine Query time of day l Enter time of day Display interrupt ime message Read ch 500 509 voltages 7 Enter ch 500 509 voltages Display ch 500 509 voltages Read clear SRQ bit End controller subroutine When the interrupt occurs the controller queries the time of day and enters the ten readings For a set of 9V 596 sources connected to channels 500 509 a typical re
102. OUTPUT 709 TERM EXT 60 OUTPUT 709 NRDGS 10 70 OUTPUT 709 DELAY 0 1 80 OUTPUT 709 AZERO ONCE 90 OUTPUT 709 PERC 50 100 OUTPUT 709 SLOPE HL 110 OUTPUT 709 TRIG MEAS 120 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 130 ENTER 709 Volts 140 PRINT USING K Volts 150 END Dimension controller array Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 test the voltmeter I Set DCV 10 24V range Set rear terminals as input Take 10 readings Take readings 0 1 sec intervals I Make autozero measurement Trigger when input is 5 12V Trigger on high to low transition Trigger when thresi id reached Transfer 10 reading to output buffer Enter 10 readings 1 Display 10 readings A typical return for a decreasing ramp input values in volts follows 5 1125 5 1075 4 899 3 98 This subsection shows how to enable the voltmeter to interrupt on data available and shows example ways to service the interrupt in an HP Series 200 300 controller It describes the commands to set readings destination RDGS to set the readings storage mode RDGSMODE and to enable interrupts ENABLE INTR The destination for readings stored in the voltmeter buffer and for voltmeter interrupts is set with RDGS dest USE ch SYS sets the mainframe as the destination while RDGS GPIO sets the GPIO port Power on and default mode is RDGS SYS With RDGS SYS measurement data is sent to mainframe memory or to the output buffer display as specified
103. OVE JMO7 TO INVERT THE EXTERNAL INTERRUPT EIR LINE HP 447 2A 8 BOARD WITH SHIELD REMOVED GPIO CONNECTOR RELEASE HANDLE Figure 7 2 Peripheral Reset Jumper Location When you have configured the GPIO Interface Card install the card in the controller and connect the GPIO Interface cable to the card Then connect the other male end of the cable to the standard pn female connector on the voltmeter rear panel GPIO Programming This section gives guidelines to program the voltmeter for GPIO operation including data transfers voltmeter triggering and enabling interrupts Refer to Chapter 8 Using Read Write Registers as required for definitions of voltmeter registers For convenience Figure 7 5 shows the HP Series 200 300 Control and Interrupt Registers used with the HP 44702A B or HP 44704A voltmeter 7 4 GPIO Operation Seo GPIO Data Transfers 388 nS MIN ml INPUT FROM HP 447 2A B Mi re LZ vui GA DTA NATO Figure 7 3 GPIO Signal Timing With GPIO operations you can transfer readings directly from the voltmeter data buffer to the controller at rates up to 100 000 readings per second Figure 7 6 shows typical physical configuration required for 100 000 readings per second transfer rates The Disc Interface and Disc Drives shown are not required unless you want to store data on hard disc GPIO Operation 7 5 OPTION secect 13 PCTL Cee SWITCHES m PFLG
104. P 447825 55536 readings HP 44704 Scan RAM ch lists Chi Meas 1 Ch2 Meas 2 Range info Range info 4096 16 bit words Chi Meas n Range info Ch2 Meas 1 Range info Figure 5 7 Voltmeter Command and Data Paths Scanner Mode Programming 5 35 For example if two channels are to be measured with five measurements on each channel the Scan RAM contents are as shown in Table 5 11 Tabie 5 11 Typical Scan RAM Contents a Voltmeter Operation Figure 5 8 shows the voltmeter scan sequence and summarizes applicable commands for Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation The scan sequence does not include v ltmeter configuration and reference measurements made by CONF The commands in Figure 5 8 are grouped into the three categories discussed in this section voltmeter configuration voltmeter triggering and data transfers and interrupts Refer to Low Level Commands Table 5 13 for further information on the commands A description of the scan sequence follows Scan Sequence A scan sequence consists of all voltmeter actions which occur after the scan trigger is enabled to start the scan until the scan sequence ends A scan sequence consists of at least n prescan passes as set with PRESCAN plus m postscan passes as set with POSTSCAN A scan pass in turn consists of NRDGS measurements as set with NRDGS on each channel in the scan list There are three types of tri
105. Programming HIDE GU Ts PT yedt T oaa e t a ret Measure Trigger Source TRIG With ASCAN OFF measure triggers are disabled from the end of a pass until the time set by SCDELAY wig delay following the scan trigger expires For example in Figure 5 12 if ASCAN OFF is set the measure trigger is disabled from the time mt in pass 1 is generated until the SCDELAY wig delay time for pass 1 expires TRIG source USE ch sets the source or mode for the measure trigger Power on source is INT internal trigger and default source is SGL single trigger For Scanner Mode CONF sets TRIG INT Although there are nine TRIG source parameters TRIG MEAS is not valid for Scanner Mode measurements and TRIG SCAN is not normally used with ribbon cable mode Table 5 20 summarizes TRIG source parameters normally used for ribbon cable operation Table 5 20 Measure Trigger TRIG Sources Ribbon Cable Description No triggering Triggering is disabled Single trigger from mainframe when command executed System trigger pulse used with TRG Voltmeter internal trigger Trigger voltmeter from EXTO port Trigger voltmeter from EXT1 port GPIO trigger Notes TRIG SCAN not normally used in ribbon cable mode TRIG HOLD TRIG HOLD sets measure trigger hold no triggering TRIG SGL Use TRIG SGL for a single trigger from the mainframe which occurs when the command is executed For TRIG SGL to be used during a scan
106. RANGE commands to set voltmeter operation for System Mode multiplexer measurements and includes a definition of the ARMODE autorange mode command For System Mode operation the voltmeter can be programmed to make from 1 to 65535 measurements for each channel in the channel list as set with NRDGS number USE ch At power on reset RST or when CONF is sent the number of readings is set at 1 for each channel NRDGS 1 is set As shown in Figure 4 3 since the voltmeter makes NRDGS number readings on each channel in the channel list the total number of readings taken is the number of channels in the channel list times the number of readings per trigger times NSCAN For example with NRDGS 10 and 10 channels in the channel list the voltmeter makes 100 readings Note however that the 10 readings for channel 1 must be read from the voltmeter buffer before the scan will advance to the next channel MEAS automatically transfers the readings as required System Mode Programming 4 17 NOTE For the HP 44702A if NRDGS is set gt 8192 the voltmeter will stop the measurement sequence early if the voltmeter data buffer fuls In this case the number of measurements taken will vary and no error indication will be given Setting Measurement CONF sets a 1 msec delay from the trigger to the first measurement on each Delays DELAY channel and sets a 10 usec period between each measurement such as m to mo in Figure 4 3 For System Mode o
107. RINT USING KK Volts Display last 2 prescans 160 END 2 If the stop trigger is received at t 4 5 seconds during prescan pass 5 the p data from prescans 4 and 5 is returned A typical return for a set of 9V 5 sources on channels 500 509 values in volts is 5 76 Scanner Mode Programming 8 9975 9 0025 prescan 4 10 readings 9 0025 8 9975 9 0025 prescan 5 10 readings 9 005 Selecting Data Guidelines follow to select data destination and storage modes to transfer Transfers readings and to enable voltmeter interrupts Refer to the HP 3852A Interru pts Mainframe Configuration and Programming Manual for additional details on data transfers and interrupt handling As shown in Figure 5 15 readings stored in the voltmeter data buffer can be transferred to the controller to mainframe memory or to the GPIO port Maximum transfer rate to an HP Series 200 300 controller is about 35 000 readings second when the transfer is over HP IB via the mainframe memory Maximum transfer rate to the mainframe memory is 90 000 readings second while maximum transfer rate to the controller via the GPIO port is 100 000 readings second x NOTE Po T5 This chapter does not discuss GPIO transfers Refer to Chapter 7 GPIO n Sd Operation for details on GPIO transfers of MAXIMUM READING RATES 11 READINGS TO CONTROLLER VIA HP IB 35 009 READINGS SEC HIGH SPEED nipgoN HIGH SPEED INPUTS FET YOL TMETER MAINFRAME C
108. Read ch 501 l Enter ch 501 reading Display ch 501 reading Open ch 501 If SV 5 sources are connected typical return values in volts are 5 0125 4 9975 This subsection shows how to use the CONF and some low level commands to make rear panel measurements for System Mode operation Only DC volts and 4 wire ohms are allowed for rear panel measurements The TERM terminal command sets the input source to the voltmeter TERM EXT sets the rear panel terminals Note that the power on mode is TERM EXT However if CONF is used with rear panel measurements set TERM EXT since CONF sets TERM INT Table 4 5 For TRIG MEAS the voltmeter is triggered when the input signal reaches the percent of full scale voltage set by PERC in the direction set by SLOPE The range of PERC is 128 to 127 of the full scale range resolution 1 when autoranging is not used The power on PERC threshold value is 0 of full scale range If autoranging is used the absolute trigger threshold value will change based on the current range Although the same percentage is used since the full scale value is different for each range a different absolute value results For example with TRIG MEAS if the voltmeter is set for DC volts and the 10 24V range PERC 67 sets 10 24 x 0 67 6 86 volts as the input signal level which will generate a trigger SLOPE LH sets low to high transitions positive slope while SLOPE HL sets high to low transitions negative slop
109. STSLOPE Stop trigger slope Trigger PERC Stop trigger threshoid Notes PERC simultaneously sets scan and stop trigger thresholds Triggering Overview An overview of voltmeter triggering operation and trigger sources follows Voltmeter Trigger Operation You may want to refer to Figures 5 7 and 5 8 as you read this section Figure 5 10 shows simplified voltmeter trigger operation The measure trigger triggers the voltmeter to make a measurement Each measurement is then converted and sent to the voltmeter data buffer There are three main sources for the scan measure and stop trigger mainframe backplane voltmeter internal and voltmeter port triggering These sources are discussed in the next subsection Voltmeter Trigger Sources Scanner Mode Programming 5 53 HP HIGH SPEED VOLTMETER Trigger Voltmeter A D Conversion Se A D Converter Data Buffer Terminals Clear at end of pass Trigger Latch a De Latch Selector Trigger Sources Measure Trigger Mainframe 9 internal Ports Stop Trigger Scan Control Scan RAM Selector Figure 5 10 Voltmeter Trigger Operation Seiector When a trigger is input to the scan trigger selector after a delay a latch is set which enables the scan sequence to start When a trigger is received by the measure trigger selector a measure trigger is generated which causes the voltmeter to make a measurement The latch remains set and measure triggers can be ge
110. SYS and TRG GET set the scan trigger source for the master voltmeter as the HP IB Group Execute Trigger GET When the scan trigger is issued the master voltmeter outputs measure triggers to the slave so both measurements are synchronized 30 Set up controller arrays 40 DIM Rgs1 0 8 Rgs2 0 8 Dim readings arrays 50 70 Set up master voltmeter 80 OUTPUT 709 RST Reset HP 38524 and voltmeters 90 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 I Use VM in MF slot 6 master 100 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON Enable Scanner Mode 110 OUTPUT 709 CONF DOV Configure for DC volts 120 OUTPUT 709 TRIGOUT ON Output trig signal to BNC 0 130 OUTPUT 709 PRESCAN 3 Make 3 passes through scan list 140 OUTPUT 709 ASCAN ON Turn autoscan on 150 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 502 Ch list ribbon cable connections 160 180 Set up and scan trigger slave voltmeter 190 OUTPUT 709 USE 100 Use VM in MF slot 1 200 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON Enable Scanner Mode 210 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV Configure for DC volts 220 OUTPUT 709 SLOPE HL Trigger on negative going signal 230 OUTPUT 709 TRIG EXTO Set slave BNC 0 to receive trigger Scanner Mode Programming 5 103 Example 60 Hz Noise Rejection 240 OUTPUT 709 PRESCAN 3 250 OUTPUT 709 ASCAN ON 260 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 0 2 270 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG SGL 280 300 Enable and trigger master voltmeter 310 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG SYS USE 600 320 OUTPUT 709 TRG GET 330 WHILE NOT BIT SPOLL 709 4 340 END WHI
111. Scanner Mode SCANMODE ON The programming mode to use depends on the type of measurement required Table 2 2 summarizes guidelines to select System or Scanner Mode operation as a function of measurement speed type of measurement input source and general application When you have selected the programming mode required refer to Chapter 5 Installation and Checkout to install and initially check the voltmeter Then refer to Chapter 4 System Mode Programming to program the voltmeter for System Mode operation or to Chapter 5 Scanner Mode Programming to program the voltmeter for Scanner Mode operation 2 10 Defining Your Measurement Table 2 2 System Mode vs Scanner Mode System Mode Scanner Mode Max Speed 450 ch sec relay mux 100 000 rdgs sec mainframe 5500 ch sec FET mux 100 000 rdgs sec GPIO Measurement Type DCV BCI ohms strain temp DCV DCI ohms strain temp ail all muxs muxs DCV 4W ohms rear panel DCV 4W ohms rear panel DCV DCI ohms temp ribbon cabis HP 44711A B 44712A 44713A B muxs input Source Backplane all muxs Backplane all muxs Rear panel Ribbon cable 44711A B 12A 13A B Rear panel Commands Operation Subset requires mainframe Full set independent operation with for operation ribbon cable Typical Applications Low speed measurements High speed measurements General scanning Digitize waveforms HP IB operations HP IB or GPIO operation Configuration Examples This s
112. Set 0 msec scan trigger delay I Set 2 prescans Set 2 postscans Only one scan trigger required Set ch 500 as scan list Set LH slope for stop trigger Stop trigger on threshold Single scan trigger Transfer 40 readings 1 Enter 40 readings Graph results Ts High Speed Data Transfers Example Transfer Data to Mainframe 360 DRAW 1 I Volts 1 370 NEXT 380 END A typical return for this program is shown in Figure 5 16 where the x axis is time in seconds and the y axis is voltage in Volts 1 t sec NOTE AXIS LABELS ARE NOT PART OF CRT DISPLAY 3852P A02 5 16 Figure 5 16 Example Graphing a Waveform Three examples follow to show some ways that data can be acquired and transferred at high speeds including transfers to the mainframe memory and to the controller via the mainframe memory This program shows how to make high speed measurements at 80 000 readings second and transfer the readings to the mainframe memory The program makes 5 000 measurements on a single channel channel 500 and stores them in mainframe array PARR in PACKED format for eventual transfer and unpacking by the controller Since SPER is set for 12 5 usec measurements are taken at 12 5 usec intervals SCDELAY 0 1 25E 3 sets 0 msec scan trigger delay and 1 25 msec between scans For DC voltage measurements with the high speed voltmeter PACKED data is returned with two bytes reading Thus PARR must be
113. T Pack 12 THEN V V 780 RETURN V 790 END IF 800 FNEND 810 DEF FNUnpk14 INTEGER Pack 820 REAL R 0 3 830 DATA 256 32 4 1 840 READ R End 13 bit unpack function Define 14 bit unpack function Alloc range factor array I Range function data Fill array with range factors 850 Convert A D bits and range bits to voit reading 860 V SHIFT BINAND 16383 Pack 2 4 00125 R BINAND SHIFT Pack 1 4 3 870 RETURN V 880 FNEND End 14 bit unpack function Example Transfer Data 100 kHz For a 9 volt 5 source connected to channel 500 a typical return follows If for example 161 counts occurred before the readings are displayed 161 also appears on the display 8 995 9 0025 10 readings 8 9975 This example shows how to transfer readings from an HP 44702A B or HP 44704A in 13 bit mode voltmeter to an HP 7912P R CS80 mass storage unit via an HP 98622A GPIO Interface at 100 000 readings per second The program requires an HP 200 300 Series controller with an HP 98620B DMA card and requires an HP 98625A High Speed HP IB Disc Interface between the controller and the HP 7912P R disc Figure 7 7 summarizes the VO path assignments and file names for this program program summary follows Define Arrays Variables and Buffers Lines 40 90 define arrays variables and buffers used and define the default msus Two buffers are defined for the HP Series 200 300 controller Packed is a 10240 elem
114. UTPUT Comp SUB XIT I End INTROUT subroutine Start XTT subroutine 530 OUTPUT Comp STTRIG SGL USE 600 Single trigger voltmeter 540 OUTPUT Comp XRDGS 600 4096 INTO A Trans 4 096 rdgs to array A 550 OUTPUT Comp VREAD A PACK 560 OUTPUT Comp STA INTO X 570 OUTPUT Comp SRQ 580 OUTPUT Comp BEEP 590 OUTPUT Comp SUBEND 600 620 Call subroutines on interrupt Trans rdgs to output buffer Cir FPS LCLINTR LMT bits SRQ message to controller BEEP once End XIT subroutine Scanner Mode Programming 5 99 630 OUTPUT Comp ON INTR USE 216 CALL XIT Call XIT on dig in intr 640 OUTPUT Comp ON INTR USE 600 CALL INTROUTY Call INTROUT 650 670 Enable voltmeter and digital input interrupts 680 OUTPUT Comp RQS FPS t Unmask Service Request bit 690 OUTPUT Comp RQS ON Enable Service Request mode 700 OUTPUT Comp ENABLE INTR USE 600 Enable voltmeter interrupt 710 OUTPUT Comp EDGE LH USE 216 Set digital input edge 720 OUTPUT Comp ENABLE INTR USE 216 Enable digital input intr 730 OUTPUT Comp ENABLE INTR SYS Enable mainframe intr 740 760 Trigger the voltmeter 770 OUTPUT Comp SCTRIG SGL Single scan trigger 780 800 Start data transfers E 810 Start TRANSFER Path_3852 TO S300_buff COUNT 49152 EOR END 840 Read S300_buff status while transfers run 850 Cntr 0 860 LOOP 870 STATUS S300 bufi3 Fili ptr 880 PRINT TABXY 10 5 Fi
115. Y CHANGE SOME COMMANDOS ax a Requires HP 44704A and firmware revision 4 0 or greater Figure 4 1 System Mode Measurements Since CONFMEAS sets the voltmeter to a preset condition if you need to change operating conditions set by CONFMEAS you can use CONF and MEAS along with low level commands Refer to Measurements Using CONF and MEAS for details Using CONFMEAS or CONF and MEAS along with low level commands will probably meet most multiplexer measurement requirements However if you need to enable interrupts make rear panel measurements or close channels with the CLOSE command CONFMEAS or MEAS cannot be used Refer to Measurements Not Using MEAS for applications when CONFMEAS or MEAS cannot be used Other Measurements You can make rear panel measurements using CONF and or low level commands Refer to Measurements Not Using MEAS for details Or you can check wiring connections by using the MONMEAS command Refer to Chapter 3 Installation and Checkout to check multiplexer field wiring connections using MONMEAS System Mode Programming 4 3 Programming Sequence Figure 4 1 shows a suggested programming sequence for System Mode measurements There are three primary methods of programming other than using MONMEAS 1 use CONFMEAS 2 use CONF and MEAS along with low level commands or 3 use CONF and low level commands not using MEAS In Figure 4 1 solid lines indicate the preferred programming path dotted
116. a low logic 0 bit indicates an invalid reading The most likely cause for an invalid reading is that the input amplifier is saturated by common mode voltage greater than x 10 5 volts Bits 14 and 13 indicate the voltmeter measurement range where 002 the 40 mv range 012 the 320 mv range 102 the 2 56V range and 112 10 24V range Bit 12 high logic 1 indicates a positive value and bit 12 low logic 0 indicates a negative value Bits 11 through 0 indicate the number of counts for the measurement If bits 11 through 0 FFF Hex an overload condition exists The following program segment shows the 14 bit unpacking function for voltage Using Read Write Registers 8 3 100 ENTER Gpio A Enter readings 110 FOR I0 TO n 1 Begin print loop 120 PRINT FNUnpki3 A l Print readings 130 NEXT 200 DEF FNUnpk13 INTEGER Bdata Define 13 bit unpack function 210 REAL R 0 3 220 DATA 256 32 4 1 Ka 230 READ R 240 M BINAND Bdata 4095 250 IF Bdata gt 0 OR M 4095 THEN 260 RETURN 1 E 38 270 ELSE 280 V M O025 R BINAND SHIFT Bdata 13 3 290 IF BIT Bdata 12 THEN V V 300 RETURN V 310 END IF 320 FNEND End 13 bit unpacking function Range Bits 14 Bit Two s Complement A D Value Df eee RS pwepopryeperers e vio RESOL 14 Figure 8 2 14 Bit Resolution Measurement Data Format In Figure 8 2 bits 15 and 14 indicate the voltmeter measurement range where 002 the 40 mv range
117. able 5 5 for the MEAS preset values since the voltmeter will be set to this state when MEAS is executed Voltmeter function range parameters which can be selected for Scanner Mode CONF and MEAS ribbon cable operation include FUNC RANGE TERM ARMODE and AZERO Voltmeter Function FUNC Use FUNC function range USE ch to set the voltmeter to a specified function and range FUNC function can be set for DCV OHMFIOK OHMFI100K or OHMF1M only Refer to the HP 3852A Command Reference Manual for FUNC range values Use FUNC range USE ch to set a measurement range or to set autorange CONF sets autorange Use the word AUTO or the value 0 for the FUNC range parameter to set autorange To specify a fixed range you specify the maximum expected voltage amplitude or maximum expected resistance on any channel in the channel list The voltmeter then selects the correct range Note that any value within the range specified sets the voltmeter to that range For example with FUNC DCV any range value 22 56 and x 10 24 sets the voltmeter to the 10 24V DC voltage range Voltmeter Range RANGE Use RANGE range USE ch to set a measurement range or to set autorange CONF sets autorange Use the word AUTO or the value 0 for the RANGE range parameter to set autorange To specify a fixed range you specify the maximum expected voltage amplitude or maximum expected resistance on any channel in the channel list The voltmeter then se
118. ack function AS 1310 DEF FNUnpk14 INTEGER Pack Define 14 bit unpack function 1320 REAL R 0 3 Alloc range factor array 1330 DATA 256 32 4 1 Range function data 1340 READ R Fill array with range factors 1350 Convert A D bits and range bits to volt reading 1360 V SHIFT BINAND 16383 Pack 2 4 00125 R BINAND SHIFT Pack 14 3 1370 RETURN V 1380 FNEND End 14 bit unpack function Since 100 000 readings were specified a typical return for a 9V 5 source connected to channel 500 follows Note that the unpacked readings are also stored in Unpk_rdgs on the HP 7912P R DA CE NOTE Although the 100 000 unpacked readings are transferred in one second it requires about 28 minutes to unpack the readings using an HP Series 217 controller and the unpack function in this program en QE e 100000 readings transferred 8 99 9 00 rro 8 99 l 100000 readings 9 00 9 00 s 8 98 100000 readings unpacked and stored ear 7 22 GPIO Operation Chapter 8 Using Read Write Registers C Register Definitions eran ex Te Reading the Registers 8 2 Reading the Data Buffer Register amp 3 Reading the Identity Register 8 7 Reading the Status Register 8 9 Writing to the Trigger Register lees 8 310 8 Using Read Write Registers Introduction Register Definitions This chapter shows how to access some read and write r
119. adings after interrupt Take readings at 0 5 sec intervals Trigger when input crosses 3 072V Enable voltmeter intr capability Enable mainframe intr capability Trigger on input threshold Loop until interrupt occurs Start controller subroutine Query time of day Enter time of day Print interrupt time message 1 Read ch 500 voltages Enter voltages Display header Display voltages Read Clear SRQ bit Open ch 500 End controller subroutine When the interrupt occurs input voltage 3 072V the voltmeter takes 10 measurements separated by 0 5 sec intervals These measurements can be used to digitize the waveform for the 5 second interval following the interrupt A typical return for an increasing ramp type function voltage value in volts follows Ch 500 intr 02 46 50 Ch 500 Voltages 3 2375 3 8725 4 4 4 88 5 34 5 675 6 175 6 64 6 87 6 95 System Mode Programming 4 35 system Mode Command Summary Table 4 15 summarizes System Mode commands alphabetically divided by high level and low level commands High level commands CONF CONFMEAS MEAS and MONMEAS perform a series of operations and when scanning provide additional measurement functions such as temperature or strain conversions Low level commands perform single operations such as changing ranges or transferring readings Table 4 15 System Mode Command Summary High Level Commands CONF function USE ch Configure th
120. ain considerations are e Data storage mode e Data transfer mode e Interrupt requirements Data Storage Mode As shown in Figure 2 1 data stored in the voltmeter buffer can be transferred to the mainframe or to the GPIO port However data is transferred only when the data is available The data available condition is defined by the data storage mode set with the RDGSMODE command In general data stored in the buffer will not be overwritten when the buffer is full 8192 readings for the HP 447024 or 65536 readings for the HP 44702B and HP 44704A However you can transfer data out of the buffer before the buffer fills or you can allow new data to overwrite old data The four data storage modes follow Select the mode which best fits your requirements Data Available Conditions e when any reading is in the buffer e when the buffer has room for only 4096 more readings e when measurements are complete dai is not overwritten e when measurements are complete data is overwritten Data Transfer Mode Next select the method to transfer data stored in the voltmeter buffer to the mainframe or to the controller Measurement data 1s stored in the voltmeter data buffer in PACKED format 2 bytes reading As noted the HP 44702A can store up to 8192 8k readings while the HP 44702B and HP 44704A can store up to 65536 64k readings PACKED data can be transferred to the mainframe memory at rates up to 90 000 readings sec or to t
121. ainframe with early versions of the HP 44702A B voltmeters backplane multiplexer Firmware measurements scanning rate was limited to about 450 channels second with Revision relay multiplexers However later versions of the voltmeter combined with mainframe firmware revision 2 0 or higher allowed faster backplane scanning rates To determine the applicable serial numbers check the label entitled HP 44702 VOLTMETER ENHANCEMENTS on the voltmeter metal shield As shown on the label the enhanced scanning rate is available for HP 44702As with serial number 2626A 00600 and higher or for HP 44702Bs with serial number 2626A 00450 and higher or when the UPGRADES box is checked on the HP 44702 VOLTMETER ENHANCEMENTS label on the voltmeter The HP 44704A requires mainframe firmware revision 4 2 or higher HP 44704A voltmeters in mainframes with earlier revision firmware will emulate an HP 44702B voltmeter To check the voltmeter serial number note the number printed on the component module metal shield To determine the mainframe firmware revision use the following program or enter the IDN command from the front panel 10 DIM Identity 1 4 17 20 OUTPUT 709 IDN 30 ENTER 709 ldentity 40 PRINT USING K Identity 50 END For example if the firmware revision is 4 2 a typical return is as shown Since the firmware revision is higher than 2 0 enhanced backplane scanning capability is available when a voltmeter with th
122. al shunt resistor the voltmeters can be used to make current measurements The HP 44702A B voltmeter provides 13 bit resolution 12 bits plus sign bit The HP 44704A voltmeter provides a choice of three resolutions e 13 bit resolution provides complete performance and programming compatibility with the HP 44702A B e 14 bit resolution provides twice the resolution of the HP 44702AIB Except for its 14 bit packed data format the HP 44704A in 14 bit mode operates and programs like the HP 44702A B e 16 bit resolution provides eight times the resolution of the HP 44702A B Except for its 16 bit packed data format and manually programmed range setting the HP 44704A in the 16 bit mode programs and operates like the HP 44702A B The HP 44704A also adds the capability to programmatically using the FILTER command switch in a low pass filter to help measure noisy signals Both voltmeters use the successive approximation technique for analog to digital conversion Figure 1 1 summarizes voltmeter features NOTE Except for the amount of memory the HP 44702A and 44702B are identical The HP 44702A can store up to 8 192 readings 8k The HP 44702B has the 44703C memory card added can store 65 536 readings 64k The HP 44702A can be upgraded by ordering and installing the HP 44703C Extended Memory Board HP 44702B versions shipped from the factory have the HP 44703C board installed The HP 44704A can store 65 536 64k readings
123. ams in this manual use 709 as the HP IB address for the HP 3852A Specific slot and channel numbers are also used Program syntax and data return formats apply to the HP Series 200 300 controllers Modify slot and channel numbers and program syntax as required 3 4 installation and Checkout Connecting U Multiplexer Connections Rear Panel Connections ser Inputs This section shows recommended ways to connect user inputs to multiplexer terminal modules or to the voltmeter rear panel terminals Always used shielded twisted pair cable when connecting user inputs to multiplexers especially in a high common mode noise environment Since the HP 44702A B and HP 44704A use a differential input chassis referenced measurement technique high common mode noise can cause the voltmeter can indicate an overload condition even when the transducer outputs a signal which is within the voltmeter range Maximum voltage on HI or LO is x 1024V peak including common mode voltage Figure 3 2 shows typical voltage 2 wire Q and 4 wire Q connections to an HP 44705A 20 Channel Relay Multiplexer Figure 3 3 shows typical connections to an HP 44711A B 24 Channel High Speed FET Multiplexer for these measurements Since connections may vary with the individual multiplexer refer to the appropriate multiplexer configuration and programming manual for details NOTE If the ribbon cable from an HP 44711A B HP 44712A or HP 44713A B multiplexer is conn
124. and Voltmeter generates internal measure triggers input to EXTO port generates measure triggers input to EXT1 port generates measure triggers input to GPIO port generates measure triggers Scanner Mode Programming 5 29 Measure Trigger Slope SLOPE For TRIG EXTO TRIG EXT1 or TRIG GPIO the SLOPE mode USE ch command sets the edge direction of the input LH or HL which will generate the measure trigger SLOPE LH sets low to high transitions positive slope while SLOPE HL sets high to low negative slope transitions The power on mode LH Note that the CONF command does not change the previous SLOPE setting Measure Trigger Timing SPER As shown in Figure 5 5 when TRIG INT internal trigger is set the SPER sample_period USE ch command sets the time in seconds between the start of successive measure triggers mt to mtz etc The SPER sample period range is 0 to 1073 74182375 sec with 0 25 usec resolution SPER sample period settings from 0 to 10 usec are rounded to 10 usec At poweuon SPER saznple period 10 psec EXTO Port Triggering TRIGOUT The TRIGOUT mode USE ch command specifies whether or not the EXT port on the voltmeter rear panel will function as a measure trigger source When enabled TRIGOUT ON the EXTO port outputs a trigger signal that can be used to trigger other HP 44702A B or HP 44704A voltmeters When disabled TRIGOUT OFF the EXTO port is set to receive trigger si M NOTE When
125. and MEAS 5 13 Programming Overview DEA 5 14 c CONF and MEAS Overview esi ms 5 16 CONF and MEAS Operation 5 16 CONFand MEAS Commands 5 18 Low Level Commands 5 21 Selecting Voltmeter Configuration 522 Setting Known State lu 5 23 Setting Function Range Eg ga Se ere 5 23 Setting Readings 524 Example Setting Voltmeter Configuration os RUD Selecting Voltmeter Triggering 2 526 Setting Scan Trigger we ee S Setting Measure Trigger 2 5 29 Example Setting Voltmeter Triggering 5 30 cs Measurements Using CONF and Low Level be og Commands eS ewe ew ee oak Sw DOE Prosraninins Overiew ga ued ee de A Seanner Mode Overview 0 0 0 0000048 5 34 Voltmeter Architecture 5 34 Voltmeter Operation 5 36 CONF Preset Values eee M39 Low Level Commands TCU Selecting Voltmeter Configurations 5 41 Setting Known state lu 5 41 Voltmeter Slot USE eee eral Set Scanner Mode SCANMODE 5 41 Configure Voltmeter CONF 5 42 Setting Operating Parameter 3542 Input Terminals TERM o 542 Autozero AZERO v a 5 42 Voltmeter Function FUNC lt 542 Setting Range Channel Lists 5 43 Voltmeter Range RANGE 5 43 Autorange Mode ARMODE
126. and display readings 450 OUTPUT 709 VREAD AVG Return readings without noise 460 ENTER 709 Average Enter readings 470 PRINT Using K Average Display readings 480 END NE For a set of 9V 596 sources connected to channels 500 509 a typical return values in volts is 8 9725 9 005 10 readings 8 9925 5 106 Scanner Mode Programming Scanner Mode Command Summary Table 5 28 summarizes Scanner Mode commands alphabetically divided by high level and low level commands High Level commands CONF CONFMEAS MEAS and MONMEAS perform a series of operations and when scanning provide additional measurement functions such as temperature or strain conversions Low level commands perform only simple operations such as changing ranges or transferring readings Table 5 28 Scanner Mode Command Summary High Level Commands CONF function USE ch Configure the voltmeter measurement function DCV OHMF etc and preset values for other functions autozero range etc CONFMEAS function ch list NSCAN number USE ch INTO name or fmt Configure the voltmeter function scan and measure CONFMEAS is equivalent to CONF followed immediately by MEAS CONFMEAS can only be used for muitiplexer measurements NSCAN number is valid only for mainframe firmware revision 2 2 and greater For Scanner Mode CONFMEAS is valid for ribbon cable TERM RIBBON operation only MEAS function ch list NSCAN number USE ch INTO na
127. and range The function parameter can be set only for DC voltage or 4 wire ohms measurements The range parameter can be set to one of four ranges or to autorange AUTO See Chapter 6 for controlling range while in 16 bit resolution mode HP 44704A only ID s ot Returns the identity of the accessory in the slot addressed by slot An HP 44702A returns 44702A an HP 44702B returns 44702B and an hp 44704A returns 44704A INTR INTO name or mt Returns the address of the last channel whose interrupt was serviced If no interrupt has been serviced since power on or following a system reset 1 is returned 5 108 Scanner Mode Programming Table 5 28 Scanner Mode Command Summary NRDGS number USE ch Sets the number of readings per channel for each channel in the channel list The range of number is 1 to 65 535 For the HP 44702A setting NRDGS 8192 can cause a variable number of readings to be taken with no error given For ribbon cable operation TERM RIBBON range for number number of channels 1 times NRDGS number PERC threshold USE ch For SCTRIG MEAS PERC sets the threshold level for the scan trigger and for STTRIG MEAS PERC sets the threshold level for the stop trigger separate levels cannot be set for the scan and stop triggers The threshold parameter range is 12896 to 12796 of the voltmeter full scale range POSTSCAN number USE ch Sets the number of passes the v
128. ands and CHREAD XRDGS The method to use epends on your measurement requirements Rear Panel Measurements For rear panel measurements the input is to the voltmeter rear panel terminals so TERM EXT must be set You can make Scanner Mode rear panel measurements using CONF and or low level commands Backplane Measurements For backplane measurements the user signal is input to any HP 447X XX multiplexer and is sent to the voltmeter via the mainframe backplane For Scanner Mode backplane measurements TERM INT must be set and ribbon cable s must NOT be connected between HP 44711A B HP 44712A or HP 44713A B multiplexers and the voltmeter Scanner Mode Programming 5 3 You can make backplane measurements using CONF and MEAS along with low level commands or use CONF and or low level commands not using MEAS However as noted backplane measurements are not recommended and will not be discussed in this chapter Field Wiring Checks You can also use MONMEAS to make field wiring checks of inputs connected to multiplexers To make field wiring checks first refer to the MONMEAS command in the HP 3852A Command Reference Manual for MONMEAS operation Then refer to Chapter 3 Installation and Checkout for an example program Getting Started As noted this chapter shows how to make Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements with one of three programming methods using CONFMEAS using CONF and MEAS or using CONF and low level commands T
129. ansfers NOTE Users of the HP 44704A s 16 bit resolution mode should refer to Chapter 6 for differences in converting 16 bit data and maintaining voltmeter range information Transfer Data to Mainframe Memory Dat stored in the voltmeter buffer can be transferred to mainframe memory in unconverted PACKED format and stored in a PACKED array or can be converted into RL64 or INI6 and stored in a REAL or INTEGER array or variable respectively Data stored in mainframe memory can then be transferred to the HP IB output buffer in unconverted or converted format Transfer Data Directly to Output Buffer Data can be transferred directly from the voltmeter buffer to the HP IB output buffer in unconverted PACKED format or in any of six converted formats IASC LASC RASC DASC RL64 or INI6 IASC LASC RASC or DASC data can also be displayed Transfer Data via GPIO Data can also be transferred directly from the voltmeter buffer to the controller via the GPIO port and GPIO interface Data is transferred ONLY in unconverted PACKED format and must be converted by the user to a readable format 2 4 Defining Your Measurement Defining Measurement Requirements Guidelines to help you characterize your measurement follow When defining your measurement refer to the Specifications appendix in the HP 3852A Mainframe Configuration and Programming Manual to ensure that the HP 3852A can meet the measurement requirements Measu
130. anual procedures to avoid possible damage to the product Indicates dangerous voltage terminals connected to interior voltage exceeding 1000 volts Protective conductor terminal Indicates the field wiring terminal that must be connected to earth ground before operating equipment protects against electrical shock in case of fault Clean ground low noise Indicates terminal that must be connected to earth ground before operating equipment for single common connections and protection against electrical shock in case of fault Frame or chassis ground Indicates equipment chassis ground terminal normally connects to equipment frame and all metal parts Affixed to product containing static sensitive devices use anti static handling procedures to prevent electrostatic discharge damage to components NOTE Calls attention to a vrocedure practice or condition that requires special attention by the reader may CAUTION Calls attention to a procedure practice or condition that could possibly cause damage to equipment or permanent loss of data WARNING Calls attention to a procedure practice or condition that could possibly cause bodily injury or death WARNING CAUTION and NOTE Symbols Some labels on the HP 3852A HP 3853A and plug in accessories include an international warning symbol triangle with subscripted number which refers the reader to the manuals for further information Th
131. are made continuously until the stop trigger is received When the stop trigger is received high to low input to EXTO the voltmeter completes the current prescan and makes one postscan Since RDGSMODE COMPLETE is set when the program completes the data in the buffer will be the last 20 readings before the event plus the 10 readings after the event STTRIG EXTO sets the stop trigger source to the EXTO port and SCTRIG SGL starts the scan sequence When SCTRIG SGL is executed the voltmeter makes continuous scan passes on channel 500 until a low going pulse is input to the EXTO port and the stop trigger occurs The voltmeter then completes the current scan pass makes one postscan pass and halts XRDOS transfers 30 readings 2 prescans 1 postscan pass of 10 readings each As noted since ROGSMODE COMPLETE is set the readings transferred are from the last two prescans before the stop trigger occurs plus the readings from the single postscan For example if the stop trigger occurred on the 8th prescan XRDGS transfers the 20 readings from prescans 7 and 8 plus the 10 readings from postscan 1 10 DIM Volts 0 29 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 30 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON 40 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV 50 OUTPUT 709 RDGSMODE COMPLETE 60 OUTPUT 709 NRDGS 10 70 OUTPUT 709 SPER 10E 6 80 OUTPUT 709 SCDELAY 0 90 OUTPUT 709 PRESCAN 2 100 OUTPUT 709 POSTSCAN 1 110 OUTPUT 709 ASCAN ON 120 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 130 OUTPUT 709 STTRIG EXTO
132. aster voltmeter EXTO port and the slave voltmeter EXTO port as shown in Figure 5 17 to route measure triggers from the master to the slave Three passes are made through each multiplexer channel list and a total of 9 readings are returned by each voltmeter 5 102 Scanner Mode Programming The master voltmeter is set up and configured first followed by the slave voltmeter The slave voltmeter is then enabled to respond to the measure trigger from the master and the master voltmeter is triggered Lines 80 through 150 set up the master voltmeter Three passes will be made through the channel list specified by CLWRITE ASCAN ON sets the master voltmeter so that only one scan trigger is required for the three passes through the scan list Lines 190 through 270 set up and enable the slave voltmeter Since the TRIGOUT signal from the master voltmeter is a negative going pulse the SLOPE command sets the slave voltmeter to trigger on the high to low transition of the signal TRIG EXTO sets the EXTO port on the slave voltmeter as the measure trigger source The slave voltmeter also makes three passes through the channel list specified by CLWRITE Again ASCAN ON sets the slave so that only one scan trigger is required to make three passes through the list SCTRIG SGL starts the scan sequence for the slave voltmeter ONLY Then when the measure trigger is received from the master voltmeter both voltmeters make simultaneous measurements SCTRIG
133. asurements an HP 44702A B or HP 44704A voltmeter must be installed in each mainframe and each extender which has multiplexers used with the voltmeter The analog extender cable is not necessary When the voltmeter and multiplexers have been installed the next step is to initially check the voltmeter for proper operation This section shows how to check the voltmeter ID voltmeter self test multiplexer wiring connections and mainframe firmware revision number When the voltmeter has been installed check the voltmeter identity by entering the ID slot command from the front panel Since the voltmeter takes two slots always address the voltmeter by the lowest siot number For example if the voltmeter is in slots 6 and 7 use slot 6 as the address For example if an HP 447024 is installed in slots 6 and 7 ID 600 returns 447024 If an HP 44702B is installed 44702B is returned An HP 44704A installed in a mainframe with firmware revision 4 2 or greater returns 44704A An HP 44704A installed in a mainframe with firmware revisions earlier than 4 2 returns 44702B If no accessory is installed in the slot addressed 000000 is returned To self test the voltmeter enter the TEST slot command from the front panel If the voltmeter passes the self test check you can be reasonably sure the voltmeter is operating correctly The TEST slot command checks the voltmeter for proper operation Passing the self test does not guarantee that the voltmete
134. asurements with the voltmeter in Scanner Mode SCANMODE ON NOTE This chapter applies directly to the HP 44702A B and HP 44704A in 13 and 14 bit resolution modes The fundamentals covered here also apply to the HP 447044 in 16 bit resolution mode but some differences exist These are covered in Chapter 6 The HP 44704A in 16 Bit Mode This chapter has five sections e Introduction lists the chapter contents shows example program titles and shows a suggested getting started sequence e Measurements Using CONFMEAS shows how to make System Mode multiplexer measurements using the CONFMEAS command e Measurements Using CONF and MEAS shows how to make System Mode multiplexer measurements using the CONF MEAS and low level commands e Measurements Not Using MEAS shows how to use CONF and or low level commands to make multiplexer and rear panel measurements and to enable interrupts e System Mode Command Summary is an alphabetical summary of System Mode commands Table 4 1 lists the titles of the example programs in this chapter listed by section title System Mode Programming 4 1 Table 4 1 Example Program Titles Measuremerts Using CONFMEAS DC Voltage Measurements Measure DC voltages on CONFMEAS multiplexer channels Resistance Measurements Measure the resistance on CONFMEAS multiplexer channel Temperature Measurements Measure the temperature ofa CONFMEAS thermistor Reference Temperature Measure th
135. become available However XRDGS 600 number not specified waits until all readings are available determines the number of readings and then transfers all readings NOTE 1 When CONFMEAS or MEAS is used CHREAD is not required and will not work since these commands automatically transfer the data to the mainframe memory or output buffer display as part of the command sequence 2 Any programming command except ENABLE INTR or DISABLE INTR clears the voltmeter buffer This guarantees that any data returned by acd or XRDGS reflects the current programmed state 3 Potential Mainframe Controller Deadlock With INBUF OFF the controller l and the HP 3852A may deadlock if multiple commands are sent in a single m command line and a command generates enough data to fill the output buffer b XRDGS can fill the output buffer The best way to avoid potential deadlock is to send a single command per command line and read the results as soon as possible after the data generating command is sent Refer to Chapter 5 in the HP 3852A Mainframe Configuration and Programming Manual for details on potential deadlock A Setting Interrupts Guidelines to enable voltmeter interrupts follow Refer to the HP 3852A Mainframe Configuration and Programming Manual for additional details on interrupt handling Enabling Interrupts At power on or when MEAS or CONFMEAS is used voltmeter interrupts ENABLE INTR are disabled However you can enab
136. by a read command CHREAD CONFMEAS MEAS or XRDGS Note that with RDGS GPIO CHREAD and XRDGS are not allowed and that interrupts are sent ONLY to the destination set by RDGS Refer to Chapter 7 GPIO Operation for details on RDGS GPIO 4 30 System Mode Programming Setting Readings All measurements made by the voltmeter are first stored in the voltmeter Storage Mode buffer memory and remain in the buffer until read by a CONFMEAS RDGSMODE MEAS CHREAD or XRDGS command when RDGS SYS is set or when destroyed by most other commands Data stored in the voltmeter buffer can be read only on a data available condition as defined by the RDGSMODE command RDGSMODE has four modes DAV BURST END and COMPLETE and sets both data and interrupt conditions for the voltmeter as described in the following paragraphs and summarized in Table 4 12 RDGSMODE DAV Measurements are available when any reading is in the buffer and measurement data is not overwritten If the buffer filis the scan is aborted but data in the buffer when it fills remains valid and is readable If an interrupt is enabled with ENABLE INTR an interrupt is generated whenever there are any measurements in the buffer DISABLE INTR disables and may clear the interrupt DISABLE INTR is done implicitly by the mainframe as part of the servicing routine RDGSMODE BURST Measurements are available when the data buffer has room for only 4096 more readings or at th
137. command modify the CONF settings with one or more low level commands and use MEAS to make the measurements and transfer the data We will show how to use seven low level commands to modify the voltmeter settings DELAY NRDGS RANGE SADV SLOPE STRIG and TRIG Refer to Setting Voltmeter Operation for the NRDGS DELAY and RANGE commands Refer to Setting Voltmeter Triggering for the TRIG and SLOPE commands Refer to Setting Scan Triggering for the SADV and STRIG commands NOTE You can probably make most System Mode measurements using CONF MEAS and one or more of these seven low level commands However if you need to make rear panel measurements use OPEN and CLOSE or enable interrupts MEAS cannot be used In this case refer to the next section Measurements Not Using MEAS System Mode Table 4 4 summarizes System Mode low level commands for the voltmeter Commands with power on reset and default values as applicable If a command such as DELAY and RANGE has two parameters the command is listed twice once for each parameter Refer to the HP 3852A Command Reference Manual for details on the commands 4 12 System Mode Programming CONF and MEAS Commands Table 4 4 System Mode Low Level Commands ARMODE mode Autorange mode AFTER Default AZERO mode Autozero mode CAL Service cmd CHREAD ch Single data read DELAY trig delay T
138. cted by ribbon cable to the voltmeter With two exceptions NRDGS number times number of channels 1 must be lt 4095 For NRDGS 1 the maximum number of readings per channel is 4 096 For one channel in the scan list you can use NRDGS 65535 NRDGS 8192 for the HP 44702A Refer to Number of Readings NRDGS for details on channel list length e Channel List vs Range List Each item in the RANGE range list parameter is associated with a corresponding channel or channel sequence ch ist If the number of items in RANGE range ist is less than the number of channels or channel sequences the current range as set by the RANGE command is used for the remaining channels If the number of items in RANGE range list is greater than the number of channels or channel sequences ERROR 21 TOO MANY ARGS is generated For example CLWRITE 500 519 RANGE 2 10 generates an error since there are two range list entries 2 and 10 but only one channel list sequence 500 519 e Channel List Greater Than 10 Items To use a channel list of more than 10 items with CLWRITE use an INTEGER array to store the channel numbers and then specify the array name for the ch_list parameter When the array is declared a valid channel address must be in each element of the array There can be no empty or extra array elements NOTE Multiple CLWRITE commands cannot be used to specify a continuous channel list Each CLWRITE command will overwri
139. d and the voltmeter is intemally triggered to start the measurement on the channel First Channel poe Conf igure Reference Start Trigger Voltmeter Measurements Sequence Vol tmeter mi 1 msec 4 Measure First Channel After the voltmeter Is triggered a 1 msec delay occurs B msec for ONFMEAS OHM1M or OHMF 1M Then the voltmeter autoranges takes he measurement m4 and sores the data in voltmeter memory X In scanner mode CONFMEAS is valid for ribbon cable measurements only X X 8 msec for CONFMEAS CHMIM or OHMFIM Advance Scan End Scan Sequence After data from the last channel has been transferred the channel is opened and the scan sequence ends NSCAN Is not specified the voltmeter makes one pass through the channel list If NSCAN is specified the voltmeter makes NSCAN number passes including reference measurements for each pass i Second Channel Trigger Voltmeter Vol meter l mec amp Advance Scan For ribbon cable mode the scan automatically advances to the next channel in the channel list and the first channel measurement sequence Is repeated This cycle rapeats for all channels in the channel list The voltmeter makes one measurement for each channel In the channel fist and stores each reading in the data butter Data stored in the buffer is read by the mainframe converted to equivalent temperature or strain as required and transferred t
140. d 7 See Figure 3 3 for typical connections to the multiplexers Connect the ribbon cable from the multiplexer to the voltmeter as shown in Figure 3 6 You should also refer to the appropriate multiplexer configuration and programming manual for additional details Table 5 3 CONFMEAS Measurement Examples DC Voltage Measure DC voltage on 10 channels of an Measurements HP 44711A B multiplexer Resistance Measure the resistance on an HP 447114 B Measurements multipiexer channel using 4 wire ohms Temperature Measure the temperature of a 10 kQ thermistor Measurements on an HP 44711A B channel Reference Measure the reference temperature of an Temperature HP 44713A B multiplexer Measurements Voltmeter slot used Reset voltmeter n RST slot TEST slot Self test voltmeter Reset voltmeter RESOL 14 Set 14 bit resolution SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode CONF MEAS Confi gure measure Requires HP 447044 and firmware revision 4 8 and greater Figure 5 3 CONFMEAS Programming Sequence Scanner Mode Programming 5 11 Example DC Voltage Measurements Example Resistance Measurements Example Temperature Measurements This program uses CONFMEAS to measure DC voltages connected to channels 500 through 509 of an HP 44711A B multiplexer Since NSCAN number is not specified the voltmeter makes a single pass through the channel list 10 DIM Volts 0 9 Dimension controller array 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use vol
141. d channel to channel with mainframe ROM revision 2 0 or higher 100 000 samples second with High speed FET Multiplexers ONLY for ribbon cable measurements Will also do 2 Wire thermistor measurements reasonably well 10 24V Multiplexer Measurements With multiplexer measurements you can measure DC volts DC current resistances strain or temperature by using the appropriate HP 447XXX multiplexer including the HP 44711A B HP 44712A or HP 44713A D Multiplexer channels can be scanned at rates up to 450 channels sec with relay multiplexers or up to 5500 channels sec with FET multiplexers for mainframe firmware revision 2 0 or greater Ribbon Cable Measurements With ribbon cable measurements user sources are input to HP 44711A B HP 44712A or HP 44713A B multiplexers and sent to the voltmeter via a dedicated ribbon cable In this mode the voltmeter operates independently of the mainframe For ribbon cable measurements ONLY HP 44711A B HP 44712A or HP 44713A B multiplexers can be used the ribbon cable must be connected Scanner Mode SCANMODE ON must be set and TERM RIBBON must be set Ribbon cable measurements are typically used when fast scanning rates are required Use ribbon cable operation to transfer data to the mainframe memory at rates up to 90 000 readings sec or to the controller via GPIO at rates up to 100 000 readings sec Defining Your Measurement 2 9 Rear Panel Measurements With rea
142. d in the Voltmeter Not Installed in Each Frame first extender anc between each extender Installation and Checkout 3 10 11 Installation and Checkout 3 attt t pi Ki Fr EM ec Mq B5 _ M bl i 5 ed SM Bas CX 4 RQ 3 rd Ld Pod d DC D EX Pd lt DO e bi NE on G X B e le p Pod y D 2J 2 veg AG on ot H eS 9 In pod a rod 2 Pod ERE Px Hu Pod ag Sd H M HH RI g m ZHIE Di t 8a8F Se ial zt 2 20 F d a lt 2205dst g S t 4 SU oEESs 5 x E Hh B EAS es amp 5225 mo Oo D gt e 9g s HN B tSsgRS3S Sd PE bod a SEBERESSE bes STHHE ox 3 Sibic rO IIO ll HO 10 1j pim N S SEES Ee rd S Pd S l NY 5 pod bed 5 s e XS ETSI SINE ai SER Ribbon Cable With ribbon cable measurements user signals are input to the voltmeter via a Measurements dedicated ribbon cable from one or more up to eight HP 44711A B Initial Checks 3 12 Installation Voltmeter ID Check Voitmeter Self Test HP 44712A or HP 44713A B High Speed FET Multiplexers The first multiplexer must be installed in the slot next to the voltmeter and additional multiplexers must be installed in adjacent slots Also the ribbon cable must be connected from the first multiplexer to the voltmeter and ribbon cables must be connected between multiplexers used See Figure 3 6 For ribbon cable me
143. des Call the appropriate one by editing line 310 The program makes 25 measurements 5 readings on each of 5 channels and stores them in mainframe array PARR in PACKED format The readings are transferred to the output buffer with the VREAD command and then transferred to the controller with the TRANSFER statement The packed readings are then unpacked by the controller Since packed DC voltage readings have a 2 bytes reading format PARR must be defined for 50 bytes Since SPER is set for 12 5 usec measurements are taken at 12 5 usec intervals SCDELAY O0 sets 0 sec scan trigger delay Note that the front panel display is turned off with DISP OFF This is very important for high speed scans as it greatly improves system performance NOTE It may appear that transferring PACKED readings directly from the voltmeter to the controller is faster than transferring the readings to the mainframe memory and then to the controller However this is not the case For an HP Series 200 300 controller maximum transfer rate over HP IB is about 3 000 readings sec while transfer rate via the mainframe memory is about 35 000 readings sec The transfer rate for the small number of readings 5 92 Scanner Mode Programming in this program will not be 35 000 readings sec but should pices this value for a large number of readings 30 Define I O paths buffer array 40 OPTION BASE 0 50 INTEGER Bdata 1 25 BUFFER 60 ASSIGN Dac to 709
144. direction of the input LH or HL which will generate a measure trigger SLOPE LH sets low to high transitions positive slope while SLOPE HL sets high to low negative slope transitions The power on mode LH Note that CONF does not affect the current setting of _ SLOPE Ps Measure Trigger Timing As shown in Figure 5 8 when TRIG INT is set SPER sample period SPER USE ch sets the time in seconds between the start of successive measure triggers mt to mt etc SPER sample period range is 0 to 1073 74182375 sec with resolution 0 25 usec SPER sample period settings from 0 to 10 T usec are rounded to 10 usec CONF sets 0 001 sec SPER sample period E 0 006 sec for OHM1M or OHMF1M MEE P With ASCAN OFF the time between scan passes is set by SPER for HP 44702As with serial number 2626A00600 and higher HP 44702Bs with serial number 2626A00450 and higher and for all HP 44702 s For HP 44702A Bs with earlier serial numbers the time is fixed a 10 usec 5 66 Scanner Mode Programming Measure Trigger Timing Accuracy Due to inherent hardware delays actual measurement times may be different than programmed times Although inaccuracies can apply to the scan measure and stop triggers measurement trigger timing accuracy will be discussed here You can then apply the same criteria for the scan and stop trigger as required e Net Measurement Delay As shown in Figure 5 13 the voltmeter has hardware delays for both front
145. dy 290 END WHILE 300 310 Enable GPIO interrupt 320 330 ON INTR Gpio GOSUB Get rdgs 340 Eir 1 350 ENABLE INTR Gpio Eir 360 370 Set Data Buffer Register 380 7 390 CONTROL Gpio 2 5 400 OUTPUT Gpio 4 410 CONTROL Gpio 2 4 420 430 Trigger the voltmeter 440 450 CONTROL Gpio 2 6 Go to subroutine on interrupt Set Enable Intr Reg bit 0 Enable GPIO interface Set CIL high and CTLO Low Address Data Buffer register l Set CTL1 high and CTLO high Set CTL low and CTLO high GPIO Operation 7 13 7 14 GPIO Operation 460 CONTROL Gpio 2 4 470 480 Display count while readings are taken 490 500 INTEGER Cnt 510 Cnt 0 520 WHILE Cnt 1000 530 Cnt Cnt 4 1 540 DISP Ont 550 END WHILE 560 STOP 570 Set CTL1 high and CTLO high Define INTEGER variable Begin count sequence Increment count Display count End count sequence 580 Transfer data from voltmeter to controller 5907 600 Get_rdgs5 ENTER GGpio A 610 FOR 1 1 TO 10 7 620 PRINT USING K FNUnpk13 A I 630 NEXT I 640 END 650 660 Unpacking functions 670 680 DEF FNUnpki3 INTEGER Pack 690 REAL R 0 3 700 DATA 256 32 4 1 710 READ R 720 M BINAND Pack 4095 730 IF Pack 0 OR M 4095 THEN 740 RETURN 1 E 38 750 ELSE Enter readings via GPIO a 1 Display readings Define 13 bit unpack function C M 760 V M 0025 R BINAND SHIFT Pack 13 3 770 IF BI
146. e System Mode Programming 4 27 Table 4 11 lists the minimum 128 and maximum 127 trigger thresholds allowable for the four voltmeter voltage ranges when autoranging is not used Table 4 11 PERC Threshold Levels Trigger Threshold min 128 max 12796 Setting Measurement FUNC function range USE ch selects a measurement function and a Function FUNC measurement range where function selects the measurement function and range selects a measurement range or the autorange mode Only DCV OHMF10K OHMF100K or OHMFIM can be used for function To select the FUNC measurement range specify the expected maximum signal amplitude or maximum resistance The voltmeter then selects the correct range To set autorange use the word AUTO or the number 0 for range Values for the FUNC range parameter are the same as for the RANGE range parameter shown in Table 4 7 Setting Autozero When CONF or the CONF phase of CONFMEAS is used the voltmeter Mode AZERO makes a single autozero measurement at the beginning of the measurement sequence However as required you can also use AZERO ONCE to autozero the voltmeter Transferring Multiple When CONFMEAS or MEAS is not used use XRDGS ch number INTO Readings XRDGS name or fmt to transfer multiple readings to the mainframe memory or to the output buffer display XRDGS with INTO name transfers data to the mainframe memory while XRDGS without INTO name transfers data to the out
147. e trigger from source TRIGOUT mode USE ch Sets whether EXTO will output triggers or be enabled to receive triggers With TRIGOUT OFF EXTO can receive triggers With TRIGOUT ON EXTO outputs measurement triggers not triggers as defined by TRIG USE ch Specifies the slot to be used for voltmeter commands USE INTO name or fmt Returns the current USEd channel or slot address last set by the USE command 4 38 System Mode Programming T Table 4 15 System Mode Command Summary XRDGS ch number INTO name or fmi Transfers the number of readings specified by number from the voltmeter buffer to the mainframe memory or to the output buffer and or display Default number 1 System Mode Programming 4 39 weet Chapter5 Scanner Mode Programming Contents Introduction cec be ee ee EE Chapter Contents u 5 1 Scanner Mode Measurements 5 2 Getting Started 5 4 Measurements Using CONFMEAS 5 6 CONFMEAS Programming 5 6 CONFMEAS Command 3 6 CONFMEAS Operation 5 10 CONFMEAS Programming Sequence 5 10 CONFMEAS Measurement Examples os dd Example DC Voltage Measurements 5 12 Example Resistance Measurements 5 12 Example Temperature Measurements 5 12 Example Reference Temperature Measurement 5d3 Measurements Using CONF
148. e aei LS High Speed Data Transfers 3 91 Special Applications we 3 96 Scanner Mode Command Summary 5 107 Chapter 6 The HP 447044 in 16 Bit Mode Introduction Tr 6 1 Chapter Contents l l ed The 16 Bit DataFormat p 6 1 Controlling Voltmeter Ranges 6 1 Changing Ranges a5 oss 00 2 hss wae we ee 6 3 Managing Range Information 6 3 System Mode and Range 6 4 Scanner Mode and Range 016 5 Entering 16 Bit Resolution Mode 6 10 Chapter 7 GPIO Operation Introduction zs a ote ice e Saxo ed PDA ROS 7 1 The GPIO Interface 36 raw eeein s eee 7 1 GPIO Interface Signals 2 2 eo eee ee 7 2 GPIO Signal Timing 0000 73 GPIO Interface Switches A 7 3 GPIO Programming eere 7 4 GPIO Data Transfers le 5 GPIO Triggering Voie de ra aute 9 GPIO Interrupts Kc d a a No rt ee ee 7 10 Programming Examples eres 7 10 Example GPIO Operations ee ae 7 11 Example Transfer Data 100 kHz 7 15 Chapter 8 Using Read Write Registers Introduction o lx ep RG S Swe 8 1 Register Definitions l l 8 1 Reading the Registers LL 8 2 Chapter A Specifications DC Voltage 4 5 d e hone dnt e sva t A 1 PANE ACY oe paa ara e dd EN do Aea Ate A 1 Temperature coefficient A 2 Resolution
149. e appropriate serial number is used HEWLETT PACKARD Company name 3852A Model number 0 Mainframe serial number unknown 4 2 Firmware revision 4 2 3 16 installation and Checkout ee B System Mode Programming E Contents System Mode Command Summary 4 36 Introduction acte uat ues Chapter Contents 00555060055 wy eccl Program Titles voosioa cs son dO o XE 4 1 Getting Started 56 604 Lak ws ba AE 4 2 Measurements Using CONFMEAS 4 4 CONFMEAS Command Lear dos 44 CONFMEAS Operation 2 47 00 0 CONFMEAS Presets c n aca ud pa Examples Measurements Using x T CONFMEAS nn ER 49 o aana d o Measurements Using CONF and MEAS 411 05 Programming Overview wee AILS System Mode Commands 412 00 75 CONF and MEAS Commands 413 CONF and MEAS Operation 45 00 Setting Voltmeter Operation Pe A17 eed Setting Number of Reading Trigger RS Mx MAT m e NRDGS i cae de ed M aT s Setting Measurement Delays DELAY paacpa i8 Sel Toc mower Setting Voltmeter Range RANGE 18 7 0 Setting Autorange Mode ARMODE 419 0 0 Example Setting Voltmeter Ope anes ae Se Setting Voltmeter Triggering 2e Mc Setting Trigger Source Mode TRIG ufa ood 420 _ Setting Input Slope SLOPE 422 gt Example Setting pointer teers da r
150. e end of the scan Measurement data is not overwritten and the scan sequence is aborted if the buffer fills However data already in the buffer when it fills remains valid and is readable If enabled an interrupt is generated when the buffer has room for only 4096 more readings or at the end of NRDGS readings DISABLE INTR disables the interrupt If the scan sequence is still in progress and the buffer has room for more than 4096 readings due to a read by CHREAD or XRDGS DISABLE INTR will also clear the interrupt DISABLE INTR is done implicitly by the mainframe as part of the interrupt service RDGSMODE END Measurements are available immediately when any reading is in the buffer and data is not overwritten The scan sequence is aborted if the buffer fills but data in the buffer when it fills remains valid and is readable An interrupt if enabled is generated ONLY at the end of NRDGS readings after a trigger DISABLE INTR disables and clears the interrupt DISABLE INTR is done implicitly by the mainframe as part of the interrupt service System Mode Programming 4 31 RDGSMODE COMPLETE Data is available ONLY at the end of the scan and data will be overwritten Interrupts when enabled are generated ONLY at the end of NRDGS readings after a trigger DISABLE INTR disables and clears the interrupt DISABLE INTR is done i by the mainframe as part of the interrupt service NOTE For an HP 44702A voltmeter setting NRDGS 81
151. e isothermal block CONFMEAS Measurement ternperature Measurements Using CONF and MEAS Setting Voltmeter Operation Set number readings trigger NRDGS DELAY RANGE delays and range Setting Voltmeter Triggering Set volimeter trigger source TRIG SLOPE and input edge Setting Scan Triggering Set scan trigger source and SADV STRIG scan advance source Measurements Not Using MEAS Low Level Multiplexer Use CONF and low ievei CLOSE TRIG CHREAD Measurements 1 commands for multiplexer measurements Rear Panel Measurements Use low level commands fora FUNC TERM XRDGS rear panel measurement Digitizing a Waveform Use low level commands to ENABLE INTR digitize a waveform and to enabie a voltmeter interrupt Gettin g Started with System Mode operation you can program the voltmeter for multiplexer or rear panel measurements or you can make field wiring checks Multiplexer Measurements You can make multiplexer measurements in one of three ways use CONFMEAS use CONF and MEAS along with low level commands or use CONF and or low level commands not using ee The easiest way to aie R measurements is to use CONFMEAS which sets the voltmeter to a known condition and makes the measurement with a single command Therefore first refer to Measurements Using CONFMEAS to see if your measurement can be made with CONFMEAS 4 2 System Mode Programming cee ie As m Alternate poth Z7 Hointreme commend o MEAS MA
152. e it has the required number of channels and accuracy see Table 2 1 The input to the voltmeter will be via the dedicated ribbon cable from the multiplexer to the voltmeter The voltmeter will be programmed to make the 2000 measurements with Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation since the speed requirements are 2450 readings second Data destination will be the HP IB output buffer via the mainframe memory Data storage mode will be set so that readings are available when the measurements are complete Interrupts will be enabled 2 12 Defining Your Measurement interrupt when measurement is complete and will be handled by the controller With these selections we can go to Chapter 3 Configuring the Voltmeter to configure the voltmeter and then to Chapter 5 Scanner Mode Programming to program the voltmeter Defining Your Measurement 2 13 Chapter 3 Installation and Checkout Contents Introduction baril tige us 19 f a 7 Chapter Contents jr CES A E ORO Warnings Cautions end Notes 3 1 Voltmeter Input Protection 3 4 Connecting User Inputs eee 3 5 Multiplexer Connections 3 5 Rear Panel Connections PEUT 3 5 Installing the Voltmeter 39 Multiplexer Measurements Installation 3 9 Ribbon Cable Measurements Installation 3 12 Initial Checks E MU EUER 3 12 Voltmeter ID Check 2 4o sn 12
153. e pee selected by CONF or CONFMEAS As the readings are transferred to the Mainframe except when using PACKED format they are unpacked using the currently set range Other DE than having to control the voltmeter range manually using the RANGE command System Mode measurements at 16 bit resolution are executed exactly as they are explained in Chapter 4 Example Changing Preset Voitmeter Ranges RANGE This program uses the RANGE command to modify the preset range set by CONF refer to Table 4 5 RANGE 2 sets the voltmeter to the 2 56V range for each voltage channel measured RANGE 1000 sets the voltmeter to the 2 56 KQ range for each resistance channel 10 DIM Volts 0 4 Ohms 0 7 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 30 OUTPUT 709 RST 600 40 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 10 50 OUTPUT 709 RESOL 16 60 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV 70 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 1 80 OUTPUT 709 MEAS DCV 500 504 90 ENTER 709 Volts 100 OUTPUT 709 CONF OHMF10K 110 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 1000 120 OUTPUT 709 MEAS OHM10K 505 512 6 4 The HP 44704A in 16 Bit Mode Dimension controller array Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 Reset voltmeter Set manual range so can set ithe 16 bit resolution mode Set DC volts t Change to 2 56V range Measure channels 500 504 Enter 5 voltage readings Presets ohms 10K range i Change to 2 56K range Measure channels 505 512 Scanner Mode and Range Correcting Readings made with CLWRITE 130 ENTER 709 Ohms
154. e the scan trigger starts pass 1 until the end of the SCDELAY scan pace time when SCTRIG INT is set or until the last channel is measured SCTRIG INT not set Scan triggers received during this time are ignored Scan Trigger Source SCTRIG source USE ch sets the source or mode for the scan trigger SCTRIG Power on source is HOLD no trigger and default source is SGL single trigger For Scanner Mode measurements CONF sets SCTRIG HOLD Table 5 18 summarizes SCTRIG sources for ribbon cable operation A description of each source follows NOTE For ribbon cable operation not using MEAS a scan list must be defined with CLWRITE before SCTRIG is set to any source other than HOLD Also SCTRIG SCAN is not normally used in ribbon cable mode Table 5 18 Scan Trigger SCTRIG Sources Ribbon Cable No triggering Triggering is held off and scanning halted Single trigger from mainframe when command executed System trigger pulse used with TRG Voltmeter internal triager Trigger when input crosses threshold used with sare Trigger voltmeter from EXTO port Trigger voltmeter from EXT1 port 5 56 Scanner Mode Programming SCTRIG HOLD When programming the voltmeter for Scanner Mode operation SCTRIG HOLD or CONF which sets SCTRIG HOLD must be the first command after SCANMODE ON see Figure 5 6 SCTRIG HOLD either completes or aborts a scan sequence When the scan sequence has been enabled by setting SCTRIG to a source
155. e voltmeter measurement function DCV OHMF etc and preset values for other functions autozero range etc CONFMEAS function ch list NSCAN number USE ch INTO name or fmt Configure the voitmeter function scan and measure CONFMEAS is equivalent to CONF followed immediately by MEAS CONFMEAS is used for multiplexer measurements NSCAN number is valid only for mainframe firmware revision 2 2 and greater MEAS function ch list NSCAN number USE ch INTO name or fmi Set the voltmeter measurement function and initiate a scan and measurement of multiplexer channels specified by ch list NSCAN number is valid only for mainframe firmware revision 2 2 and greater MONMEAS function ch list USE ch Select voltmeter measurement function measure and display MONMEAS selects the voltmeter function then causes the voltmeter to measure the first channel in the channel list and display the results on the display The measurement sequence is advanced to the next channel in the list when the front panel SADV KEY key is pressed Low Level Commands ARMODE mode USE ch Sets the autorange mode BEFORE or AFTER For ARMODE AFTER power on when autoranging is enabled the voltmeter autoranges after a trigger is received and then takes the reading for each measurement AZERO mode USE ch Autozero the voltmeter AZERO ONCE is the only available mode for the voltmeter CAL Service related command Refer to
156. each time a slot is crossed in the channel list ro For example MEAS TEMPJI 100 223 makes two reference measurements s one for slot 100 and the second for slot 200 However MEAS TEMPJ 100 200 101 201 makes four reference measurements slot 100 slot 200 slot 100 again and slot 200 again MEAS disables all voltmeter interrupts on the voltmeter unless RDGS GPIO readings destination is the GPIO port is set If MEAS detects that the voltmeter function set is not compatible with the MEAS function specified the voltmeter is reconfigured and autorange is set In addition for Scanner Mode operation MEAS checks and changes as necessary the commands in Table 5 5 SI je ott Feet Since the STTRIG PRESCAN POSTSCAN DISABLE INTR ASCAN and RDGSMODE commands are set by MEAS they will not be discussed in this section Refer to the next section Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands for details on these commands 5 20 Scanner Mode Programming Low Level Commands NOTE If an HP IB device clear or CLEAR key is received during MEAS execution the voltmeter may be left in an undefined programmed state since MEAS temporarily reprograms several features which cannot by restored after a clear Table 5 5 Scanner Mode Commands Changed by MEAS FUNC Changed to function set by MEAS function TERM TERM ZERO changed to TERM INT SCTRIG SCTRIG HOLD or SCTRIG SCAN is changed to SCTRIG INT if TERM RIBBON is set 2 TR
157. eadings second Refer to Chapter 7 GPIO Operation for details on GPIO Prog rammi MQ To program the voltmeter using CONF and low level commands first read Overview Scanner Mode Overview for an overview of voltmeter architecture Scanner Made ribbon cable operation CONF command preset values and Scanner Mode low level commands Then refer to Selecting Voltmeter Configuration Selecting Voltmeter Triggering and or to Selecting Data Transfers Interrupts to select the specific parameters required for your measurement When you have selected required parameters program the voltmeter using the command sequence shown in Figure 5 6 e NOTE For Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation using CONF only the USE SCANMODE ON CONF SCTRIG and CHREAD or XRDGS commands are required to program the voltmeter The other commands are optional and can be used as needed Also commands are not necessarily presented in the order p shown in Figure 5 6 When using CONF and low level commands always Eun program the voltmeter in the sequence shown in Figure 5 6 Uv Example Getting Started For example suppose the CONF preset values are acceptable for your measurement except for the number of readings per channel set with the NRDGS command the scan trigger source set with the SCTRIG command and the reading storage mode set with the RDGSMODE command 5 32 Scanner Mode Programming Low pass fiter a
158. easurements are made A reference measurement is made each time a slot is crossed in the channel list For example MEAS TEMPJ 100 223 makes two reference measurements one for slot 100 and the second for slot 200 However MEAS TEMPJ 100 200 101 201 makes four reference measurements slot 100 slot 200 slot 100 again and slot 200 again Executing MEAS disables all interrupts on the voltmeter unless RDGS GPIO readings destination is the GPIO port is set If MEAS detects that the voltmeter function set is not compatible with the MEAS function specified the voltmeter is re configured and autorange is set In addition for System Mode operation MEAS checks and changes as necessary the commands shown in Table 4 6 4 14 System Mode Programming Table 4 6 System Mode Commands Changed by MEAS Changed to function set by MEAS function TRIG HOLD or TRIG INT changed to TRIG SCAN TERM ZERO changed to TERM INT 1 DISABLE INTR is set tf RDGS SYS is set 1 TERM ZERO is a sarvice related command Refer to the HP 3852A Assembly Level Service Manual for details on TERM ZERO CONF and MEAS Since CONF followed immediately by MEAS is equivalent to a CONFMEAS Operation command voltmeter operation for CONF and MEAS is identical to that for CONFMEAS see Figure 4 2 However by using CONF and MEAS along with low level commands you can modify voltmeter operation for specific measurement requirements Figure 4 3 shows voltmeter operation wh
159. ected to the voltmeter ONLY ribbon cable measurements with Scanner Mode SCANMODE ON and TERM RIBBON can be made If the ribbon cable is not connected the HP 44711A B HP 44712A or HP 44713A B can be used for backplane measurements but ribbon cable measurements cannot be made Figure 3 4 shows typical connections to the rear panel terminals for voltage and 4 wire ohms measurements the only measurements which can be made using the rear panel terminals When connecting user inputs to the voltmeter rear panel terminals HI LO and CHASSIS for voltage or HI LO CHASSIS and CURRENT SOURCE HI and LO for resistance measurements use shielded twisted pair cables and keep the exposed part of the cable as short as possible Installation and Checkout 3 5 DC VOLTAGE OR 2 WIRE N CONNECT IONS HP 447T25A TERMINAL MODULE Rint uc gne ene s Sox B OIH B oof oa cc oof oeo EAr g o otea mE oo Y cC x o of 5 N co 8 t amp oe o2 co B oo 3 p 5 Gar g H 9 9o BA A 9 P eo B Xo y 50 p t z ec e CO El oon gt E oo e rp B o of M k oe OU t oo we L va ote iS TR 00 R lex mE Hr to 2 i Ld 4 WIRE 2 MEASUREMENTS HP 447054 TERMINAL MOOULE LIO f D E 9 Bx ye ER eof aeo oao 8 a ot eeh eet co Sup f o ot o B E o0 lt gt B Ye 0o oo 5 oo N K 092 L 5 oo apog Bam B 20 Notes Burs 28 82 1 Shielded cable and
160. ection shows two example ways to define your measurement and select voltmeter configuration for the measurement The first example shows typical selections for a System Mode measurement The second example shows typical selections for a Scanner Mode measurement Example System Mode Voltage Measurements For this example the application is DC voltage measurement of 20 inputs at a switching speed of 200 readings second Each input is to be measured 10 times so 200 readings are required Table 2 3 show typical selections for this measurement z Tabie 2 3 System Mode Measurements Selections Measurement Requirements Measurement Characteristics Type DC voltages 5V input Speed 200 readings sec Accuracy 0 10 Number 200 readings Data interrupt Requirements Storage Mode Data available when reading stored Transfer Mode To controller via HP IB interrupts Not required Voltmeter Configuration Voltmeter Function DC volts autorange Multiplexer Used HP 44705A 20 Channel Relay Multiplexer Triggering Method Voltmeter internal triggering Programming Mode System Mode Defining Your Measurement 2 11 For this measurement the voltmeter function selected is DC voltage measurements with autorange mode and internal voltmeter triggering An HP 44705A 20 Channel Relay Multiplexer will be used since it has the required number of channels and accuracy see Table 2 1 The voltmeter will be programmed to make the 200 measurements with System Mode
161. egisters on the HP 44702A B and HP 44704A voltmeter You can access these registers via HP IB with SREAD or SWRITE commands or can access registers via GPIO with CONTROL statements Refer to Chapter I3 GPIO operation for further details on GPIO operation The voltmeter contains its own microprocessor which allows the voltmeter to operate independently of the mainframe This processor allows access to the internal registers which control the voltmeter and monitor the status Although the voltmeter contains several registers the user can access only four of the registers Status Identity Data Buffer and Trigger The Status Identity and Data Buffer registers are read only READ registers while the Trigger register is a write only WRITE registers Table 8 1 summarizes the registers and shows register addresses NOTE Although other registers exist in the voltmeter do not attempt to read from or write to any registers other than the Identity Status Data Buffer or Trigger registers as this may cause the voltmeter to enter an unknown state invalidate all measurements or lock up Using Read Write Registers 8 1 Table 8 1 Register Definitions Addresses Read Only READ Registers identity 0 identifies the HP 44702A B and indicates if the 56K memory expansion is installed HP 44702B or not HP 44702A For the HP 44704A Status 1 Provides status information without interrupting the microprocessor operation Informat
162. en CONF and MEAS are used in System Mode and also shows how seven low level commands DELAY NRDGS RANGE SADV SLOPE STRIG and TRIG can be used to modify voltmeter settings Note that CONF does not change the previous setting of SLOPE A summary of voltmeter operation and the related commands shown in Figure 4 3 follows When CONF is executed the voltmeter is configured and MEAS ensures that the voltmeter is properly set for the specified measurement 1 Then for strain or temperature measurements the voltmeter automatically takes and stores the reference measurements 2 The scan is started by a trigger from the source set by STRIG and the first channel is closed 3 Then the voltmeter is triggered from the source set by TRIG 4 For TRIG MEAS EXTO EXT1 or GPIO SLOPE sets the input edge LH or HL which will trigger the voltmeter After the voltmeter is triggered the voltmeter takes NRDGS number readings on the first channel 5 as set by the NRDGS number parameter DELAY trig delay sets the delay between the trigger and the first measurement ml The sample period between the start of each measurement m to mz etc is set by the DELAY sample period parameter As each measurement is taken data is stored in the voltmeter data buffer System Mode Programming 4 15 OTRO sot source to trigger voltrneter Luxor rr wait CONF configures the voitmater Configure Refecence Start Trigger Voltmet
163. enabled on the third prescan pass If the stop trigger is also received on the third prescan pass the voltmeter makes seven passes three prescan four postscan However if the stop trigger is received during the tenth pass the voltmeter makes 14 passes ten prescan four postscan Scan Pass As noted a scan pass consists of NRDGS measurements on each channel in the scan list as defined with CLWRITE Each measurement is initiated by a La measure trigger mt etc in Figure 5 8 If NRDGS 1 is set one measurement i is made on each channel For NRDGS 1 NRDGS measurements are made on each channel For example with NRDGS 1 and five channels in the scan list five measurements one for each channel are made in each pass With NRDGS 5 and five channels in the scan list 25 measurements are made Two commands affect the time between passes ASCAN and SCDELAY If io ASCAN ON is set a single scan trigger is required to start the first pass all subsequent passes are started automatically and the SCDELAY trig delay delay time occurs only for the first pass With ASCAN OFF a separate scan trigger is required to start each pass and the SCDELAY frig delay delay time applies to all passes When TRIG INT is set the SCDELAY scan pace parameter sets the time between the start of fuv successive passes a Measure Triggers There is a measure trigger for each measurement The SCDELAY trig delay parameter sets the delay fro
164. ent 20 kbyte INTEGER array buffer for temporary storage of packed readings Unpacked is a 10240 element 80 Kbyte REAL ayer for temporary storage of unpacked readings NOTE The Pod and Unpacked ET must contain the same number of elements Tot rdgs specifies the total number of readings desired Pre scan sets the number of prescans and Post scan sets the number of postscans Select the number of readings prescans and postscans required as long as Tot rd Pre scan Post _Scan see The MASS STORAGE IS specifier sets the HP 7912P R disc via the HP 98625A High Speed HP IB Disc Interface as the default msus Error Trap 1 Pack_rdgs is a BDAT file in the HP 7912P R created on line 190 This error trap applies if Pack_rdgs has been previously created by running this program GPIO Operation 7 15 l f4 peyordun u d 2164 dH 4 9 20V deser spa yordun sBpu yory 9li LV pJooenjselq Z sips yoeg Pistia sear FING POYORY Li pexyoeg 9 ihe wai evn oe Peg D P DC S3IMIS dH TENOR 00E 007 dH S01njonujs Beg QuvO VWG S Z986 dH HLIM zgee dio p 009 002 S3lH3S dH U d 2164 dH G V2 LvV dH veses YE pe xoedupn sBpa7xovwdup VG2988 dH i SBpa yoeg YZZ986 dH OIdO J4nq pexXoeg 9 14 7pexoeg HJJSNVHI VIVO Q3 9vd Example i O Paths and File Names Figure 7 7 7 16 GPIO Operation or by another program If Pack_rdgs exists it is purged If not the program c
165. er Measurements Sean Voltmster RANGE sats volimeter range FAP 003 4 3 SHEAS takes measurements and transfers data NSCAN number parameter sets number of parrres defaut 1 Figure 4 3 CONF and MEAS System Mode Operation 4 16 System Mode Programming Setting Voltmeter Operation BSc Setting Number of Readings Trigger NRDGS Stored readings are transferred to the destination specified by MEAS All readings from the first channel must be transferred out of the voltmeter buffer before the scan will advance to the second channel After readings have been transferred the scan is advanced to the next channel by a trigger from the source set by SADV 6 Note that when MEAS is used STRIG sets the source to start the scan while SADV sets the source to advance the scan from channel to channel The scan advances through each of the channels in the channel list and the first channel measurement sequence is repeated for each channel When the data from the last channel has been read the last channel is opened and the first pass ends 7 If MEAS NSCAN number is not specified the voltmeter makes one pass through the channel list and the scan sequence ends Otberwise the voltmeter makes the number of passes set by NSCAN number For example with NSCAN 3 ten channels in the channel list and ten readings trigger the voltmeter makes 300 measurements This subsection shows how to use the NRDGS DELAY and
166. er has an on board microprocessor which accepts commands from the mainframe With ribbon cable operation the voltmeter 1s capable of independent operation That is the voltmeter is configured by commands issued from the mainframe and can then operate independently via the ribbon cable to take and store measurements i An important part of the command path is the Scan RAM The microprocessor downloads a channel list for measurements and a range list for the voltmeter into the Scan RAM which can hold up to 4 096 16 bit words For ribbon cable operation the Scan RAM acts to open and close the appropriate multiplexer channels for measurements The Scan Control is used with triggering and will be discussed in Selecting Voltmeter Triggering 5 34 Scanner Mode Programming DAY and END Data is available when any reading is stored f the buffer fills no more readings are entered and scan sequence stops BURST Data is available when the buffer has room tor only 4096 more readings lf the buffer filis no more readings are entered and the scan sequence does not stop COMPLETE Data is available when any reading is stored if the buffer and the scan sequence does not stop Date to GPIO j ok HP A4TOQA B Ribbon DATA BUS i6 b1t Cable Data to mainframe 4 uP BUS 6 bit Multiple gt M Inputs Commands From mainfrore Lomends m 8192 readings HP 441024 65536 readings H
167. et for 4 096 volts 10 24V range x 40 as set with PERC When the input reaches 4 096 volts the stop trigger is generated Since RDGSMODE COMPLETE is set readings from the last two prescans before the stop trigger plus the two postscans after the stop trigger 40 readings total at 0 1 sec intervals are transferred to the controller by XRDGS and displayed 10 DIM Volts 0 39 20 30 40 50 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 60 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON 70 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV 80 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 9 90 OUTPUT 709 RDGSMODE COMPLETE 100 OUTPUT 709 NRDGS 10 110 OUTPUT 709 PERC 40 120 OUTPUT 709 SPER 1 130 OUTPUT 709 SCDELAY 0 140 OUTPUT 709 PRESCAN 2 150 OUTPUT 709 POSTSCAN 2 160 OUTPUT 709 ASCAN ON 170 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 180 OUTPUT 709 STSLOPE LH 190 OUTPUT 709 STTRIG MEAS 200 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG SGL 210 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 40 220 ENTER 709 Volts 230 240 250 260 GINIT 270 PLOTTER IS 3 INTERNAL 280 OUTPUT KBD CHR 255 amp CHR 75 290 GRAPHICS ON 300 VIEWPORT 0 135 25 95 310 WINDOW 0 4 0 9 320 MOVE 0 0 330 AXES 1 5 0 0 10 2 8 340 MOVE 0 0 350 FOR 1 0 TO 39 5 90 Scanner Mode Programming Dimension controller array H Set up voltmeter I l Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 Set Scanner Mode Configure for DC volts Set 10 24V range Trim to prescans postscans Set 10 readings channel I Gen stop trigger at 4 096 V Measure trigger 1 sec intervals
168. ferred to the destination specified by MEAS Measure Second Through Last Channels After the first channel readings have been made the scan is automatically advanced to the second channel and NRDGS measurements are taken on the second channel 5 The scan advances through each of the channels in the channel list and the second channel measurement sequence is repeated for each remaining channel When the data from the last channel has been read the last channel is opened and the scan pass ends 6 End Scan Sequence f If MEAS NSCAN number is not specified the voltmeter executes one scan sequence and the measurement sequence ends Otherwise the voltmeter executes the number of scan sequences set by NSCAN number 1 to 65 535 The MEAS NSCAN parameter is valid only for mainframe firmware revision 2 2 and greater For example with NSCAN 3 ten channels in the scan list and ten readings E per channel the voltmeter makes 300 measurements Note that a separate scan trigger is required to start each scan sequence CONF and MEAS Since the CONF and MEAS commands form the starting point for Commands measurements in this section CONF and MEAS preset values follow 5 18 Scanner Mode Programming The CONF Command Table 5 4 shows the command parameters set by the CONF command called preset values for Scanner Mode operation That is executing the CONF command is equivalent to setting the command parameters in Table 5 4 in the
169. ff are internal I O paths in the controller Unpack Readings and Store on Disc Lines 830 940 unpack the readings and display each reading value Line 970 then prints the number of readings unpacked and stored For this program readings are transferred 1024 at a time from Pack rdgs to the Packed buffer in the controller and unpacked using the unpacking function lines 1180 1300 As the 1024 readings are unpacked they are temporarily stored in the Unpacked array butfer When the buffer fills the readings are then transferred to Unpk rdgs in the HP 7912P R This process repeats until all readings stored in Pack rdgs have been unpacked and stored in Unpk rdgs As noted the Packed and Unpacked buffers must contain the same number of gs elements err Close I O Paths Lines 1010 1040 close I O paths Packed file QUnpacked file GQpacked buff and QUnpacked buff GPIO Timeout Subroutine If for any reason the transfer from the voltmeter to the controller fails to complete GPIO timeout this subroutine aborts the GPIO connection and the Packed_file I O path and updates the EOF pointer Unpacking Functions This example includes unpacking functions for the 13 bit and 14 bit modes Call the appropriate one by editing line 890 10 20 Define arrays variables and buff 30 7 r4 40 INTEGER Packed 1 10240 BUFFER 120 Kbyte array buffer 50 REAL Unpacked 1 10240 BUFFER 80 Kbyte array buffer 60 Tot_rdgs 100000
170. gered to start the measurement oa the channel SECOND LAST CHANNEL CHANNEL eee CONFIGURE REFERENCE START TRIGGER ADVANCE TRIGGER TRIGGER END VOLTMETER MEASUREMENTS SCAN VOLTMETER my SCAN VOL TIME TER mo VOLTMETER Mpa SCAN 1i meec l meec 4 Measure First Channel Alter the voltmeter is triggered a default delay occurs Then the voltmeter autoranges takes the measuremant m and stores the data in voltmeter memory 7 End Scan After the data from the fast channel has been transferred Advance Scan the channel Is opened and the Vihen data is transferred the scan scan sequence ends if NSCAN xd advences to the next channel in the ta not specified the voltmeter channel Sat and the first channel makes one pase through the measurement sequsnce E penod channel list f NSCAN is This cyce repeats for all channsets In specified the voltmaler makes tho channel fist The voltmeter makes NSCAN number passed one mensurerment for each channel including reference in the chammel Est ore peas measurements for each pass 5 Reed Transter Deta After measurement m4 dats 5s read by the malnfrarna corvretied to equivalerd temperature cr strain as roguired and transtemed to the location specified by CONFMEAS X 5 msec for CONFMEAS CHM1M OR OHMEIM Figure 4 2 CONFNIEAS System Mode Operation 4 B System Mode Programming Examples Measurements Using CONFMEAS Table 4 3 CONFMEAS Presets Syste
171. ggers which control the operation the scan trigger the measure trigger and the stop trigger 5 36 Scanner Mode Programming ania AIS fro PETS a re Scan Sequence Scanner Mode Commands Voltmeter Configuration PRESCAN n POSTSCAN m Known Siate of pamens of pasen eUse sets volimeter siot to be usa SCAN StOUDKE eb Pam r Poon K Pasa k l Puss ke Pass ktm SCANMODE ON sets Scanner Mode operation En PON et EN Nee CONF configures the volimeter Operating Parameters S te S TERM sets input terminals Scan trigger xp hdi lige deed rd gera ror AZERO autozerces voltmeter enabled SCIRIGOHOLD zs ares eFUNC sets nel and fist sets chan range E a Range Channel Lists RANGE sats scan tigger source V SARMODE sets autorange mode 1 M SCLWAITE sets channel and range lists ME SCCELAY imcan pana 4 Cif SCIRIG INT wet Number of Readings Pana PRESCAN sets scan trigger source SPOSTSCAN sets number of postscans 9NRDGS sets number of readings per channel SCAN PASS Sem Wl gues received Voltmeter Triggering required Lf ASCAN CFF mat Sean Trigger Brom OSCTHIG sets scan trigger source imm SSCSLOPE sets scan trigger edge Did PERC sets scan trigger input threshold n c SCDELAY trig delay sets time to first measure trigger SCDELAY scan pace sets time between scan trigger F und SASCAN sols amp utoscan mode Irat M Chana MEASURE TRIG
172. h list OHMF1M 4 wire ohms up to 1 MQ 1 Resistance on chs in ch_list Temperature TEMPtype Reterence temperature and Thermocouple temp C on chs ir thermocouple voltage measurements ch list compensated to 0 reference type B E J K N14 N AWG 14 N28 N AWG 28 R S and T Reference temperature measurement Reference temp C of isothermal of isothermal block biock in slot addressed 2 wire ohms measurement of thermistor Thermistor temp C on ch in ch list type 2252 2252 Q thermistor 5K 5 kQ thermistor 10K 10 kQ thermistor 4 wire ohms measurement of Thermistor temp C on ch in ch list thermistor 11 l type Same type as THMtype 2 wire ohms measurement of RTD RTD temp C on ch in ch list type 85 RTOs with a l 0 00385 Q 92 RTDswitha 0 003916 Q Q RTDFiype 4 wire ohms measurement of RTD 1 RTD temp C on ch in ch list type same as HTDtype Stain 2 STRVEX Bridge excitation voltage VS Bridge excitation voltage STRUN Bridge output which is ref for Bridge output voltage corresponding strain measurement STRQ 1 4 bridge strain Strain or microstrain STRFB Bending tull bridge strain Strain or microstrain STRHB Bending half bridge strain Strain or microstrain STROTEN Shunt verification tension shunt Strain or microstrain diagnostic HP 44717A or 44718A only STROCOMP Shunt verification compression shunt Microstrain diagnostic HP 44717A or 44718A only STRHP 1 2 bridge Poi
173. h the TRG command As shown in Figure 5 11 TRG has four sources modes HOLD GET EXT and SGL Note that STTRIG SYS must be set for the voltmeter to accept a stop trigger from the TRG source Refer to the HP 3852A Mainframe Configuration and Programming Manual for details on TRG STTRIG INT With STTRIG INT the voltmeter internal pacer generates a stop trigger as required at the end of the nth prescan pass Thus with PRESCAN 0 set one pass must be made for a stop trigger to be generated If RDGSMODE COMPLETE is set the data from this pass is discarded STTRIG EXTO EXT1 For STTRIG EXTO or STTRIG EXT 1 a TTL compatible pulse into the EXTO or EXTI port respectively generates a stop trigger For STTRIG MEAS EXTO0 EX 11 or GPIO the STSLOPE command sets the direction LH or HL of the input which will generate a stop trigger Refer to Stop Trigger Slope STSLOPE for details on the STSLOPE command 5 72 Scanner Mode Programming attra Stop Trigger Slope STSLOPE Stop Trigger Threshold PERC NOTE For the EXTO port only TRIGOUT OFF must be set to enable EXTO to receive a trigger If TRIGOUT ON is set the EXTO port outputs trigger signals and no trigger source can be set to EXTO Refer to EXTO Port Triggering TRIGOUT for details STTRIG MEAS STTRIG MEAS generates a stop trigger when the input to the voltmeter crosses a threshold level percent of full scale value as set with the PERC command in the di
174. he channel list the SADV KEY key must be pressed to start the scan for EACH pass of 5 readings 10 DIM Volts 0 14 Dimension controller array 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in slot 6 30 OUTPUT 709 RST 600 l Reset the voltmeter 40 OUTPUT 709 CONF DOV Set DC volts set SADV SCAN 50 OUTPUT 709 STRIG KEY Start when SADV KEY key pressed 60 OUTPUT 709 SADV PACER Set pacer pulses as ch adv source 70 OUTPUT 709 PACER 0 1 1 Set pacer pulses at 1 sec apart 80 OUTPUT 709 PDELAY 1 Delay Ist pacer pulse 1 sec 90 OUTPUT 709 PTRIG SG Send pacer trigger pulse 100 OUTPUT 709 MEAS DCV 500 504 NSCAN 3 Meas ch 500 504 make 3 passes 110 ENTER 709 Voits Enter 15 readings 120 PRINT USING K Voits Display 15 readings 136 END For a set of 5V 596 sources typical return values in volts are 4 9975 4 9925 5 005 Measurements Not Using MEAS All previous examples in this chapter have used the MEAS command to make the measurement and transfer the data However MEAS cannot be used for some applications 4 24 System Mode Programming Low Level Multiplexer Measurements Controlling Multiplexer Channels CLOSE OPEN When MEAS is not used STRIG and SADV are not valid temperature and strain conversions are not done CLOSE and OPEN must be used to close and open multiplexer channels and CHREAD or XRDGS must be used to read the data from the voltmeter buffer This section shows some ways to use S
175. he chapter contains three sections which correspond to these programming methods Measurements Using CONFMEAS Measurements Using CONF and MEAS and Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands To get started programming the voltmeter for your measurement first determine your measurement requirements refer to Chapter 2 Defining Your Measurement for guidelines Then use the guidelines shown in Table 5 1 to find the chapter section to use to program the voltmeter for your measurement If your measurement can be made using CONFMEAS refer to Measurements Using CONFMEAS If your measurement can be made using CONF and MEAS first refer to Measurements Using CONFMEAS and then to Measurements Using CONF and MEAS If your measurement requires using low level commands first refer to Measurements Using CONFMEAS and then to Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands A summary of the three programming methods follows a oo NOTE Even if your measurement cannot be make with CONFMEAS we recommend you first read Measurements Using CONFMEAS to become familiar with general Scanner Mode operation before reading Measurements Using CONF and MEAS or Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands 5 4 Scanner Mode Programming Table 5 1 Scanner Mode Programming Guidelines Measurements Using CONFMEAS Easiest programming Preset operation One reading per channel Low Speed 5 1000 read
176. he RDGSMODE command When an interrupt occurs on an enabled channel the interrupt is disabled when it is serviced and is cleared when all measurements have been read from the voltmeter Note that CONF clears and disables voltmeter interrupts Example Setting This program enables an HP 44702A B or HP 44704A voltmeter in slots 6 and Voltmeter Interrupts 7 of the mainframe to interrupt when DC voltage measurements on channels 500 through 509 have been made The scan sequence is started by an external trigger into the EX TO port on the voltmeter rear panel set by SCTRIG EXTO The program loops until the scan sequence completes all ten readings taken and then generates the interrupt The interrupt is serviced in controller subroutine Results When the program completes the time of the interrupt and the ten readings are displayed Note that RDGSMODE END does not allow an interrupt to occur until all ten readings have been taken When the interrupt occurs the HP IB SRO line is set TRUE and the interrupt is sent to the controller Also the INTR bit bit 9 and the service request bit bit 6 in the status register are set Because the interrupt is handled by the controller both bits must be cleared STA clears bit 9 SPOLL clears bit 6 before the controller can respond to the next channel interrupt that occurs 5 84 Scanner Mode Programming 10 DIM B 0 9 20 ON INTR 7 GOTO Results 30 ENABLE INTR 7 2 40 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 50
177. hese three examples show some special applications for the voltmeter p Application S including continuous data acquisition synchronizing multiple voltmeters and 60 Hz noise rejection Ses Example Continuous This program shows one way to do continuous data acquisition with the Data Acquisition voltmeter The program uses an HP Series 200 300 controller with a DMA card an HP 44702B or HP 44704A in slot 6 of the mainframe an HP 44711A B multiplexer in slot 5 of the mainframe and an HP 44721A digital input accessory in slot 2 of the mainframe The input to the HP 44721A 4 used for interrupt is to channel 200 The accessory debounce jumper is set S for 10 Hz and the channel 200 attenuator jumper is set for SV E For this program the voltmeter makes continuous measurements on channel 500 of the multiplexer Data is continuously transferred from the voltmeter to the controller via the mainframe memory When a low to high transition LH edge occurs on channel 200 of the HP 44721A digital input an interrupt is generated to the controller After the interrupt occurs the voltmeter takes mmm readings for an additional 12 second and the program ends ae NOTE Since the readings stored in the controller are in PACKED format the readings must be unpacked to be readable Refer to Example Transfer Data to Controller for an example unpacking function Define Variables and Buffer Lines 40 60 define the variable and buffer name
178. hether or not data in the memory will be overwritten by new data Valid modes are DAV BURST END and COMPLETE RESOL resolution HP 44704A only Sets HP 44704A resolution resolution can be 13 14 or 16 For RESOL 16 the voltmeter must not be in autorange mode or an error will be generated See Chapter 6 for details on 16 bit resolution mode SADV source When MEAS is used sets the source to advance the scan sequence as defined by source SCANMODE mode USE ch Sets the voltmeter operating mode SCANMODE OFF power on reset RST or RST slot CONF or CONFMEAS sets System Mode operation The SCANMODE setting is not changed by the highdevel commands SLOPE mode USE ch For TRIG EXTO TRIG EXT1 TRIG MEAS or TRIG GPIO SLOPE sets the edge LH or HL of the input which will generate a voltmeter trigger For TRIG MEAS only SLOPE sets the edge of the input which will trigger the voltmeter when the input crossed the threshold set by PERC STRIG source When MEAS is used sets the source to start the scan sequence as defined by source Valid source parameters are SCAN CHADV KEY and PACER TERM terminal USE ch Selects the voltmeter input terminals TERM INT selects the mainframe backplane and TERM EXT selects the rear panel terminals TRIG source USE ch For System Mode only TRIG sets the source or mode for the trigger The power on source is HOLD no trigger and the defauit source is SGL singl
179. hown in Table 4 8 Power on source is HOLD no trigger and default source is SGL single trigger For System Mode CONF or the CONF phase of CONFMEAS sets TRIG HOLD while MEAS or the MEAS phase of CONFMEAS changes TRIG HOLD or TRIG INT to TRIG SCAN A description of each TRIG source follows Table 4 8 TRIG source Parameters No triggering Triggering is held off Trigger when multiplexer channel is closed Sing trigger when TRIG SGL is executed then set TRIG HOLD Vols ister internal triggering internal pacer Systern trigger pulse used with TRG commana Trigger on input to the EXTO port Trigger on input to the EXT 1 port Trigger when input crosses threshold level Cannot be used with MEAS since MEAS sets TRIG HOLD to TRIG SCAN 4 20 System Mode Programming TRIG HOLD When TRIG HOLD is set triggering is held off no trigger TRIG SCAN With TRIG SCAN the voltmeter is single triggered when a multiplexer channel is closed TRIG SCAN is set by MEAS or the MEAS phase of CONFMEAS TRIG SGL Use TRIG SGL for a single internal trigger which occurs when the command is executed TRIG INT You can use TRIG INT TRIG SGL or TRIG MEAS to internally trigger the voltmeter With TRIG INT the pacer in the voltmeter generates internal triggers as required during the measurement scan TRIG SYS TRIG SYS is used with the TRG command The TRG command has four modes HOLD GET EXT and SGL Note that TRIG SYS
180. ial Mainframe Controller Deadlock With INBUF OFF the controller and the HP 38524 may deadlock if multiple commands are sent in a single command line and a command generates enough data to fill the output buffer XRDGS can fill the output buffer The best way to avoid potential deadlock is to send a single command per command line and read the results as soon as possible after the data generating command is sent Refer to Chapter 5 in the HP 38524 Mainframe Configuration and Programming Manual for details on potential deadlock The following example program makes 10 measurements of a ramp type input to the voltmeter rear panel terminals when the input crosses 5 12 V in the high to low negative direction See Figure 3 4 for typical connections to the rear panel terminals Example Rear Panel Measurements FUNC PERC XRDGS In this program RANGE DCV 10 sets DC voltage measurements on the 1024V range so PERC 50 sets 50 of 10 24 5 12 V as the threshold which will trigger the voltmeter The voltmeter will be triggered when the input crosses 5 12 V in the high to low negative direction and will take 10 measurements at 0 1 sec intervals Since XRDGS number is not specified all 10 readings are stored and then transferred by the XRDGS command System Mode Programming 4 29 Enabling interrupts Setiing Readings Destination RDGS 10 DIM Volts 0 9 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 30 OUTPUT 709 RST 600 40 OUTPUT 709 FUNC DCV 10 50
181. ibes each bit Note that bits 4 through 0 provide only protocol information between the mainframe and the voltmeter microprocessor and will not be discussed Table 8 2 Status Register Bit Descriptions Protoco Bits Protocol information between the HP 3852A mainframe and the voltmeter microprocessor Almost Full Flag When ROGSMODE BURST is set bit 5 is set when the data buffer has room for only 4096 or less additional readings Measurernent Set when measurement data is available in the voitmeter data butter Data Available Flag Service Indicates interrupt status and can be used to indicate available data Request Flag For ROGSMODE END or RDOGSMODE COMPLETE indicates the end of the scan sequence HP 44704A Only Resolution Bits indicate current mode as set by RESOL command The bit value resolution relationship is 00 13 bit 14 bit 10 16 bit Example Reading the Status Register HP IB Resolution Service Request Data Almost Full Command Accepted Scan in Progress Error Flag 9pm Buffer Full CL onpa Buffer Full epe peperere e TS Pr rene a Ragistor Bhs 512 255 128 64 32 16 8 4 1 BR Values Figure 8 5 Status Register Using Read Write Registers 8 9 Example Writing to the Trigger Register GPiO This example shows how to write to the Trigger register to generate a single scan trigger over GPIO with interface select code 12 Note that the PSTS Error bit is also set 10 ASSIGN Gpio TO 1
182. ich can be set to specify the voltmeter measurement 3 readings method for CONF and MEAS ribbon cable operation include RDGS NRDGS and CLWRITE Readings Destination RDGS The destination for readings stored in the voltmeter data buffer is set with RDGS dest USE ch RDGS SYS sets the mainframe as the destination while RDGS GPIO sets the GPIO port Power on and default mode and mode set by CONF is RDGS SYS For MEAS operation and RDGS SYS measurement data is sent to mainframe memory or to the output buffer and or display as specified by the MEAS command All examples in this chapter assume RDGS SYS Refer to Chapter 7 GPIO Operation for details on RDGS GPIO Number of Readings NRDGS Use NRDGS number USE ch to set the number of readings per channel where the number range is 1 to 65 535 For ribbon cable operation NRDGS number times number of channels 1 must be 4 095 for NRDGS number gt 1 With NRDGS number 1 the maximum number of readings 65 535 Or for example with 10 channels in the channel list the maximum number of readings channel 4 094 10 1 454 readings channel 5 24 Scanner Mode Programming Example Setting Voltmeter Configuration a a NOTE 1 For the HP 44702A voltmeter NRDGS should be 8 192 or the scan sequence may abort if the voltmeter data buffer fills 2 For ribbon cable operation when MEAS is used NRDGS number times number of channels times NSCAN number must be 6
183. id data and should be disregarded Thus you should carefully check the first reading when ARMODE BEFORE is set and the multiplexer is in an unknown state when the measurement sequence begins Delayed Mode ARMODE AFTER With ARMODE AFTER when a measure trigger is received the voltmeter first autoranges on the channel then samples the input and then does the A D conversion For example as shown in Figure 5 9 when the measure trigger for channel 1 mt is received the voltmeter autoranges on channel 1 and after a 5 usec delay samples the channel 1 input When the measure trigger for channel 2 mt is received the sequence is repeated for channel 2 eic Scanner Mode Programming 5 45 Since only 5 usec elapses between autoranging and input sampling the range selected is valid unless the signal rate of a a is greater than about os 1000 volts second Channel Range Lists For Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements CLWRITE ribbon bus CLWRITE ch list RANGE range list USE ch is used to set a channel list and an associated range list NOTE For ribbon cable operation a scan list must be defined with CLWRITE before the scan trigger SCTRIG can be set to a source other than HOLD Refer to Scan Trigger Source SCTRIG for details on the SCTRIG command AN Specify Ribbon Cable Connections CLWRITE ribbon bus specifies the ribbon cable hardware connections SENSE default COM SEP REFT or STRVEX as def
184. ifornia 94304 ie HEWLETT Kip PACKARD Herstellerbescheinigung Hiermit wird bescheinigt da8 das Gerdt System HP 3852A in bereinstimmung mit den Bestimmungen von Postverf gung 1046 84 funkentst rt ist Der Deutschen Bundespost wurde das Inverkehrbringen dieses Ger amp tes Systems angezeigt und die Berechtigung zur berpr fung der Serie auf Einhaltung der Bestimmungen einger umt Zusatzinformation fur Me und Testgerate Werden Meg und Testgerate mit ungeschirmten Kabeln und oder in offenen Mefaufbauten verwendet so ist vom Betreiber sicherzustellen dag die Funk Entst rbestimmungen unter Betriebsbedingungen an seiner Grundst cksgrenze eingehalten werden Manufacturer s declaration This is to certify that the equipment HP 3852A is in accordance with the Radio Interference Requirements of Directive FTZ 1046 84 The Ger man Bundespost was notified that this equipment was put into circulation the right to check the series for compliance with the requirements was granted Additional Information for Test and Measurement Equipment If Test and Measurement Equipment is operated with unscreened cables and or used for measurements on open set ups the user has to assure that under operating conditions the Hadio Interference Limits are still met at the border of his premises NOTICE The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice HEWLETT PACKARD MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REG
185. ignore the too fast scan triggers and will wait for the next generated scan trigger after the current pass completes Therefore the scan pass pacing rate will not be as desired Scanner Mode Programming 5 57 For example assume each scan pass requires 1 second to complete and SCTRIG INT is set If SCDELAY scan_pace 0 6 seconds pass 1 starts at t 0 However the scan trigger which occurs at t 0 6 seconds i is Spuren and pass 2 starts at t 12 seconds etc SCTRIG MEAS SCTRIG MEAS generates a scan trigger when the input to the voltmeter crosses a threshold level percent of full scale value as set with the PERC command in the direction HL or LH set by the SCSLOPE command When SCTRIG MEAS is set at the start of each pass the voltmeter connects _ the first channel and continuously monitors the input When this level crosses the threshold in the proper direction a scan trigger is generated Refer to Scan Trigger Threshold PERC for an example using SCTRIG MEAS For ASCAN OFF monitoring is done for the first pass only SCTRIG EXTO EXT1 2E 5 For SCTRIG EXTO0 or SCTRIG EXT1 a TTL compatible pulse into the EXT0 or EXT 1 port respectively generates the scan trigger For SCTRIG MEAS EXTO EXTI or GPIO the SCSLOPE command sets the direction LH or HL of the input which will generate the scan trigger Refer to Scan Trigger Slope SCSLOPE for details on SCSLOPE It N OTE For the EXTO port only TRIGOUT OFF mu
186. imes For example with NSCAN 3 and 10 channels in the channel list 30 measurements are taken As noted executing CONFMEAS is equivalent to executing a CONF command followed immediately by a MEAS command To help you decide whether to use CONFMEAS or to use CONF and low level commands Table 4 3 shows the values set with the CONF command presets for System Mode operation the same values set by the CONF phase of CONFMEAS If these presets are acceptable for your measurement refer to the next subsection Examples Measurements Using CONFMEAS for some example programs using CONFMEAS If not refer to the next section Measurements Using CONF and MEAS Executing CONF or the CONF phase of CONFMEAS is equivalent to setting the twelve low level commands shown in Table 4 3 in the order shown CONF does not change the previous settings of any other System Mode commands Thus CONF does not change the voltmeter mode of operation SCANMODE OFF is not changed to SCANMODE ON or vice versa At power on or following a reset RST or RST slot System Mode SCANMODE OFF is set System Mode Programming 4 7 1 Configure the Voltmeter When CONFMEAS is executed the voltmeter is configured to known state 2 Measure Heferencea For thermocouple or strain measurements telerence measurements are made and stored amp Start Scan The first channel In the channel list ia closed and the voltmeter is Intemally trig
187. incorrect reading values will indicate that the protection relays are open On the HP 44704A the voltmeter will return overload readings if the protection relays are open The HP 447044 has protection relays for the backplane high speed multiplexer inputs ribbon cable and rear panel terminals To reset the protection relays execute a CONFMEAS CONF MEAS or TERM command For either voltmeter model DO NOT routinely rely on the input protection system Damage to the voltmeter would probably result NOTE SHIELDED CABLE REQUIRED Shielded twisted pair cable is required for connections to the multiplexer terminal module for measurements with the HP 44702A B and HP 447044 voltmeter Since the HP High Speed voltmeters use a high speed successive approximation technique for measurements rather than an integrating technique they will not reject power line noise pickup through input cables unless the noise is common to both the HI and LO inputs Therefore regardless of whether user inputs are to the voltmeter rear panel terminals or to multiplexers itis ESSENTIAL to connect the inputs with shielded twisted pair cables to reduce noise and d measurement error to minimum You can order the appropriate cable from your nearest Hewlett Packard Sales and Support Office Order HP part number 03498 61602 which is a 2 meter cable with crimped and heat shrunk wires attached to the braided shield at both ends NOTE HP IB ADDRESS The example progr
188. ined in Table 5 16 SENSE is used for DC voltage measurements COM for 2 wire ohms measurements and SEP for 4 wire ohms measurements REFT allows thermocouple reference temperatures to be scanned STRVEX allows the excitation voltage on strain gage multiplexers to be scanned REFT and STRVEX are valid only for mainframe firmware revision 2 2 and greater FU d ut Table 5 16 CLWRITE ribbon bus Parameters Hibbon bus Description l Sets the ribbon cable for voltmeter Sense bus only Voltmeter current source is disconnected Used for DC voltage measurements only Both the voitmeter Sense bus and the current Source bus are connected in the multiplexer accessory Used for 2 wire ohms measurements only Both the voltmeter Sense bus and the current Source bus are available to the user The voltage Sense connects to Bank A and the current Source connacts to Bank B Specify only the Bank A channels in the ch list since the respective channels in Bank B will close automatically Used for 4 wire ohms measurements only Scan the reference thermistor temperature on PRONUS channels in the scan list Scan excitation voltage for strain gage multiplexer channels in the scan list Applies only to mainframe revisions 2 2 and 5 46 Scanner Mode Programming Specify Channel List CLWRITE ch list specifies the channel list Since CLWRITE is valid only for ribbon cable measurements all channels in the ch_list must be conne
189. ing Its Setting Autorange Mode ARMODE Example Setting Voltmeter Operation Table 4 7 RANGE range Parameter Values DCV OHMF10K Selects Hange range Selects Range Autorange Oar AUTO Autorange 40 mV 20 40 402 320 mV gt 40 320 320 amp 2 2 56V gt 320 2560 2 56 kQ 10 24V gt 2560 10240 10 24 kQ OHMF100K OHMFIM Selects Range range Selects Range Autorange 0 or AUTO Autorange 4000 20 4000 4kQ 3 2 kQ gt 4000 32 000 32 kQ 25 6 kQ gt 32 000 256 000 256 kQ 102 4 kQ 2256 000 1 024 000 1 024 MQ DOV OHMF10K OHMF100K and OHMF1M are voltmeter measurement functions as set by CONF or FUNC at power on or by a reset RS The ARMODE command can be used to set the autorange mode when autoranging is enabled With ARMODE AFTER power on setting and autoranging enabled the voltmeter autoranges after the trigger is received and then takes the measurement ARMODE AFTER is used in all examples in this chapter Refer to Chapter 5 Scanner Mode Programming for a discussion of the ARMODE command The following example program shows a way to change voltmeter operating parameters using NRDGS DELAY and RANGE for DC voltage measurements on channels 500 through 504 of an HP 44705A multiplexer See Figure 3 2 for typical connections to the multiplexer Example Setting Voltmeter Operation NRDGS DELAY RANGE This program uses the NRDGS DELAY and RANGE commands to modify the settings made with CONF refer to Tab
190. ings sec No interrupts HP IB operation mainframe memory only Ribbon cable mode Measurements Using CONF and MEAS Increased programming flexibility Can change some presets Multiple readings per channel High speed measurements 1 No interrupts 2 Mainframe HP IB or GPIO operation Ribbon cable or backplane measurements Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands Maximum programming fiexibility Can change all presets Multiple readings per channel Multiple passes through channel list High speed measurements interrupts capability Mainframe HP IB or GPIO operation All measurement types Notes 1 The measurement sequence may abort if a large number of readings are taken at high speed l Interrupts are allowed with MEAS in GPIO operation Measurements Using CONFMEAS The easiest way to program the voltmeter for Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements is to use the CONFMEAS command CONFMEAS sets the voltmeter to a known state takes the measurement and reads the result all with a single command Measurements Using CONFMEAS describes the CONFMEAS command and operation and shows example programs using CONFMEAS Even if your measurement cannot be made using CONFMEAS you should first read this section to become familiar with basic Scanner Mode operation Scanner Mode Programming 5 5 J Measurements Using CONF and MEAS Measurements Using CONF and MEAS
191. int readings Define 13 bit unpack function 420 V M 0025 R BINAND SHIFT Bdata 13 3 430 IF BIT Bdata 12 THEN V V 440 RETURN V Scanner Mode Programming 5 93 450 END IF 460 FNEND End 13 bit unpack function 470 DEF FNUnpk14 INTEGER Pack Define 14 bit unpack function 480 REAL R 0 3 1 Alloc range factor array 490 DATA 256 32 4 1 Range function data 500 READ R Fill array with range factors 510 Convert A D bits and range bits to volt reading d 520 V SHIFT BINAND 16383 Pack 2 4 00125 R BINAND SHIFT Pack 14 3 530 RETURN V 540 FNEND End 14 bit unpack function For a set of 9V 5 sources connected to channels 500 504 a typical return is 8 9925 8 985 i channel 500 5 readings 9 0075 8 995 9 01 channel 501 5 readings 9 0025 8 9875 8 975 channel 504 5 readings 8 9925 Example Rear Panel Typically high speed scanning is accomplished using the voltmeter with an _ Measurements HP 44711A B 44712A or 44713A B multiplexer and ribbon cable operation However you can make high speed measurements up to 90 000 readings per second of a single channel by sending the input signal to the voltmeter rear panel terminals This program makes 25 measurements of an input to the rear panel terminals at 80 000 readings second stores the readings in mainframe array PARR in PACKED format then transfers and unpacks the readings in the controller The example includes
192. ion appropriate to the specified measurement function DCV OHM etc and sets the voltmeter to a known programmed state The measurement function is specified by the function parameter e Causes specified multiplexer channel s to be scanned and measured and associated data conversion voltage to temperature in C or voltage to strain to be performed as required on the results The channels to be scanned are defined by the ch list parameter The optional NSCAN number parameter sets the number of times the channels in the ch_list will be scanned e As part of thermocouple measurements measures the isothermal block reference thermistor on the terminal module to provide a reference value for temperature conversions CONFMEAS can also be used to measure the isothermal block reference temperature only ni e Transfers measurement data to the mainframe memory when INTO name is used or to the output buffer and or display when INTO name is not used Table 5 2 shows CONFMEAS function parameters and data returns for Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation Note that CONFMEAS is actually two commands in one CONF and MEAS The configuration phase of CONFMEAS is equivalent to the CONF command while the measurement phase of CONFMEAS is equivalent to the MEAS command That is CONFMEAS is equivalent to a CONF command followed immediately by a J MEAS command Scanner Mode Programming 5 7 Table 5 2 CONFMEAS Functions Data Returns
193. ion factor to these returned values will introduce significant errors y Instead make voltage or resistance measurements of these Danses Transfer EU the readings to a mainframe array Apply the correction factor s to the array values Then convert the corrected values to strain or temperature using the COMPEN command mainframe firmware revision 3 5 and greater 6 8 The HP 44704A in 16 Bit Mode Unpacking Readings in Your Controller Example Correcting Readings Made With CLWRITE CLWRITE sets channel lists voltmeter ranges and ribbon cable connections for Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements This program uses CLWRITE to set channels 500 through 509 as the scan list and set the 2 56V range for measurement on each channel The program takes one measurement on each channel for a total of ten measurements After the measurements have been made and returned to the controller they are corrected for display 10 DIM A 0 9 l Define controller array 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 30 OUTPUT 709 RST 600 l Reset voltmeter 40 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 2 I Set manual range for RESOL 16 50 OUTPUT 709 RESOL 16 Set 16 bit resolution 60 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON I Set Scanner Mode 70 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV Configure for DC volts 80 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 509 RANGE 2 Set scan list and range 90 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG INT Trigger the voltmeter 100 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 Read 10 readings 110 ENTER 709 A
194. ion includes availability of data data or command readiness task completion or error occurrence Data Buffer 4 Supplies the mainframe or GPIO controller with measurement data from the voltmeter data buffer It is not actually a register but provides access to the data buffer Write Only RITE Register Trigger 1 Generates scan measure or stop triggers All other trigger controls are generated by the voltmeter microprocessor or are controlled by the mainframe or system controller via GPIO Reading the As noted there are two methods of reading the Identity Status and Data Reg isters Buffer registers HP IB and GPIO HP IB Reads Use SREAD slot register number INTO name or fmt to read the register contents over HP IB where slot is the voltmeter slot and register number is the register address as defined in Table 8 1 For example to read the value of a register on a high speed voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 via HP IB use the following lines where Reg addr is the address of the register 0 1 or 4 100 OUTPUT 709 SREAD 600 Reg addr Read register Reg addr 110 ENTER 709 A Enter register value GPIO Reads To read register contents over GPIO first set Control Register 2 bit 0 CTLO low logical 1 to tell the voltmeter the next piece of data is a register address Next send the register address as defined in Table 8 1 Then set CTLO high logical 0 again for data and enter the register value This example
195. is table shows the warning symbols used for the HP 3852A 3853A and plug in accessories Refer to the manual set for specific information on WARNINGS CAUTIONS or NOTES referenced with a warning symbol e HP 3852A WARNING CAUTION and NOTE Symbols Meaning Shock hazard originating outside the instrument field wiring Treat all channels as one circuit for safety purposes Maximum number of certain plug in accessories to b installed into an HP 3852A or HP 3853A if High Speed FET multi plexers are used with the HP 44702A B ribbon cabie may be connected Location Analog Extender Connector on Power Supply Modules Terminal modules on plug in accessories Component module covers on plug in accessories Inside terminal modules on plug in accessories Metal cover on component modules of plug in accessories HP 44701A HP 44702A B HP 44727 AIBIC piug in accessories HP 44711A 44712A 44713A referenced on HP 44702A and HP 447028 tend TABLE OF CONTENTS oes Chapter 1 Introduction Manual Contents eG us del de dos 1 1 Using This Manual o 4 o o9 9 0 o9 f 9 5 Bele 1 1 Voltmeter Descriptions leen 1 3 Getting Started ouo fe aw a ura de m obe Chapter 2 Defining Your Measurement Introduction 1 wise e bau dide ra NE Measurements Overview PU Measure
196. lace product which prove to be defective For warranty service or repair this product must be returned to a service facility designated by hp Buyer shall prepay shipping charges to hp and hp shall pay shipping charges to return the product to Buyer However Buyer shall pay all shipping charges duties and taxes for products returned to hp from another country Duration and conditions of warranty for this instrument may be superceded when the instrument is integrated into becomes a part of other hp instrument products l Hewlett Packard warrants that its software and firmware designated by hp for use with an instrument will execute its programming instructions when properly installed on that instrument Hewlett Packard does not warrant that the operation of the instrument or software or firmware will be uninterrupted or error free LIMITATION OF WARRANTY The foregoing warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance by Buyer Buyer supplied software or interfacing unauthorized modification or misuse operation outside of the environmental specifica tions for the product or imprope site preparation or maintenance NO OTHER WARRANTY IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED HEWLETT PACKARD SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES THE REMEDIES PROVIDED HEREIN ARE BUYER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES HEWLETT
197. le 4 5 NRDGS 5 changes the number of readings trigger to 5 DELAY 01 1 changes the trigger delay to 10 msec and the sample period to 1 sec and RANGE 9 sets the voltmeter to the 10 24V range for each channel measured The program assumes that the maximum expected amplitude for channels 500 through 504 is 9 volts From Table 4 7 setting RANGE 9 selects the 10 24V range System Mode Programming 4 19 10 DIM Volts 0 24 Dimension controller array 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 30 OUTPUT 709 RST 600 Reset voltmeter 40 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV Set DC volts 50 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 9 Set 10 24V range 60 OUTPUT 709 NRDGS 5 Set 5 readings trigger 70 OUTPUT 709 DELAY 01 1 I Set 10 msec delay 1 sec period 80 OUTPUT 709 MEAS DCV 500 504 Measure channels 500 504 90 ENTER 709 Volts Enter 25 readings 100 PRINT USING K Volts Display 25 readings 110 END For a set of SV 5 sources typical return values in volts are 4 9975 5 0025 5 0013 Setting When CONFMEAS or CONF followed by MEAS is used the voltmeter is Voltmeter automatically triggered as required by a trigger from the mainframe However Tri gg erin g you can use the TRIG command to trigger the voltmeter from one of eight sources This subsection describes the TRIG command parameters and shows an example use of TRIG E Setting Trigger TRIG source USE ch sets the source or mode to trigger the voltmeter as Source Mode TRIG s
198. le interrupts by using the ENABLE Pace INTR command When enabled the voltmeter generates an interrupt when Mm data is available as defined by RDGSMODE 5 82 Scanner Mode Programming NOTE 1 Volimeter interrupts are always serviced by the mainframe but can be handled by the mainframe or by the controller Use DISABLE INTR to disable the voltmeter from interrupting 2 The RDGSMODE command must be set before the interrupt is enabled You can use the INTR command to query the status of interrupts INTER returns the address of the last channel whose interrupt was serviced If no interrupt has been serviced since power on or following a system reset 1 is returned Table 5 25 Mainframe Interrupt Handling Commands Description Set up servicing subroutine name in mainframe Define subroutine servicing action End subroutine SUB name sub commands SUBEND Set which voltmeter is to interrupt call servicing subroutine name on interrupt Enable maintrame to recognize voltmeter interrupt Enable voltmeter to interrupt USE ch ON INTR CALL name ENABLE INTR SYS ENABLE INTR Handle Interrupt in Mainframe ENABLE INTR To service and handle a voltmeter interrupt in the mainframe use ON INTR CALL name where name is the name of the servicing subroutine When ON INTR CALL name is executed as a result of the interrupt the interrupt is disabled Table 5 25 shows a typical sequence of com
199. lects the correct range The RANGE range values are the same as the FUNC range values Note that any value within the range specified sets the voltmeter to that range For example if DC voltage measurements are set with CONF or FUNC any range value 22 56 and lt 10 24 sets the voltmeter to the 10 24V DC voltage range Input Terminals TERM Use TERM terminal USE ch to set the voltmeter input terminals For Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements use TERM RIBBON as set by CONF Scanner Mode Programming 5 23 Autorange Node ARMODE When a fixed range is not used the voltmeter uses the autorange mode When autorange is enabled ARMODE mode USE ch sets the voltmeter autorange mode ARMODE BEFORE samples the input when the measure trigger is received ARMODE AFTER samples the input 10 usec after the measure trigger is received ARMODE AFTER as set by CONF is typically used with MEAS operation If your measurement application requires ARMODE BEFORE refer to the next section Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands for details on ARMODE Autozero AZERO When CONF is executed the voltmeter makes a single autozero measurement However as required you can also use AZERO ONCE to autozero the voltmeter When AZERO ONCE is executed the voltmeter nulls out its internal circuitry offset Thus executing AZERO ONCE does not generate a time penalty during the scan Setting Readings Voltmeter commands wh
200. lines indicate alternate paths and striped boxes indicate a mainframe command For example for System Mode measurements using CONF and MEAS are required commands while FUNC RANGE etc are optional commands which can be used to modify the CONF settings as needed _ Use the CONFMEAS sequence for measurements discussed in Measurements Using CONFMEAS use the CONF and MEAS sequence for measurements discussed in Measurements Using CONF and MEAS or use the CONF and low level sequence ending the CHREAD XRDGS for measurements discussed in Measurements Not Using MEAS Measurements Using CONFMEAS This section shows how to make multiplexer measurements using the CONFMEAS command It includes a summary of the CONFMEAS command describes voltmeter operation with CONFMEAS in System Mode shows the preset values for the CONF phase of CONFMEAS and shows measurement examples using CONFMEAS To decide if your measurement can be made with CONFMEAS read the CONFMEAS Command CONFMEAS Operation and CONFMEAS Presets subsections which follow If the CONFMEAS operation and presets are acceptable refer to Examples Measurements Using CONFMEAS for example programs using CONFMEAS If not refer to the next section Measurements Using CONF and MEAS CONFMEAS coNFMEAS can be used with the HP High Speed voltmeter to make DC Command voltage DC current when user supplied shunt is installed strain resistance 2
201. ll Pointer is Fill ptr 890 STATUS 99300 buff 10 In stat bytOut stat byt 900 PRINT TABXY 10 8 Status In Out in stat byt Out stat byt 910 PRINTTABXY 10 11 Index Cntr 920 END LOOP 930 2 aif 950 Reset S300_buff fill pointer and restart transfers 960 Xfer done RESET 98300 bulf Reset fill pointer to start 970 TRANSFER Path 3852 TO se NT 49152 EOR END Restart er 980 Cntr Cntr 1 Increment INDEX counter 990 RETURN I Return 1000 1020 End program 0 5 sec after digital input interrupt occurs 1030 Terminate WAIT 50 Take more data after intr 1040 OFF EOT Path 3852 Cancel inbound EOT 1050 ABORTIO path 3852 Clean up HP IB path 1060 ASSIGN path 3852 TO Close 1 O path 1070 STATUS 300_bultf 3 Fill_ptr 1080 PRINT TABXY 10 20 Ending Fill Pointer is Fill ptr 1090 END 5 100 Scanner Mode Programming Example Synchronize Multiple Voitmeters As noted the voltmeter continuously makes measurements on channel 500 and measurements are transferred via the mainframe memory array A to the controller BUFFER 300_buff When an interrupt LH edge on the HP 44721A digital input the voltmeter takes measurements for 0 5 seconds after the interrupt and the progran ends typical return when an interrupt occurs follows Fill Pointer is 4 0951 Status in Out 64 0 Index 4 Ending Fill Pointer is 8193 Another application is to synchronize the operation of two or more HP 44702
202. lled multiplexer backplane measurements Defining Your Measurement 2 1 VOLTMETER 7 ANSFER MEASUREMENT TYPES PROGRAMMING DATA TRANSFERS Multiplexer Measurements Measure DC volts DC current with shunt resistance strain or Commancis Dats via GPIO Control ter Via Backplane DCV DCI HP 447X 2 t fo Multiplexsr DCY DC HP FEY 02 4 FC Multiplexer Ribbon Cable Connector T Transfer Data to ranster Data to Measurements Maintrame manne Measure DC volts DO current i ransfer data dir o the with shunt resistance of T ci sin bat controller via the GPIO port and temperature using HP FET d er memory to k GPIO Interface up to 100 000 multiplexers inputs to the 20 000 ri fiati rdgs sec for ribbon cable voltmeter via the ribbon cable 4 guae t Oc measurements Or transfer cable measurements Or data to the controller from the ee nate bons to output buffer outpul buffer via HP IB DOV 4 Wira 12 only and or display System Mode Use System Mode for low speed measurements up to 450 ch sec Rear Panel with relay multiplexers oc up to Measurements 5500 ch sec with FET Measure DC coits or resistance multip axets 4 Wite ohms with Input to the voltmeter rear panel terminals Scanner Mode Use Scanner Mode for high speed measurements up to 100 000 ch sec for ribbon cable measurements Figure 2 1 Voltmeter Measurements Overview 2 2 Defining Your Measurement Volimeter
203. lling edge Acknowiedges the peripheral s response by returning high Driven by the voltmeter indicates when data is valid during READ operations and when data is accepted during WRITE operations Driven by the GPIO controller and indicates data direction relative to the controller A high indicates the GPIO controller is ready to receive data l l Driven by the voltmeter Indicates to the GPIO controller that the GPIO cable is connected and the voltmeter is powered up Forces an unconditional reset to power on conditions in the voltmeter Since HP Series 200 300 controllers generate a Peripheral Reset on power on and other times the vottmeter has a jumper installed to disable the Peripheral Reset As desired the user c remove this jumper to enable the reset see Figure 7 2 for JMG location Driven by the voltmeter Can be used to interrupt the GPIO controller when user defined conditions occur This signal can be disabied Also for operation with an HP 1000 or equivalent the EIR line can be inverted by removing jumper JMO7 see Figure 7 2 for JMO7 location Driven by the GPIO controller and used by the voltmeter to determine if information being sen is address or data Logical 1 low voltage level indicates the information is an address logical 0 indicates the information is data Driven by the GPIO controller and is used as a trigger source to the voltmeter
204. llows If the analog extender cable in NOT connected between the mainframe and the extenders each instrument is considered as a separate circuit Instrument Accessory Peak Voltage HP 3852A Mainframe 354 V HP 3853A 354 V HP 447014 integrating Voltmeter l 354V HP 44702A B or HP 44704A High Speed Voltmeter OOT 42V HP 44705A 08A 17A 18A 20 Channel Relay Multiplexers 170V HP 44705H 08H 20 Channel High Voltage Relay Multiplexers 354 V HP 44706A 60 Channel Relay Multiplexer 42V HP 44709A 10A 11A B 12A 13A B FET Multiplexers 42V The HP 44702A B and HP 447044 voltmeter analog input is protected to 12 volts peak between any of the input terminals HI LO CHASSIS When the relay to the backplane is open TERM EXT set the input is protected to 42 volts peak Do not exceed this voltage or the HP 44702A B or HP 447044 will be damaged Maximum compliance voltage for the HP 44702A B or HP 447044 voltmeter CURRENT SOURCE terminals HI LO is 2 10 24 volts Do NOT exceed this voltage or the HP 44702A B or HP 447044 will be damaged 3 2 installation and Checkout CAUTION POSSIBLE EQUIPMENT DAMAGE When making high voltage measurements with the HP 44705A or HP 44705H the HP 3852A analog backplane becomes charged to the voltage on the last channel connected to it Thus the next channel that closes may have to absorb all of the energy stored on the backplane If the backplane is not discharged after making a high voltage meas
205. m Mode Definitions Starts scan immediately Advance scan as soon as NRDGS readings are available Trigger is disabled 1 As appropriate for CONF function parameter Autorange mode 2 One reading per trigger Reading is available when any reading stored 1 msec trigger delay 10 sec sample period 3 TRIG SCAN SADV SCAN TRIG HOLD FUNG DOV or OHMxx RANGE AUTO NRDGS 1 RDGSMODE DAV DELAY 0 001 0 00001 Autozero once AZERO ONCE Notes 1 Voltmeter is triggered TRIG SCAN by the MEAS phase of CONFMEAS 2 Maintrame firmware revisions before revision 2 2 set a fixed range for CONF TEMPxx 3 CONF OHM1M and CONF OHMF1M set 6 msec tigger delay and sample period Four program examples using CONFMEAS for System Mode multiplexer measurements follow The first example measures DC voltage the second measures resistance using 4 wire ohms the third measures the temperature of a thermistor and the fourth measures a reference temperature Tbe first three examples use an HP 44705A 20 Channel Relay Multiplexer in slot 5 of the mainframe and an HP 44702A B or HP 44704A voltmeter in slots 6 and 7 of the mainframe programming slot 6 See Figure 3 2 in Chapter 3 for typical connections The fourth example uses an HP 44708A in slot 5 of the mainframe You should also refer to the appropriate multiplexer configuration and programming manual for additional details Example DC
206. m the time the scan trigger is received until the measure trigger is enabled not the delay time to the first measurement When the measure trigger is received mt the first measurement is made Each measurement requires 10 sec after which the measure trigger is re enabled If TRIG INT is set the SPER sample period parameter sets the time between measure triggers 5 38 Scanner Mode Programming Stop Trigger The stop trigger is enabled after the start of the nth prescan pass and is accepted on the kth pass k n For example if PRESCAN 3 is set three prescan passes the stop trigger is enabled on the third prescan pass If the stop trigger is received during the third or subsequent passes the trigger will be accepted Stop triggers received before the third pass are ignored CONF Preset Values Since the CONF command is the starting point for voltmeter configuration the values set by the CONF command preset values for Scanner Mode operation are listed here Use the CONF preset values to determine which if any voltmeter configuration triggering or data transfer and interrupt parameters need to be modified CONF function USE ch configures the voltmeter parameters shown to a known state That is setting CONF is equivalent to setting the commands shown in Table 5 12 in the order shown SCANMODE ON must be set prior to CONF to obtain the settings in Table 5 12 Note that SADV and STRIG do not apply to Scanner mode ribbon cable
207. mands to service and handle a voltmeter interrupt in the mainframe Handle interrupt in Controller ENABLE INTR Interrupts can also be serviced in the mainframe but handled by the controller Table 5 26 shows a typical set of commands to service a voltmeter interrupt in the mainframe and handle the interrupt in an HP Series 200 300 or equivalent controller Scanner Mode Programming 5 83 Table 5 26 Controller Interrupt Handling Commands Controller Commands ON INTR 7 GOSUB Name or Call servicing subroutine name on interrupt CALL Name Of GOTO Name ENABLE INTR 7 2 Enable interface to interrupt on SRQ Name 1 Start controller subroutine subroutine commands Define subroutine actions SPOLL 709 Serial Poll clears SRO bit RETURN End controller subroutine HP 3852A Commands USE ch ROS INTR or ROS 512 RQS ON ENABLE INTH SYS ENABLE INTR STA CLROUT Configuration commands Set which voltmeter is to interrupt Enable ROS Mask Register INTR bit Set RQS Mode ON Enable mainframe to recognize voltmeter interrupt Enable voltmeter to interrupt on data available Clear Status Register FPS LCL INTR LMT ALRM bits Clear output buffer Set voltmeter config uration for measurement Disabling Interrupts DISABLE INTR USE ch prevents the voltmeter from generating an DISABLE INTR interrupt when a reading becomes available as defined by t
208. me or fmt Set the voltmeter measurement function and initiate a scan and measurement of multiplexer channels specified by ch list NSCAN number is valid only for mainframe firmware revision 2 2 and greater MONMEAS function ch_list USE ch Select voltmeter measurement function scan measure and display MONMEAS selects the voltmeter function then causes the voltmeter to measure the first channel in the channel list and display the results on the display The measurement sequence is advanced to the next channel in the list when the front panel SADV KEY key is pressed Low Level Commands ARMODE mode USE ch When autoranging is set ARMODE sets the autorange mode BEFORE or AFTER For ARMODE AFTER power on the voltmeter autoranges after a trigger is received and then takes the reading for each measurement For ARMODE BEFORE the voltmeter makes the measurement when the trigger is received and autoranges on the next channel ASCAN mode USE ch Sets autoscan function ASCAN OFF requires a separate scan trigger for each pass through the scan list ASCAN ON requires only an initial scan trigger for the first pass and subsequent passes start automatically AZERO mode USE ch Autozero the voltmeter AZERO ONCE is the only available mode for the voltmeter Scanner Mode Programming 5 107 Table 5 28 Scanner Mode Command Summary CAL Service related command Refer to the HP 3852A
209. me or in slots 5 and 6 of an extender If all multiplexers are in the same frame mainframe or extender as the voltmeter the analog extender cable is not connected If any multiplexers are not in the same frame the analog extender cable must be connected The digital extender cable is always required NOTE 1 Do NOT use the installation steps in Figure 3 5 for nbbon cable measurements installation See Figure 3 6 for ribbon cable measurements installation 2 Ife an HP 44711A B HP 44712A or HP 44713A B multiplexer is used for multiplexer measurements the ribbon cable must be attached atta ched looped back to the connector on the multiplexer aae IEEE MED CR installation and Checkout 3 9 ANALOG EXTENDER CABLE HP 3853A ERR RE ere eue FX s EL 3 K RONIN RTI S X LG AW 2 on ry see s R Xd eA d on 4 5 n g S DIGITAL EXTENDER CABLE MULTIPLEXERS pond HP 3852A Bf rrr rene D a A rO RO lO KO nO n9 xd ISS ay WAG L 1 Poo e DO i e Jf dii o TE OO 4 w 5i y IDEE De X bx on d X NIPC DO PUPTANID v OX EEEL 9 60 46407 X Figure 3 5 Multiplexer Measurements Installation When an HP High Speed voltmeter is NOT installed in the mainframe and in each extender which contains multiplexers a Digital Extender Cable and an Analog Extender Cable must be connscisd between the mainirame an
210. ment Types ew o n 2 1 Voltmeter Programming 3 3 Data Transfers eces ecc PL a d we WR 2 4 Defining Measurement Requirements 2 5 Measurement Parameters 3 5 Data Interrupt Requirements E D 2 6 Selecting Voltmeter Configuration 3 7 Voltmeter Function cce eere 2 7 Multiplexers Used fc bea sts Ase wy 2 8 Triggering Method bi lat ae he ae se ina 2 10 Programming Mode 4 1 5222 crue 2 10 Configuration Examples xs A El Chapter 3 Installation and Checkout Introduction lt lt 2a vss E Serer tee tee oe Chapter Contents id ee te te Sond wae outa 3 1 Warnings Cautions and Notes 3 1 Connecting User Inputs 5 35 Multiplexer Connections L 3 5 Rear Panel Connections 3 5 Installing the Voltmeter aed Multiplexer Measurements Installation 3 9 Ribbon Cable Measurements Installation 3 12 Initial Checks E 3 12 Voltmeter ID Check i oe oe cee wee onana 3 12 Voltmeter Self Test oues m s 3 2 Checking Wiring Connections 3 15 Mainframe Firmware Revision 3 16 Chapter 4 System Mode Programming Introduction Rx EUN X CE Cog OA 4 1 Chapter Contents ed va Grae a Gwe 4 1 Program Titles coe RERO s IPM E Getting Started 2 000000 eee ee eee 42 Measurements Using CONFMEAS 4 4 CONFMEAS Command 4 4 CONFMEAS Operation
211. minals Set FUNC AZERO TERM Operating Parameters Velirneter range Autorange mode Channel range lists Sat Range RANGE Channel ARMODE Lists CLWRITE Set PRESCAN Number of POSTSCAN Readings NRDGS Number of prescans Number of postscans Readings per channel To begin programming the voltmeter first set the system to a known State with the USE SCANMODE and CONF commands Set the voltmeter slot to be used with USE ch Recall that the voltmeter uses two slots and the lowest slot is used for programming NOTE The DISP command turns the mainframe display on or off Turning the dipi off greatly improves system performance by speeding up command execution and is highly recommended for high speed measurements At power on or after a reset the voltmeter is set for System Mode operation SCANMODE OFF For Scanner Mode measurements set the voltmeter to Scanner Mode with SCANMODE ON Scanner Mode Programming 5 41 Configure Voltmeter CONF Setting Operating Parameter input Terminals TERM Autozero AZERO Voltmeter Function FUNC When the USE ch and SCANMODE ON have been set configure the voltmeter to a specified state with CONF refer to Table 5 12 If CONF is not used set SCTRIG HOLD as the first command after SCANMODE ON Note that no commands except RST ENABLE INTR DISABLE INTR and SCTRIG are allowed unless SCTRIG HOLD is set Voltmeter operating parameters which can be set include the inpu
212. modify the preset values as required with low level commands and use MEAS to read and transfer the results Scanner Mode Programming 5 13 NOTE L Although using CONF and MEAS allows increased programming flexibility over using CONFMEAS the MEAS command presets some voltmeter operating and triggering parameters and thus does not offer the full programming flexibility of using CONF and low level commands 2 Scanner Mode backplane measurements can be made with MEAS but are not recommended Voltmeter operation and commands in this section assume Scanner Mode ribbon cable TERM RIBBON operation 3 Commands are not discussed in detail in this section Refer to the HP 3852A Command Reference Manual and or to the next section Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands as required for command details Prog ram ming To program the voltmeter using CONF and MEAS along with low level Overview commands first read CONF and MEAS Overview for an overview of 07 voltmeter operation with CONF and MEAS a discussion of CONF and MEAS preset values and the low level commands which apply to CONF and MEAS ribbon cable VNDE Next refer to Selecting Voltmeter Configuration and or to Selecting Voltmeter Triggering to select voltmeter configuration and triggering parameters required for your measurement When you have selected required measurement parameters program the voltmeter using the command sequence shown in Figure 5 4
213. must be set for the voltmeter to respond to any trigger from the TRG source Also note that TRIG SYS TRG SGL is not viable with MEAS Refer to the HP 3852A Mainframe Configuration and SOIN Manual for details on TRG TRIG EXTO EXT1 You can also trigger the voltmeter with an external input to the EXTERNAL TRIGGER BNC port 0 EXTO or port 1 EXT1 or to the GPIO port With TRIG EXTO or TRIG EXTI a TTL compatible pulse into the EXTO or EXT1 port respectively triggers the voltmeter For TRIG MEAS EXT0 EXTi or GPIO the SLOPE command sets the direction es or HL of the input which will trigger the voltmeter 1 NOTE For the EXT port only TRIGOUT OFF must be set to enable EXT 01 to receive a trigger If TRIGOUT ON is set the EXTO port outputs trigger signals and no TRIG source can be set to EXTO Refer to Chapter 5 Scanner Mode Measurements for examples using TRIGOUT System Mode Programming 4 21 TRIG MEAS TRIG MEAS generates an internal trigger when the input to the voltmeter crosses a threshold level percent of full scale value as set with the PERC command in the direction HL or LH set by the SLOPE command Refer to Measurements Not Using MEAS for an example program using TRIG MEAS PERC and SLOPE TRIG GPIO When TRIG GPIO is set voltmeter triggering is via the GPIO port on the voltmeter rear panel Refer to Chapter 7 GPIO Operation for details on TRIG GPIO Setting Input Slope For TRIG MEAS TRIG EX T
214. nal stop triggering as set with CONF PRESCAN 2 POSTSCAN 1 and NRDGS 2 so the voltmeter makes 2 prescan passes and 1 postscan pass and takes 2 readings on each channel in the scan list The total number of readings 2 readings channel times 5 channels times 3 passes 30 readings Scanner Mode Programming 5 51 10 DIM A 0 29 Define controller array 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in MF slot 6 30 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode 40 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV Configure for DC voits 50 OUTPUT 709 NRDGS 2 Set 2 readings channel 60 OUTPUT 709 PRESCAN 2 Set 2 prescans 70 OUTPUT 709 POSTSCAN 1 Set 1 postscan 80 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 504 RANGE 9 Set scan list and range 90 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG INT Trigger the voltmeter 100 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 Read 30 readings 110 ENTER 709 A Enter 30 readings 120 PRINT USING KJ A Display 30 readings 130 END For a set of 9 V 576 sources connected to channels 500 through 504 a typical return values in volts is 8 99 ch 500 9 015 9 01 Es ch 501 prescan 1 10 readings 8 925 9 00 ch 504 8 995 9 00 ch 500 8 985 prescan 2 10 readings 9 01 p ch 504 S 00 8 99 Ap ch 500 9 00 postscan 1 10 readings 9 015 dem ch 504 9 01 Selecting As noted there are three triggers which affect voltmeter operation scan Voltmeter trigger measure trigger and stop trigger This section gives guidelines to select Tri gge rin g parame
215. ne controller via GPIO at rates up to 100 000 readings sec If more readings are required than can be stored in the voltmeter buffer readings must be transferred as they are taken to avoid buffer overflow 2 6 Defining Your Measurement Interrupt Requirements Determine if interrupts are required for your measurement When enabled interrupts can be handled in the mainframe or in the controller Note however that interrupts are generated only on the data available condition specified for the data storage mode Selecting Voltmeter Configuration Voltmeter Function After you have defined your measurement requirements select voltmeter configuration for the measurement Guidelines to select four voltmeter configuration areas follow Voltmeter function e Multiplexers used e Triggering method e Programming mode As noted the voltmeter can make DC voltage DC current with multiplexer shunt resistance 2 wire and 4 wire ohms strain and temperature RTD thermistor or thermocouple measurements Refer to the Specifications Appendix of the HP 3852A Mainframe Configuration and dn mming Manual for detailed specifications DC Voltage Current Measurements The voltmeter has four voltage ranges 40 mV 320 mV 2 56V or 10 24V The effective range of DC voltage measurements is from 10 24 V peak down to about 10 V with the HP 44702A B or about x 1 3 4 Y with the HP 44704A in 16 bit mode Resistance Measurements
216. nerated until the first pass ends At the end of the pass the latch is cleared if ASCAN OFF is set If ASCAN OFF is set a scan trigger is required to start the second and subsequent passes Thus for ASCAN OFF the scan trigger latch must be re enabled to start each subsequent pass For ASCAN ON only a single scan trigger is required and the latch is not re enabled for the second and subsequent passes When a trigger is input to the stop trigger selector the voltmeter shifts from the prescan operation to the postscan operation assuming the PRESCAN requirement is met The stop trigger selector then sets the Scan RAM via the Scan Control to generate m postscan passes Note that the stop trigger does NOT stop the scan sequence unless POSTSCAN 0 is set 5 54 Scanner Mode Programming i E Voltmeter Trigger Figure 5 11 summarizes the parameters for the scan trigger source SCTRIG bpm Sources the measure trigger source TRIG and the stop trigger source STTRIG te normally used for ribbon cable operation There are three types of trigger sources mainframe backplane triggers SGL and SYS voltmeter internal triggers INT and MEAS and voltmeter port triggers EXTO EXT1 and GPIO Although there are nine trigger sources the SCAN parameter is not normally used for ribbon cable operation and the MEAS parameter does not apply to the measure trigger TRIG The following sections describe the sources for the scan measure and
217. ng Scan trigger delay Enable interrupts Set dummy ch list Scan trigger source Read results 5 15 Example Getting Started Suppose the CONF and MEAS preset values shown in CONF and MEAS Commands Tables 5 4 and 5 5 are acceptable for your measurement except for the number of readings per channel set with the NRDGS command and the scan trigger source set with the SCTRIG command In this case refer to Selecting Voltmeter Configuration to select the NRDGS parameter and to Selecting Voltmeter Triggering to select the SCTRIG parameter Then program the voltmeter using the command sequence in Figure 5 4 CONF and This section summarizes voltmeter operation for Scanner Mode i bon cable MEAS Overview measurements when CONF and MEAS are used lists Scanner Mode low level commands which apply when CONF and MEAS are used and lists preset values for CONF and MEAS CONF and MEAS Figure 5 5 shows voltmeter operation when CONF and MEAS are used for Operation Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements and summarizes applicable commands by function A summary of voltmeter operation and related commands follows Refer to Low Level Commands for a list of the commands Configure Voltmeter CONF configures certain voltmeter parameters to a known state and MEAS ensures that the voltmeter is properly set for the specified measurement 1 For strain or temperature measurements the voltmeter automatically takes and s
218. nly both the delay and the sample period can be changed with the DELAY command DELAY trig delay sets the delay time 0 to 0 01638375 sec from the trigger to the start of the first measurement on each channel DELAY sample period sets the time 0 to 1073 741823 sec from the start of a measurement to the start of the next measurement on the channel For example DELAY 0 01 1 sets a 10 msec delay from the trigger to the first measurement and sets a 1 second period from the start of a measurement to the start of the next measurement on the channel such as m to mz in Figure 4 3 Setting Voltmeter At power on after a reset RST or when CONF is executed the voltmeter is Range RANGE set for autorange mode RANGE range USE ch can be used to set the voltmeter range or to set autorange To determine the specific voltmeter range you must specify the maximum expected signal amplitude or the maximum expected resistance The voltmeter then automatically selects the correct range Autorange is selected by entering the word AUTO or the number 0 for the RANGE range parameter Table 4 7 shows the voltmeter range selected by the RANGE range command for DC voitage and 4 wire ohms ranges In Table 4 7 any value between the ranges shown selects the range shown For example if the voltmeter is coufigured for DC voltage by CONF DCV any value of RANGE range 20 32 through 2 56 sets the voltmeter to the 2 56V range 4 18 System Mode Programm
219. ntroller 270 I 280 Unpack PACKED data 290 FOR 1 1 TO 25 300 PRINT FNUnpk16 Bdata 1 0 2 Unpack rdgs pass DCV func code 2 56V range code 310 NEXT i 320 END The following example describes the 16 bit unpacking function for this example 6 8 The HP 447044 in 16 Bit Mode 16 Bit Unpacking The following example shows an HP BASIC function which unpacks 16 bit Function resolution readings given the reading a function code and a range code This example can be used as part of the previous example The formula used in this example program is 16 bit two s compliment A to D Value 3200 f range func Where f range and f func are DCV OHM F 10K Di one OHM F t00K EX OHM F 1M Example 16 Bit Unpacking Function Choose Func code and Range code from the table above 330 DEF FNUnpk16 INTEGER Bdata Func code Range code 340 REAL R 0 3 Array holds f range 350 DATA 256 32 4 1 Code 0 40mV 1 7 320mV 27 2 56V 3 10 24V 360 READ R z 370 REAL F 0 3 LAray holds f func 380 DATA 1 1 E3 1 E4 1 E5 Code 0 DCV 1 OHMIOK 2 OHMI00K 3 OHMIM 390 READ F 400 IF Bdata 32767 OR Bdata 32768 THEN If max or max then 410 Result 1 E 38 Return overload indication 420 ELSE 430 Result Bdata 3200 R Range code F Func code Ato D Value f func 3200 f range 440 END IF 450 RETURN Result 460 FNEND End 16 bit unpack function The HP 44704A in 16 Bi
220. o the location specified by CONFMEAS Figure 5 2 CONFMEAS Operation Scanner Mode Scanner Mode Programming Scan fa Sequence DOKI AZ 2 5 9 CONFMEAS Figure 5 2 shows simplified voltmeter operation for CONFMEAS with opener Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements When CONFMEAS is executed the voltmeter is configured 1 any required thermocouple or strain references are measured 2 and the scan sequence is started 3 When the scan sequence is started the first channel in the channel list is closed and the voltmeter is triggered After a 1 msec delay 6 msec if the CONFMEAS function is OHM1M or OHMF1M a measurement m1 is made on the first channel in the channel list 4 When the first channel is measured the scan is automatically advanced to the second channel in the channel list 5 and a measurement is taken on the second channel This sequence repeats for each channel in the channel list When the last channel is measured the channel is opened and the scan ends 6 As measurements are taken they are stored in the voltmeter data buffer and then transferred to the mainframe or to the output buffer and or display by the MEAS phase of CONFMEAS For ribbon cable operation the voltmeter does not wait for readings to be transferred from the data buffer before advancing to the next channel If the CONFMEAS NSCAN parameter valid only for firmware revision 2 2 and greater is not specified the scan sequence
221. off all power to the mainframe extenders and to all external devices connected to the mainframe extenders or accessories Installation and Checkout 3 1 WARNING POSSIBLE OPERATOR INJURY For safety consider all accessory channels to be at the highest potential applied to any channel Under most conditions of failure the relays on the relay multiplexers will remain in the position programmed before the failure However for some equipment failures the relays may not remain in their programmed state If the relays settle in the closed state the relay contacts may weld together and the highest voltage present on any one channel may be present on all channels This condition may cause operator injury if the terminals are touched or further equipment damage may result WARNING MAXIMUM VOLTAGE LIMITATIONS The HP 3852A and the HP 3853A Internal analog buses interconnect the multiplexer and voltmeter accessories to form one circuit To protect against possible personal injury due to equipment failure or programming error limitations are placed on the potentials that can appear between any two points in the circuit or between the circuit and chassis These limitations are listed for the HP 38524 HP 3853A and all plug in accessories For any given set of accessories installed in the mainframe or extender the maximum potential between any two points is determined by the accessory w h the LOWEST peak voltage limitations as fo
222. ollow to set voltmeter measure trigger parameters for CONF and MEAS ribbon cable operation including measure trigger sources TRIG measure trigger slope SLOPE measure trigger timing SPEER and EXTO port triggering TRIGOUT As shown in Figure 5 5 each measurement is initiated with a measure trigger mt For NRDGS 1 the voltmeter makes one reading per channel in the channel list For NRDGS gt 1 the voltmeter makes NRDGS readings for each channel in the scan list If TRIG INT internal measure trigger i is set SPER sample_period sets the time between measurements Measure Trigger Source TRIG TRIG source USE ch sets the source or mode for the measure trigger Power on source is INT internal trigger and default source is SGL single trigger For Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation CONF sets TRIG INT Although there are nine TRIG source parameters TRIG MEAS is not valid for Scanner Mode and TRIG SCAN is not normally used for ribbon cable measurements Also when MEAS is used TRIG SGL TRIG SCAN and TRIG HOLD are not compatible for ribbon cable measurements since MEAS changes TRIG SGL TRIG SCAN and TRIG HOLD to TRIG INT Table 5 10 summarizes TRIG sources for ribbon cable operation when MEAS is used Refer to the HP 3852A Mainframe Configuration and M g Manual for details on the TRG command Tabie 5 10 Measure Trigger TRIG Sources Using MEAS Beureermode Bewrphon O System trigger used with TRG comm
223. oltmeter wiil make through the scan list after the stop trigger is accepted Range of number 0 to 65 535 At power on number 0 PRESCAN number USE ch Sets the minimum number of passes the voltmeter will make through the scan list before a stop vee is accepted Range of number 0 to 65 535 At power on number RANGE range USE ch Sets the voltmeter measurement range or enables the autorange mode Select autorange by entering the word AUTO or the value 0 for range Power on and default range AUTO See Chapter 6 for controlling range while in 16 bit resolution mode HP 44704A only RDGS dest USE ch Sets the mainframe or the GPIO port as the destination for readings stored in the voltmeter buffer memory RDGS SYS sets the mainframe RDGS GPIO sets the GPIO port RDGSMODE mode USE ch Sets the voltmeter reading storage mode and specifies when data can be read from the voltmeter buffer data available Also specifies whether or not data in the memory will be overwritten by new data modes are DAV BURST END and COMPLETE RESOL resolution HP 44704A only Sets HP 44704A resolution resolution can be 13 14 or 16 For RESOL 16 the voltmeter must not be in autorange mode or an error will be generated See Chapter 6 for details on 16 bit resolution mode SADV source When MEAS is used sets the source to advance the scan sequence as defined by source Valid sources are SCAN CHADV KEY and PACER
224. om interrupting 2 The RDGSMODE command must be set before the interrupt is enabled You can use the INTR command to query the status of interrupts INTER returns the address of the last channel whose interrupt was serviced If no interrupt has been serviced since power on or following a system reset 1 is returned Handie interrupt in Mainframe ENABLE INTR To service and handle a voltmeter interrupt in the mainframe use ON INTR a CALL name where name is the name of the servicing subroutine When ON ce INTR CALL name is executed as a result of the interrupt the interrupt is DC disabled Table 4 13 shows a typical sequence of commands to service and handle a voltmeter interrupt in the mainframe Table 4 13 Mainframe Interrupt Handling Commands SUB name Set up servicing subroutine name in mainframe sub commands Define subroutine servicing action SUBEND End subroutine USE ch Set which voltmeter is to interrupt ON INTR CALL name call servicing subroutine name on interrupt ENABLE INTR SYS Enable mainframe to recognize voltmeter interrupt ENABLE INTR Handle Interrupt in Controller ENABLE INTR Interrupts can also be serviced in the mainframe but handled by the controller Table 4 14 shows a typical set of commands to service a voltmeter interrupt in the mainframe and handle the interrupt in an HP Series 200 300 or equivalent controller System Mode Programming 4 33 Table 4 14 Controller Inter
225. onfiguration A typical application for the TRIGOUT command is to synchronize the operation of two or more high speed voltmeters Refer to Example Synchronize Multiple Voltmeters in Measurement Examples for one way to use TRIGOUT This example shows one way SCDELAY and SPER can be used to set measure trigger timing The voltmeter is configured for ASCAN OFF set with CONF PRESCAN 1 POSTSCAN 1 and NRDGS 2 Channels 500 504 are to be measured so a total of 20 ae will be made one prescan and one postscan With ASCAN OFF a separate scan trigger is required for each pass and a 10 msec scan trigger delay as set with SCDELAY trig delay is inserted into the start of each pass SPER 0 001 sets 1 msec between m measure triggers Thus with NRDGS 2 and 5 channels the time for pass 1 10 msec scan trigger delay 9 msec to make measurements 1 through 10 19 usec to _ complete last channel measurement with ARMODE AFTER set 0 019019 seconds Since SCDELAY scan pace sets 1 second between scan passes the total measurement time 1 sec start of pass 1 to start of pass 2 0 019019 sec to complete pass 2 1 019019 seconds plus some time for the voltmeter microprocessor to signal end of scan 10 DIM Volts 0 19 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 30 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON 40 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV 50 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 9 60 OUTPUT 709 NRDGS 2 70 OUTPUT 709 SPER 001 80 OUTPUT 709 SCDELAY 01
226. ons to the multiplexer In the program CONF sets RDGSMODE DAV which makes measurements available immediately The STA command reads the Status Register and clears the FPS LCL INTR LMT and ALRM bits and CLROUT clears the output buffer The SPOLL command clears the Status Register service request bit SRQ bit j 4 34 System Mode Programming 10 DIM B 0 9 20 ON INTR 7 GOTO Results 30 ENABLE INTR 7 2 40 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 50 OUTPUT 709 RST 600 60 OUTPUT 709 RQS ON 70 OUTPUT 709 RQS INTR 80 OUTPUT 709 STA 90 OUTPUT 709 CLROUT 100 OUTPUT 709 CONF DOY 110 OUTPUT 709 CLOSE 500 591 120 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 9 130 OUTPUT 709 NRDGS 10 140 OUTPUT 709 DELAY 0 5 150 OUTPUT 709 PERC 30 160 OUTPUT 709 ENABLE INTR 170 OUTPUT 709 ENABLE INTR SYS 180 OUTPUT 709 TRIG MEAS 190 GOTO 190 200 Results 210 OUTPUT 709 TIME 220 ENTER 709 T 230 PRINT Ch 500 Intr TIMES T 240 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 10 250 ENTER 709 B 260 PRINT Ch 500 Voltages 270 PRINT USING K B 280 A SPOLL 1709 290 OUTPUT 709 OPEN 500 300 STOP 310 END Dimension controller array Call sub Results on interrupt Enable controller intr on SRQ Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 Reset the voltmeter Set ROS mode ON Enable ROS Mask Reg INTR bit Clear FPS LCL INTR LMT ALRM bits Clear output buffer Configure for DC volts Close ch 500 sense bus LSet 10 24V range Take 10 re
227. ontinues execution Create i O Paths and Data File Lines 190 230 create a data file and assign I O paths Pack_rdgs is a BDAT file in the HP 7912P R with 2 bytes record and a capacity of Tot rdgs QQHp 3852 is the T O path for the HP 3852A and Gpio is the I O path for GPIO ISC 12 GPacked file is the path from the controller to Pack rdgs and Packed_buff is the I O path for the Packed buffer Configure the Voltmeter The voltmeter is configured for Scanner Mode DC voltage measurements on the 10 24V range The readings destination is the GPIO port and readings are taken at 10 usec intervals 100 000 readings second For this program the voltmeter is set for 10 prescans 10 postscans and 100 000 readings on channel 500 Note the space between NRDGS PRESCAN and POSTSCAN and the mark in lines 350 380 and 390 is required Set Data Buffer Register To transfer data via GPIO set CTLO low line 450 then address the Data Buffer register line 460 then set CTLO high line 470 for data Trigger the Voltmeter Trigger the voltmeter with a scan trigger from the mainframe SCTRIG SGL Since ASCAN ON is set only a single scan trigger is required Transfer Packed Data Lines 560 and 570 transfer packed data from the voltmeter to the controller and then to the HP 7912P R If the transfer stops before all data is transferred the program jumps to the GPIO timeout subroutine lines 1090 1130 TRANSFER Gpio TO Packed
228. ope SPER sample period Meas trigger timing TERM terminal input terminals TRIG source Meas trigger source TRIGOUT mode EXTO mode USE ch Slot or chan used Low valid ch siot Notes 1 Refer to HP 3852A Assembly Level Service Manual 2 Used only when SCTRIG EXTO EXT1 MEAS or GPIO is set 3 Used only when TRIG EXTO EXT1 or GPIO is set Selecting Table 5 7 shows suggested actions and related commands to select voltmeter Voltmeter configuration parameters for Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements b A MEAS is used If required also refer to Selecting Voltmeter Triggering t C onfig uration select voltmeter triggering parameters needed Table 5 7 Voltmeter Configuration Parameters Acn Commande Defintion Set USE ch Vottmeter siot used Known SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode State CONF Configure voltmeter MEAS Set FUNC Voltmeter function Function RANGE Voltmeter range Range TERM Input terminals ARMODE Autorange mode AZERO Autozero Set RDGS Readings destination Readings NRDGS Readings per channel CLWRITE Channel range lists 5 22 Scanner Mode Programming Setting Known State Setting Function Range To begin programming the voltmeter for Scanner Mode measurements with CONF and MEAS set the voltmeter slot used with USE ch and set Scanner Mode with SCANMODE ON Then use CONF to preset the voltmeter to the state shown in Table 5 4 Also refer to T
229. operation Table 5 12 CONF Preset Values Scanner Mode Operation Command Parameter Definition SADV SCAN Advance scan when readings are available 1 STRIG SCAN Start scan immediately 1 SCTRIG HOLD Scan trigger is disabled 2 TRIG INT intemal measure trigger source STTRIG INT intemal stop trigger source FUNC DCV or OHMxx As appropriate for CONF function parameter RANGE AUTO Autorange mode 3 TERM RIBBON Ribbon cable is the input source NADGS 1 One reading per channel RDGS SYS Readings are returned to the mainframe RDGSMODE DAV Reading is available when any reading stored ARMODE AFTER Autorange after measure trigger is received ASCAN OFF Autoscan oif SCDELAY 001 001 1 msec scan trig delay SPER 001 1 msec between measurement triggers PRESCAN 1 1 prescan before stop trigger accepted POSTSCAN O Q postscans after stop trigger accepted AZERO ONCE 1 Autozero once Notes 1 Does not apply to Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation 2 For CONF TEMPxx mainframe firmware revisions before revision 2 2 set the 320 mV range for xx E J K and N14 N AWG 14 and set the 40 mV range for xx B R S T and N28 N AWG 28 3 CONF OHM1M and CONF OHMF1M set 6 msec trigger delay and 6 msec Scanner Mode Programming 5 39 Low Level Commands Table 5 13 is an alphabetical summary of Scanner Mode low level commands with power on and default pa
230. or transfer to the controller buffer S300 buff Voltmeter interrupt capability is then re enabled Subroutine XIT Subroutine XIT is called when an interrupt LH edge occurs on the HP 447214 digital input accessory This subroutine generates the stop trigger for the voltmeter and transfers 4 096 readings from the voltmeter to mainframe array A and then to the output buffer A service request is sent to the controller and a single BEEP is generated to advise of the interrupt When the subroutine Marc the program branches to Terminate line 1030 In line 560 STA INTO X clears the status register bits shown and the status register state is stored in variable X This ensures that the status register information is not included in any data transfer operation Scanner Mode Programming 5 97 Call Subroutines Lines 630 640 call subroutines on interrupt An LH edge on the digital input calls subroutine XIT When the voltmeter data buffer has room for only 4 096 more readings subroutine INTROUT is called Enable Accessory Interrupts Lines 680 730 enable the voltmeter and digital inputs to interrupt and enable the mainframe to recognize the interrupt ROS FPS and ROS ON enable service request operation Trigger the Voltmeter Line 770 issues a single scan trigger to start the scan sequence Since ASCAN ON is set line 310 only a single scan trigger is required for continuous passes Start Data Transfers Line 810 transfer
231. or vice versa At power on or following a reset RST or RST slor System Mode SCANMODE OFF is set Table 4 5 CONF Preset Values System Mode System Mode Programming 4 13 Command Preset s STRIG SCAN SADV SCAN TRIG HOLD FUNG DOV or OHMxx RANGE AUTO TERM INT NRDGS 1 RDGS SYS RDGSMODE DAV ARMODE AFTER DELAY 0 001 0 00001 Start scan immediately Advance scan as soon as NRDGS readings are available Trigger is disabled As appropriate for CONF function parameter Autorange mode 1 Backplane bus is the input terminal One reading per trigger Readings are returned to the mainframe Reading is available when any reading stored Autorange after measurement 1msec trigger delay Autozero once The MEAS Doa MEAS function ch list NSCAN hamber USE ch INTO name or fmt sets the measurement function appropriate for the function parameter initiates a scan and measurement of the multiplexer channels specified by ch_list and makes the number of passes set by the NSCAN number parameter When measurements have been taken MEAS automatically transfers the readings to the mainframe memory when INTO nane is used or to the output buffer and or display when INTO name is not used For temperature or strain measurements MEAS also causes associated conversions to be performed on the results For thermocouple and strain measurements all reference measurements are first made automatically and then all channel m
232. order shown Note that SCANMODE ON must be set prior to the CONF command to obtain the settings in Table 5 4 Some commands in Table 5 4 such as SADV and STRIG do not apply to Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation when MEAS is used In addition other commands such as PRESCAN and POSTSCAN are set to a specific value by the MEAS command Thus the commands discussed in this section are those listed in Low Level Commands refer to Table 5 6 Table 5 4 CONF Scanner Mode Preset Values A l Command Parameter Definition p neg SADV SCAN Advance scan when readings are available i j STRIG SCAN Start scan immediately 1 SCTRIG HOLD Scan trigger is disabled 2 TRIG INT Internal measure trigger source STTRIG INT Internal stop trigger source FUNG DCV or OHMxx As appropriate for CONF function parameter RANGE AUTO Autorange mode 3 TERM RIBBON Ribbon cable is the input source NRDGS 1 One reading per channel RDGS SYS Readings are returned to the mainfrarne RDGSMODE DAV Reading is available when any reading stored ARMODE AFTER Autorange after measure trigger is received ASCAN OFF Autoscan off SCDELAY 001 001 1 msec scan trig delay 1 msec scan pace 4 SPER 001 t msec between measurement triggers PRESCAN 1 1 prescan before stop trigger accepted POSTSCAN 0 O postscans after stop trigger accepted AZERO ONCE Autozero once Notes 1 Does not apply to ribbon cable operation when MEAS is used 2
233. ostscan passes where m is set with POSTSCAN number For example with POSTSCAN 4 the voltmeter makes four passes after completing the pass in which the stop trigger is accepted Number of Readings NRDGS number USE ch sets the number of readings per channel for each NRDGS channelin the scan list The range for number is 1 to 65 535 with power on number 1 As shown in Figure 5 8 a measurement is taken for each measure trigger and NRDGS number readings are taken on each channel 5 50 Scanner Mode Programming Example Setting Number of Readings For NRDGS number gt 1 and more than one channel in the scan list the range of NRDGS number is set by number of channels 1 times NRDGS number With one channel in the channel list the maximum value of NRDGS number is 65 535 for an HP 44702B or HP 44704A 8 192 for an HP 447024 Also for NRDGS 1 the maximum number of channels is 4 096 For two channels and NRDGS 1 the maximum number of readings per channel is 4 094 That is since 2 channels 1 times NRDGS number must be the voltmeter can make a maximum of 4 094 readings per channel NRDGS 4 094 For three channels maximum number of readings per channel 4 094 3 1 2 047 etc NOTE Changing NRDGS after sending CLWRITE does not affect the old channel list This example uses PRESCAN POSTSCAN and NRDGS to set the number of measurements on channels 500 through 504 of an HP 44711A B multiplexer The program uses inter
234. other than HOLD no programming commands except ENABLE INTR or DISABLE INTR can be sent until the scan sequence vompictes or is aborted by setting SCTRIG HOLD When the scan sequence has been completed or aborted by SCTRIG HOLD any subsequent programming commands except ENABLE INTR or DISABLE INTR will cause the data buffer to be cleared and will destroy all remaining measurements Therefore all measurement data must be read with CHREAD or XRDGS if MEAS is not used before reprogramming the voltmeter Note that CHREAD and ADOS are not programming commands SCTRIG SGL Use SCTRIG SGL for a single trigger from the mainframe which occurs when the command is executed SCTRIG SGL can only be sent during a scan if SCTRIG SGL was used to enable the scan sequence Note that SCTRIG SGL causes a single trigger SCTRIG SYS SCTRIG SYS is used along with the TRG mainframe command As shown in Figure 5 11 TRG has four sources modes HOLD GET EXT and SGL Note that SCTRIG SYS must be set for the voltmeter to accept a scan trigger from the TRG source Refer to the HP 3852A Mainframe Configuration and Programming Manual for details on the TRG command SCTRIG INT With SCTRIG INT the voltmeter internal pacer generates scan triggers as required Scan triggers received when scan triggering is disabled are ignored With SCTRIG INT set if the SCDELAY scan pace interval is shorter than the time required to make a scan pass the voltmeter will
235. own in Figure 5 8 when a scan trigger is generated SCDELAY trig delay sets the time from the receipt of the scan trigger to when the first measure trigger is enabled on the first channel The measurement will be taken by the first measure trigger received after the measure trigger is enabled The SCDELAY trig delay range is 0 to 0 01638375 sec with 0 25 usec resolution At power on SCDELAY trig delay 0 sec CONF sets 0 001 sec 0 006 sec for OHM1M or OHMF1M When ASCAN OFF is set the SCDELAY trig delay delay time occurs between the scan trigger and the first measurement for every pass through the scan list With ASCAN ON the delay is included between the scan trigger and the first measurement of the first pass only Refer to Autoscan Mode ASCAN for an example Set Time Between Scan Triggers When SCTRIG INT is set SCDELAY scan pace sets the time between scan passes The SCDELAY scan pace range is 0 to 1073 74182375 seconds with 0 25 usec resolution At power on SCDELAY scar pace 2 msec For ASCAN OFF a scan trigger is required to start each pass For ASCAN ON only a single scan trigger is required for the first pass and subsequent passes start automatically For ASCAN OFF and SCTRIG INT SCDELAY scan pace sets the time between scan triggers between scan passes NOTE Due to hardware constraints actual scan delay times may be slightly different than programmed times Refer to Measure Trigger Timing SPER for
236. perature or strain value When measurements are made in the 13 bit HP 44702A B and HP 44704A or 14 bit resolution mode HP 44704A The HP 44704A in 16 Bit Mode 6 3 System Mode and Range Readings Unpacked in the Mainframe only the range information is imbedded in the packed readings The Mainframe uses this information when unpacking these readings When P measurements are made in the 16 bit resolution mode as mentioned above e range information is not part of the packed reading In this case the mainframe will use methods discussed in the next two sections to determine the range for unpacking these readings The same is true when you unpack readings in your controller which are transferred in PACKED format The 16 bit resolution readings do not contain range information so your application program will have to keep track of the range setting used when the readings where taken The following sections discuss managing 16 bit resolution range information for both System Mode measurements fundamentals in Chapter 4 and Scanner Mode measurements fundamentals in Chapter 5 When measurements are made in System Mode SCANMODE OFF ail el measurements are made on a fixed range This is true whether a single reading multiple readings of a single input back panel or single multiplexer channel or readings from several multiplexer channels are made Once the measurement cycle begins the range used is that set by RANGE or th
237. ple with SCTRIG MEAS if the voltmeter is set for DC volts and the 10 24V range PERC 67 sets 10 24 x 0 67 6 86 volts as the input signal level which will generate a trigger SCSLOPE LH sets low to high transitions positive slope while SCSLOPE HL sets high to low transitions negative slope Table 5 19 lists the minimum 128 and maximum 127 trigger thresholds allowable for the four voltmeter voltage ranges when autoranging is not used Table 5 19 Scan Trigger Threshold Levels PERC Trigger Threshold min 128 6 max 12726 Scanner Mode Programming 5 59 Scan Trigger Delay SCDELAY Scan Trigger Threshold Sequence When SCTRIG MEAS is executed the first channel in the scan list is connected When the input to the first channel in the scan list crosses the threshold in the proper direction the scan trigger is generated At the start of the second and subsequent passes through the scan list the first channel is again connected and a 50 usec delay occurs before threshold monitoring begins Threshold When Autorange Is Used If autoranging is used the absolute trigger threshold value will change based on the current range Although the same percentage is used since the full scale value is different for each range a different absolute value results Autoranging is not recommended for the first channel when SCTRIG MEAS is used Therefore the first channel in CLWRITE ch list should used a fixed range o
238. put buffer and or display Use VREAD to read data from mainframe memory to the output buffer and or display XRDGS ch number fmt transfers multiple readings to the output buffer display in the format specified by fmt where number is the number of readings to be transferred The range of number is 1 to 2147483647 If number is specified XRDGS transfers any reading which is available until the specified number of readings have been transferred If number is not specified the mainframe waits until all readings after a trigger are taken determines how many readings are stored and then transfers all readings 4 28 System Mode Programming i s Example Rear Panel Measurements For example XRDGS 600 100 transfers 100 readings from a voltmeter in slot 6 of the mainframe to the output buffer display one at a time as the readings become available However XRDGS 600 number not specified waits until all readings are available determines the number of readings and then transfers all readings NOTE 1 When CONFMEAS or MEAS is used XRDGS is not required and will not work to transfer data from the voltmeter buffer to mainframe memory or output buffer display since these commands automatically do this as part of the command sequence 2 Any Programming command except ENABLE INTR or DISABLE INTR clears the voltmeter buffer This guarantees that any data returned by XRDGS or CHREAD reflects the current programmed state E 3 Potent
239. r RANGE should be used If autoranging is selected the voltmeter is triggered several times as part of the SCTRIG execution and selects the range for threshold triggering This sets the range for the first channel in the scan list and is acceptable for the first pass However for subsequent passes the range that is used is the range of the last channel in the channel list With autoranging this can cause the voltmeter to generate a scan trigger for the second and subsequent passes with the wrong level of input For example with fixed 10 24V range SCTRIG MEAS SCSLOPE LH and PERC 30 set the scan trigger is generated for each pass when the input to the first channel crosses 3 072 V in the positive direction But with autorange set the range selected for the last channel in the scan list might be the 2 56V range In this case the scan trigger for the second pass will be generated when the input to the first channel crosses 0 768 V 2 56 v x 0 30 rather than the desired 3 072 V SCDELAY trig delay scan pace USE ch sets the delay time between the scan trigger and enabling the first measurement in the scan list and sets the time between successive scan triggers NOTE Due to hardware constraints actual scan trigger timing may be slightly different than programmed time Refer to Measure Trigger Timing SPER for details 5 60 Scanner Mode Programming pet Autoscan Mode ASCAN Set Scan Trigger Delay As sh
240. r at 100 000 readings sec as long as a single channel signal changes no more than 600 volts sec during auto ranging A 4 Specifications Printing History The Printing History shown below lists the printing dates of all Editions and Updates created for this manual The Edition number changes as the manual undergoes subsequent revisions Editions are numbered sequentially starting with Edition 1 Updates which are issued between Editions contain individual replacement pages which the customer uses to update the current Edition of the manual Updates are numbered sequentially starting with Update 1 When a new Edition is created all Updates associated with the previous Edition are merged into the manual Each new Edition or Update also includes a revised copy of this printing history page UC Many product updates and revisions do not require manual changes and conversely manual corrections may be done without accompanying product changes Therefore do not expect a one to one correspondence between product updates and manual updates i Edition 1 Part Number 44702 90001 MARCH 1987 Edition 2 Part Number 44702 90002 J NUARY 1991 RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND Use duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subdivision b 3 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 52 227 7013 Hewlett Packard Company 3000 Hanover Street Palo Alto Cal
241. r is properly calibrated It only means that the calibration constants are within an acceptable range Refer to the HP 3852A Assembly Level Service Manual for voltmeter calibration procedures The TEST slot command changes the state of the HP High Speed voltmeter We recommend you use the RST slot or RESET slor command to reset the voltmeter to its power on state after executing the TEST command Installation and Checkout P Fad Ribbon Cable Operation Connection Instailation Steps Caution To prevent possible damage to the ribbon cable check the ribbon cable connections before fully removing and HP FET Multiplexer RIBBON CABLE CONNECTOR 1 Position Voltmeter Piace the HP High Speed Voltmeter with ribbon cable connector side up 2 Disconnect Ribbon Cable Remove HP FET Multiplexer terminal module Disconnect ribbon cable from connector and feed cable through cutout on multiplexer 3 Connect Cable to Voltmeter Attach ribbon cable from multiplexer to voltmeter ribbon RIBBON CABLE CONNECTOR cable connector Replace multiplexer terminal module Figure 3 6 Ribbon Cable Measurements Installation installation and Checkout 3 13 SLOT 5 SLOTS 6 amp 7 4 Connect Multiplexers For each frame join multiplexers by connecting the ribbon cable between multiplexers For ribbon cable operation an HP High Speed Voltmeter required in the mainframe and in EACH extender containing multiplexers R
242. r panel measurements user sources are input directly to the voltmeter rear panel terminals HI LO and CHASSIS for voltage measurements on a single channel You can also use the CURRENT SOURCE Hi and LO terminals with the voltage terminals for 4 wire ohms measurements Rear panel measurements are useful for DC voltage or 4 wire ohms measurements on a single input and can be used for high speed measurements of a single channel Tr iggering When the voltmeter measurement function and multiplexer s have been Method selected select the type of voltmeter triggering required The voltmeter can be triggered from the mainframe internally from the voltmeter or from an external source via the voltmeter EX TO EXT1 and GPIO poris Mainframe Backplane Triggering The voltmeter can be software triggered via the mainframe backplane by using the TRIG and or TRG commands Refer to Chapter 7 in the HP 3852A Mainframe Configuration and Programming Manual for a discussion of mainframe triggering Voltmeter Internal Triggering The voltmeter can also be internally triggered by a pacer trigger or when the input crosses a specified threshold in the proper direction cee Um c Voltmeter Port Triggering Meno Eos The voltmeter can also be triggered bya suitable input from an external source into the EXTO or EXT 1 port or into the GPIO port Progr amming As noted the voltmeter has two programming modes System Mode Mode SCANMODE OFF and
243. r second to an HP Series 200 300 controller via HP IB at rates up to 35 000 readings per second or to an HP Series 200 300 controller via GPIO at rates up to 100 000 readings per second Therefore for measurement speeds up to 90 000 readings per second refer to Chapter 5 Scanner Mode Programming For measurement speeds up to 100 000 readings per second first refer to Chapter 5 for information on Scanner Mode programming and then to Chapter 7 GPIO Operation for information on GPIO prograr uming If you intend to use the HP 44704A in its 16 bit resolution mode RESOL 16 command refer to Chapter 6 The HP 44704A in 16 Bit Mode for programming differences for this mode If you need to access the voltmeter read write registers refer to Chapter 8 Using Read Write Registers Chapter 2 Defining Your Measurement Contents ege e f Introduction s 9 b gt o 5 9 9 9 d 9 4 3 1 is Measurements Overview 2 Measurement Types 9h aoa t Voltmeter Programming ln 2 3 Data Transfers xoxo Ie xx Ce 2 4 Defining Measurement Requirements 2 5 Measurement Parameters 2 5 Data Interrupt Requirements 2 6 Selecting Voltmeter Configuration 27 Voltmeter Function Pee ee UE PPS Multiplexers Used lL 2 8 Triggering Method ee eee 2 10 Programming Mode 2 10 g dw ON
244. rameters as applicable If a command such as SCDELAY or FUNC has two parameters the command is listed twice once for each parameter Refer to the HP 3852A Command Reference Manual and or to Scanner Mode Command Summary at the end of this chapter for details on the commands Table 5 13 Scanner Mode Low Level Commands tomm meeipion Poweron Dem Wow ARMODE mode ASCAN mode AZERO mode CAL CHREAD ch CLWRITE ch list CLWRITE RANGE SCDELAY trig delay USE ch XRDGS ch XRDGS fnumber Notes CLWRITE ribbon bus SCDELAY scan pace I mode Autoscan moda Autozero rnode Service cmd Make single rdg Channal list Ribbon cable conn Range list range list DISABLE INTR Disable intr disabled ENABLE INTR Enable intr disabled FUNC function Meas function DCV FUNC frange Meas range AUTO NRDGS number Rdgs channel PERC threshold Trigger threshold POSTSCAN number Number postscans PRESCAN number Number prescans RANGE range Voltmeter range RDGS dest Readings dest RDGSMODE mode Rdgs storage SCANMODE mode Operating mode Scan trigger delay Time between scan triggers SCSLOPE mode Scan trigger slope SCTRIG source Scan trigger source SLOPE mode Meas trigger slope SPER sample period Meas trigger timing STSLOPE mode Stop trigger slope STTRIG source Stop trigger source TERM terminal Input terminals TRIG source Meas trigger source TR
245. ranges or to autorange AUTO See Chapter 6 for controlling range while in 16 bit resolution mode HP 44704A only iD slot Returns the identity of the accessory in the slot addressed by slot An HP 44702A returns 44702A INTR INTO name or fmi Returns the address of the last channel whose interrupt was serviced If no interrupt has been serviced since power on or following a system reset 1 is returned NRDGS number USE ch Sets the number of readings trigger for each channel in the channel list The range of number is 1 to 65535 For the HP 44702A setting NRDGS 8192 can cause a variable number of readings to be taken with no error given PERC threshold USE ch For TRIG MEAS only PERC sets the level of the input in the direction set by SLOPE which will cause the voltmeter to be triggered RANGE range USE ch Sets the voltmeter measurement range or enables the autorange mode See Chapter 6 for controlling range while in 16 bit resolution mode HP 44704A only System Mode Programming 4 37 Table 4 15 System Mode Command Summary RDGS dest USE ch Sets the mainframe or the GPIO port as the destination for readings stored in the vottmeter buffer memory RDGS SYS sets the mainframe RDGS GPIO sets the GPIO port RDGSMODE mode USE ch Sets the voltmeter reading storage mode and specifies when data can be read from the voltmeter bufier data available Also specifies w
246. rection HL or LH set by the STSLOPE command When STTRIG MEAS is set a minimum of two passes through the scan list is required to generate a stop trigger Each time the measure trigger for the first channel in the scan list is received the state of an internal analog comparator is latched When the output of the comparator makes the transition set by STSLOPE a stop trigger is generated Since the latch is preset high for STSLOPE LH and low for STSLOPE HL a minimum of two passes through the scan list is required to generate a stop trigger when STTRIG MEAS is set For example the first pass could set the latch low and the second pass poud set the latch back high to generate the LH transition STTRIG GPIO When STTRIG GPIO is set the stop trigger source is the GPIO port on the voltmeter rear panel Refer to Chapter 7 GPIO Operation for details on STTRIG GPIO a For STTRIG MEAS STTRIG EXTO STTRIG EXTI or STTRIG GPIO the STSLOPE mode USE ch command sets the edge direction of the input LH or HL which will generate the stop trigger STSLOPE LH sets low to high transitions positive slope while STSLOPE HL sets high to low negative slope transitions The power on mode LH For STTRIG MEAS the voltmeter is triggered when the input signal on the first channel in the scan list reaches the percent of full scale VE set by PERC in the direction set by STSLOPE Scanner Mode Programming 5 73 Se NOTE I The PERC command set
247. red as long as a single channel signal does not change more than 600 volts sec during autoranging GPIO Port id pu oe to star Aid aa data For multiplexer m urements make measurements al ed eia e es prine en he ea speeds up to 100 722 readings second on a single channel n irs of up to S500 chance cscond with FET multiplexers on must Convert raw volttmater data chenneHo channel socom PACKED format to readable data For ribbon cable measurements make measurements at apeeds up to 100 000 readings second for single channel and channeHto channel measurements Operating Modes The voltmeter has two modes of operation System Mode and Scanner Mode In Scanner Mode the user has the full set of commands and capabilities to use the voltmeter in System Mode the user has a simplified version of the commands available Use System Mode operation for rear panel or muttiplexer measutaments Use Scanner Mode operation for panel multiplexers or ribbon cable measurements For rear panel er multiplexer measurements the voltmeter is controlled by the mainframe For ribbon cable measurements the voltmeter is capable of independent operation Rear Panel Terminais Use the voltage Input tarminais Hi LO CHASSIS to make DC voltage measurements Usa the current source terminais and the voltage terminals for 4 wite ohms measurements When these terminals are used multiplexer inputs to the voltmeter are not required or allo
248. remain in the buffer until read by a CONFMEAS MEAS CHREAD or XRDGS command when RDGS SYS is set or when destroyed by most other voltmeter commands Data stored in the voltmeter buffer can be read only when a data is available condition exists as defined by RDGSMODE The RDGSMODE command d affects three areas of voltmeter operation e When measurement data becomes available e If measurement data overwrites in the data buffer e When an interrupt if enabled is generated RDGSMODE has four modes DAV BURST END and COMPLETE and sets both data and interrupt conditions for the voltmeter as described in the following paragraphs and summarized in Table 5 24 also see Figure 5 7 NOTE Since changing RDGSMODE disables all voltmeter interrupts set RDGSMODE before enabling interrupts with ENABLE INTR RDGSMODE DAV Data is available when any reading is stored in the voltmeter data buffer If the buffer fills the scan sequence is aborted However data in the buffer when it 5 78 Scanner Mode Programming ar NA fills 8 192 readings for an HP 44702A or 65 536 readings for an HP 447028 or HP 44704A remains valid and i is readable If an interrupt is enabled with ENABLE INTR an interrupt is generated whenever there are any measurements in the buffer DISABLE INTR disables but does not clear the interrupt DISABLE INTR is done implicitly by the mainframe as part of the servicing routine RDGSMODE BURST
249. rement Guidelines follow for these measurement parameters Parameters e Type of measurement e Scanning speed e Number of measurements Type of Measurement The first step is to select the type of measurement DC voltage DC current resistance strain or temperature to be made The voltmeter can measure DC voltages up to 10 24 V resistances up to 1 MQ with 2 wire or 4 wire techniques strain from strain gages or temperatures in C from thermocouples thermistors or RTDs l Scanning Speed Next determine the scanning speed required for your measurement The speed selected will influence the multiplexers required For example if the speed requirement is less than 450 channels sec you can use any of the _ HP 447XXX multiplexers However for high speed scanning gt 5500 channels sec you will need to use an HP 44711A B 44712A or 44713A B multiplexer Number of Measurements Next determine the number of measurements to be made by defining the number of sources to be measured and the number of measurements per channel This will determine the number of multiplexers and voltmeters required for your measurement For example to measure more than 20 inputs you ll need two HP 44705A 20 channel multiplexers or one HP 44706A 60 channel multiplexer etc Defining Your Measurement 2 5 Data Interru Dt When you have defined your measurement parameters determine how to Requ irements handle the data from the measurement Three m
250. rigger delay DELAY sample period Sample period DISABLE INTR Disable intr ENABLE INTR Enable intr FUNC function Meas function FUNC range Maas range NRDGS number RdgsArigger PERG threshold Threshold level RANGE range Voltmeter range RDGS dest Readings dest RDGSMODE moda Rdgs storage SADV source Scan adv source SCANMODE mode Operating mode SLOPE mode input slope STRIG source Scan start source TERM terminal Input terminals TRIG source Trigger source TRIGOUT mode EXTO trig mode Lowest valid siot USE ch Voltmeter siot Slot to be read Number reading XRDGS ch XRDGS Number Notes 1 Refer to HP 3852A Assembly Level Service Manual 2 Interrupts disabled at power on 3 Valid for HP 44702A B or HP 44704A operation only when MEAS is used 4 May or may not be the siot the voltmeter is in For Systern Moda default is number of readings set by NRDGS Before showing how to use the low level commands to modify voltmeter settings we will briefly discuss the CONF and MEAS commands and show the conditions called preset values set by CONF The CONF Command Executing CONF function USE ch is equivalent to setting the low level commands shown in Table 4 5 in the order shown CONF does not change the previous settings of any other System Mode commands Thus CONF does not change the voltmeter mode of operation SCANMODE OFF is not changed to SCANMODE ON
251. rrupt is generated only when all readings are stored at the end of the scan sequence GPIO Operation 7 11 7 12 GPIO Operation Set Data Buffer Register Lines 390 460 set access to the voltmeter data buffer or set scan triggering For the CONTROL statements in these lines the PSTS Error bit bit 2 is always set in addition to the settings described for CTLO and CTL1 Lines 390 410 access the Data Buffer register The Data Buffer register is not actually a register but provides an access path to the voltmeter data buffer Line 390 sets Control Register 2 CTL1 bit bit 1 high and sets CTLO bit bit 0 low For the voltmeter the CTL1 bit is used for GPIO triggering while the CTLO bit is used with the Data Buffer register Setting CTLO low line 390 tells the voltmeter that the next piece of information is data Line 400 accesses the Data Buffer register register address 4 and line 410 resets CTLO to high Trigger the Voltmeter Lines 450 and 460 generate the scan trigger for the voltmeter via GPIO Since SCTRIG GPIO line 240 and SCSLOPE HL line 200 are set a high to low pulse input to the GPIO port will generate a scan trigger Note that CONTROL Gpio 2 4 line 410 set CTL1 high Since CONTROL Gpio 2 6 line 450 sets CTL1 low a high to low pulse is generated which initiates the voltmeter scan trigger Line 460 sets CTL1 back to high Transfer and Unpack Data When the 10 readings are taken a voltmeter interrup
252. rt and advance the scan respectively Note that STRIG and SADV act to open and or close multiplexer channels and are not voltmeter commands When MEAS is used STRIG source sets the trigger source which directs the mainframe to close the first channel in the channel list Note that the source set by STRIG starts the scan sequence but the source set by SADV advances the scan sequence Also note that STRIG is a mainframe command and is NOT a voltmeter command Refer to Table 4 9 for STRIG source parameter descriptions Power on and reset source is STRIG SCAN Table 4 9 Mainframe Scan Trigger STRIG Sources Close first channel automatically at beginning of scan Rear panel CHANNEL ADVANCE BNC pulse starts scan Front panel SADV KEY key scan advance key starts scan Pulse output from PACER OUT BNC starts scan When MEAS is used SADV source sets the trigger source to advance the scan sequence from channel to channel Note that the source set by STRIG starts the scan sequence but the source selected by SADV advances the channel advance Also note that SADV is a mainframe command and is NOT a voltmeter command Refer to Table 4 10 for SADV source parameter descriptions Power on and reset source is SADV SCAN Table 4 10 Scan Advance SADV Sources Advance scan automatically as soon as number of readings set by CONF CONFMEAS or NRDGS have been taken and readings transferred CONF and CONFMEAS set one reading trigger Ad
253. rupt Handling Commands Controlier Commands ON INTR 7 GOSUB Name Of Cali servicing subroutine name on interrupt CALL Name OF GOTO Name ENABLE INTR 7 2 Enable interiace Name 1 Start controller subroutine subroutine commands Define subroutine actions SPOLL 709 Serial Poll clears SRQ bit RETURN End controller subroutine HP 3852A Commands USE ch RQS INTR or ROS 512 ROS ON ENABLE INTR SYS Set which voltmeter is to interrupt Enable ROS Mask Register INTR bit Set RAS Mode ON Enable mainframe to recognize voltmeter interrupt ENABLE INTR Enable voltmeter to interrupt on data available STA Clear Status Register FPS LOL INTR LMT ARM bits CLROUT Clear output buffer Configuration commands Set voltmeter configuration for measurement Example Enabling This program samples an input waveform and enables a voltmeter in slot 6 of Interrupts the mainframe to interrupt when the voltage input to channel 500 of an HP 44705A multiplexer crosses 3 072 V in the positive low to high direction The resulting data can be used to digitize the input waveform Example Digitizing a Waveform ENABLE INTR In the following program when the interrupt occurs the voltmeter makes 10 measurements at 0 5 second intervals and returns the result to the controller The interrupt is serviced in controller subroutine Results See Figure 3 4 for typical connecti
254. s Set 10 24V range Set 10 readings channel Set 3 072 V as threshold Trigger on negative slope I Set 1 sec between meas triggers Set 0 sec scan trigger delay Set dummy ch 500 as scan list Scan trigger on threshold Measure channel 501 Enter 10 readings Display 10 readings For a decreasing ramp type input to channel 501 a typical return values in volts is 3 0725 3 005 0 0725 Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands This section shows how to use CONF and low level commands for Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements The programming method will be to use CONF to set certain voltmeter parameters to a known state preset values modify the preset values as required with low level commands and use CHREAD or XRDGS to read and transfer the results Using CONF and MEAS provides maximum programming flexibility and allows the voltmeter to be programmed for high speed measurements Scanner Mode Programming 5 31 NOTE 1 Scanner Mode backplane measurements can be made but are not recommended Voltmeter operation and commands in this section assume Scanner Mode ribbon cable TERM RIBBON operation 2 Commands and examples in this section assume HP IB operation RDGS SYS Therefore maximum data transfer speed is 90 000 readings second to the mainframe memory or about 35 000 readings second to an HP series 200 300 controller GPIO operation RDGS GPIO is required for data transfer at 100 000 r
255. s both the scan trigger and stop Irigger to the same threshold so you cannot set separate thresholds for these two triggers 2 When STTRIG MEAS is set a minimum of two passes through the scan list is required to generate a stop trigger Refer to Stop Trigger Source STIRIG for details 3 MM M M a a oe Threshold When Autoranging Not Used The range of the PERC threshold parameter is 128 to 127 of the full scale range resolution 1 when autoranging is not used Power on PERC threshold value is 0 of full scale range For example with STTRIG MEAS if the voltmeter is set for DC volts and the 10 24V range PERC 67 sets 10 24 x 0 67 6 86 volts as the input signal level which will generate a trigger STSLOPE LH sets low to high transitions positive slope while STSLOPE HL sets high to low transitions negative slope Table 5 23 lists the minimum 128 and maximum 127 trigger thresholds allowable for the four voltmeter voltage ranges when au toranging is not used Table 5 23 Stop Trigger Threshold Levels PERC Trigger Threshold Range min 12896 max 127 40 mV 320 mV 2 56V 10 24 V Stop Trigger Threshold Sequence As noted see STTRIG MEAS each time the measure trigger is received on the first channel in the scan list the state of an analog comparator is latched When the output of the latch makes the transition LH or HL specified by STSLOPE the s
256. s data from the output buffer to the controller buffer Head Buffer Status While the transfers are in progress lines 850 920 read the status of buffer 5300 buff and provide a continuous display of the fill pointer ponteng input output status and index number Restari Transfers ee When a transfer completes line 370 calls the Xfer_done subroutine which resets the buffer fill pointer and restarts the transfer OpSraROR The buffer e index counter is also incremented CM ndi Program When an LH edge on the digital input occurs the program goes to Terminate line 1030 After the interrupt occurs the voltmeter takes another V2 second a of data the I O path is closed and the program ends A typical display afteran s interrupt occurs follows the program listing 2 30 Define variables and buffer 40 OPTION BASE 0 50 INTEGER Cntr Done In stat byt Out stat byt Mask Define variables 60 INTEGER S300 buff 1 24576 BUFFER Define buffer 70 80 lopath setup Define I O paths 90 100 ASSIGN Comp TO 709 1 HP 3852A I O address 110 ASSIGN Path_3852 TO 709 FORMAT OFF HP IB I O path 120 ASSIGN S300_buff TO BUFFER S300 buff FORMAT OFF Buffer I O path 130 i 140 Dvm_setup Configure the voltmeter 5 98 Scanner Mode Programming 150 160 CLEAR Comp 170 OUTPUT Comp RST 180 OUTPUT Comp OUTBUF ON 190 OUTPUT Comp INBUF ON 200 OUTPUT Comp PACKED A 8191 210 OUTPUT Comp INTEGER X 220
257. s for the program S300 buff is an INTEGER buffer in the controller 5 96 Scanner Mode Programming Assign 1 0 Paths Lines 100 120 assign the mainframe I O address and the I O transfer paths from the mainframe to the controller buffer S300 buff Configure the Voltmeter Lines 160 330 configure the voltmeter for DC voltage measurements on channel 500 Measurements are made at 27 5 usec intervals approximately 36 kHz Note that STTRIG HOLD line 330 is set Thus the stop trigger is not enabled and the voltmeter continuously make measurements until an interrupt from the digital input accessory occurs Enable Interrupts Lines 370 400 enable controller interrupts and keep the data transfer operation going In line 370 if a TRANSFER is completed and an interrupt has not occurred subroutine Xfer done i is called and the transfer process is restarted If an interrupt has occurred LH edge on the digital input line 380 branches to Terminate which ends the program 0 5 seconds after the interrupt occurs Lines 390 and 400 enable controller interrupt capability Note however that Xfer done is always performed since it has a higher priority priority 5 in line 370 than the interrupt Subroutine INTROUT Subroutine INTROUT is called when the voltmeter has room for only 4 096 more readings since RDGSMODE BURST is set This subroutine transfers 4 096 PACKED readings to mainframe array A and then to the output buffer f
258. s voltages may ex ist even with the instrument switched off To avoid injuries always disconnect input voltages and discharge circuits before touching them DO NOT SERVICE OR ADJUST ALONE Do not attempt internal service or adjustment unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is present DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS DR MODIFY INSTRUMENT Because of the danger of introducing additional hazards do not install substitute parts or perform any unauthorized modification to the instrument Return the instrument to a Hewlett Packard Sales and Ser vice Office for service and repair to ensure that safety features are maintained DO NOT OPERATE A DAMAGED INSTRUMENT Whenever it is possible that the safety protection features built into this instrument have been impaired either through physical damage excessive moisture or any other reason REMOVE POWER and do not use the instrument until safe operation can be verified by service trained personnel If necessary return the instrument to a Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office for service and repair to ensure that safety features are maintained LINE ri R US ATTENTION State Sensitive NOTE CAUTION WARRING viii HEWLETT PACKARD Operating and Safety Symbols Symbols Used On Products And In Manuals AC line voltage input receptacle Instruction manual symbol affixed to product Cautions the user to refer to respective instruction m
259. second intervals in this example are much longer than typical digitizing applications The longer interval is used primarily to illustrate the measurement concept You can of course set the interval as small as 10 usec if required Meee pen M MMM CONF sets RDGSMODE DAV which makes measurements avail ible immediately The STA command reads the Status Register and clears the FPS LCL INTR LMT and ALRM bits and CLROUT clears the output buffer The SPOLL command clears the Status Register service request bit SRQ bit 10 DIM B 0 9 20 ON INTR 7 GOTO Results 30 ENABLE INTR 7 2 40 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 50 OUTPUT 709 RQS ON 5 88 Scanner Mode Programming Dimension controller array Call sub Results on interrupt I Enable controller intr on SRQ Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 t Set ROS mode ON aie 5 60 OUTPUT 709 RQS INTR 70 OUTPUT 709 STA 80 OUTPUT 709 CLROUT 90 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON 100 OUTPUT 709 CONF DOV 110 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 9 120 OUTPUT 709 NRDGS 10 130 OUTPUT 709 PERC 30 140 OUTPUT 709 SCSLOPE HL 150 OUTPUT 709 SPER 0 5 160 OUTPUT 709 SCDELAY 0 170 OUTPUT 709 ENABLE INTR 180 OUTPUT 709 ENABLE INTR SYS 190 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 200 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG MEAS 210 GOTO 210 220 Results 230 OUTPUT 709 TIME 240 ENTER 709 T 250 PRINT Ch 500 Intr TIMES T 260 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 10 270 ENTER 709 B 280 PRINT Ch 500 Voltages 290 PRINT
260. shows how CONF and MEAS can be used with some low level commands for Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements This programming method allows you to select some voltmeter parameters and has increased programming flexibility However since MEAS presets some parameters full programming flexibility is not available Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands shows how to use the CONF command and low level commands to make Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements This programming method offers maximum flexibility to configure and trigger the voltmeter for specific measurement requirements especially for high speed requirements Measurements Using CONFMEAS This section shows how to make Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements using the CONFMEAS command It includes a summary of the CONFMEAS gt command describes Scanner Mode operation with CONFMEAS shows a recommended sequence to program the voltmeter with CONFMEAS and lists measurement examples using CONFMEAS If your measurement can be made with CONFMEAS refer to CONFMEAS Measurement Examples at the end of this section for DC voltage resistance and temperature measurement examples using CONFMEAS If your measurement cannot be made with CONFMEAS refer to Measurements Using CONF and MEAS or to Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands as required NOTE To more easily program the voltmeter for Scanner Mode operation
261. sson strain Strain or microstrain STRFBP Bending full bridge Poisson strain Strain or microstrain STRFP Full bridge Poisson strain Strain or microstrain Notes 1 For 4 wire ohrns functions 2 Refer to the CONFMEAS command in the HP 3852A Command Reference Manual for definitions 3 Depends on Gage factor GF factor 4 6 System Mode Programming CONFMEAS Operation CONFMEAS Presets Figure 4 2 is a simplified version of voltmeter operation for CONFMEAS in system Mode When CONFMEAS is executed the voltmeter is configured 1 any required thermocouple or strain references are measured 2 and the scan sequence is started 3 When the scan sequence is started the first channel in the channel list is closed and the voltmeter is triggered After a 1 msec delay 6 msec if the CONFMEAS function is OHM1M or OHMFIM a measurement m1 is made on the first channel in the channel list 4 When the first channel is measured the data is transferred to the mainframe 5 the scan is advanced to the second channel in the channel list 6 and a measurement is taken on the second channel This sequence repeats for each channel in the channel list When the last channel is measured the channel is opened and the scan ends 7 If the CONFMEAS NSCAN number parameter valid only for firmware revision 2 2 and greater is not specified the scan sequence ends at 7 If NSCAN number is specified the scan sequence is repeated number t
262. st be set to enable EXTO to receive a trigger If TRIGOUT ON is set the EXT port outputs trigger signals and no trigger source can be set to EXTO Refer to EXTO Port Triggering TRIGOUT for details u p NE E ud E FOIS ee pid A ftl SCTRIG GPIO jJ When SCTRIG GPIO is set the scan trigger source is the GPIO port on the voltmeter rear panel Refer to Chapter 7 GPIO Operation for details on SCTRIG GPIO 5 58 Scanner Mode Programming Scan Trigger Slope SCSLOPE Scan Trigger Threshold PERC For SCTRIG MEAS SCTRIG EXT0 SCTRIG EXT1 or SCTRIG GPIO the SCSLOPE mode USE ch command sets the edge direction of the input LH or HL which will generate a scan trigger SCSLOPE LH sets low to high transitions positive slope while SCSLOPE HL sets high to low negative slope transitions The power on mode LH Note that CONF does not change the existing setting of SCSLOPE For SCTRIG MEAS the voltmeter is triggered when the input signal on the first channel in the scan list reaches the percent of full scale voltage set by PERC in the direction set by SCSLOPE NOTE The PERC command sets both the scan trigger and stop trigger to the same threshold so you cannot separate thresholds for these two triggers Threshold When Autoranging Not Used The range of PERC is 128 to 127 of the full scale range resolution 1 when autoranging is not used Power on PERC threshold value is 0 of full scale range For exam
263. sure other thermocouples you will need to measure the reference temperature for use in your own linearization program This program uses CONFMEAS to measure the reference temperature of an HP 44708A multiplexer in slot 5 of the mainframe 10 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 20 OUTPUT 709 CONFMEAS REFT 500 Measure reference temperature 30 ENTER 709 A Enter reference temperature 40 PRINTA Display reference temperature 50 END B A typical return value at room temperature in C is 24 312 Measurements Using CONF and MEAS Programming Overview This section shows how to use CONF and MEAS along with some System Mode low level commands for multiplexer measurements Low level commands discussed in this section are ARMODE DELAY NRDGS RANGE SADY SLOPE STRIG and TRIG For rear panel measurements or for a discussion of other System Mode low level commands refer to the next section Measurements Not Using MEAS As previously shown CONFMEAS configures the voltmeter takes the measurement and reads the data with a single command However CONFMEAS sets the voltmeter to a specific configuration If your measurement cannot be made with CONFMEAS you can modify the voltmeter configuration by using the CONF and MEAS commands and low level commands System Mode Programming 4 11 The programming sequence used in this section will be to first configure the voltmeter to a known state with the CONF
264. sure trigger SPER sample_period USE ch When TRIG INT is set SPER sets the time between successive measure triggers sample period Range for sample period 0 to 1073 74182375 seconds sample period settings from 0 to 10 usec are rounded to 10 p sec At power on sample period 10 usec STRIG source l When MEAS is used sets the source to start the scan sequence as defined by source Valid sources are SCAN CHADV KEY and PACER STSLOPE mode USE ch For STTRIG EXTO EXT1 MEAS and GPIO sets the edge LH or HL of the input which will generate a stop trigger Power on mode LH STTRIG source USE ch Specifies the stop trigger source Power on source INT and default source SGL TERM terminal USE ch Selects the voltmeter input terminals TERM INT selects the mainframe backplane TERM EXT selects the rear panel terminals TERM RIBBON selects the ribbon cable and TERM ZERO selects an internal zero volt reference 9 110 Scanner Mode Programming Ty Pinter Table 5 28 Scanner Mode Command Summary TRIG source USE ch Sets the source or mode for the measure trigger The power on source is HOLD no trigger and the default source is SGL single trigger from source TRIG MEAS Is not valid for Scanner Mode TRIGOUT mode USE ch Sets whether EXTO will output triggers or be enabled to receive triggers With TRIGOUT OFF EXTO can receive triggers With TRIGOUT ON EXTO outp
265. t Current range status as set by the RANGE command is available in bits 8 and 9 of the Status Register See Chapter 6 for more information about managing range information in 16 bit resolution mode The following program segment shows the 16 bit unpacking function Using Read Write Registers 8 5 100 ENTER Gpio A Enter readings 110 OUTPUT 709 SREAD 600 1 1 Read status register 120 ENTER 709 S Enter status value 130 Range BINAND SHIFT S 8 3 Isolate range info 140 FOR I 0 TO n 1 Begin print loop 150 PRINT FNUnpk16 A Range 4 Print readings 160 NEXT 200 DEF FNUnpki6 INTEGER Pack Range Define 16 bit unpack function 210 REAL R 0 3 1 Alloc range factor array 220 DATA 256 32 4 1 1 Range function data 230 READ R Fill array with range factors 240 Convert A D bits and range value to voit reading 250 IF Pack 32767 OR Pack 32768 THEN 260 V 1 E 38 270 ELSE 280 V Pack 3200 R Range 290 RETURN V 300 FNEND End 16 bit unpack function Unpacking Resistance Measurements To determine the measurement value for a resistance measurement first determine V and then use R V I where I 1 mA for the 10 kQ range 0 1 mA for the 100 kQ range or 0 01 mA for the 1 mQ range Data returned either over HP IB or over GPIO must be unpacked Refer to Chapter 5 Scanner Mode Programming for example unpacking routines Refer to Chapter 7 GPIO Operation for examples on returning data over GP
266. t 0 Enable EIR Interrupts in the Interrupt Enable Register For the HP 44702A B or HP 44704A voltmeter setting the EIR line 1 sets the interrupt line Example Setting GPIO Interrupts A typical sequence to set EIR interrupts follows 30 ASSIGN Hp_3852A TO 709 l Assign I O path to HP 38524 40 OUTPUT Hp_3852A RDGS GPIO GPIO is readings destination 50 OUTPUT GHp 3852A ENABLE INTR Enable interrupt capability 110 ASSIGN Gpio TO 12 FORMAT OFF WORD Assign GPIO I O path 120 INTEGER A 0 9 l Define array 130 ON INTR SC Gpio GOSUB Rdgs Branch on interrupt 140 ENABLE INTR SC Gpio 1 Enable interface 350 Rdgs ENTER Gpio A Enter readings Programming Examples 7 10 GPIO Operation This section shows two programs for GPIO operation including data transfers voltmeter triggering and interrupts For each example the voltmeter is in mainframe slots 6 and 7 and is connected via ribbon cable to an HP 44711A B multiplexer in slot 5 of the mainframe The GPIO interface select code is 12 The first example GPIO Operations shows basic methods to transfer data generate voltmeter triggers and generate voltmeter interrupts using GPIO The second example Transfer Data 100 kHz shows a way to transfer data from the voltmeter to a mass storage unit at 100 000 readings per second Exa mpl e GPIO mi program demonstrates GPIO data transfers triggering and interrupts perations The voltmeter is configured over HP
267. t Mode 6 9 Entering 16 Bit The HP 44704A can not be in auto range mode when entering the 16 bit Resolution Mode resolution mode If a manual range has not been selected since a RST command was executed the RESOL 16 command will generate an error To properly enter the 16 bit resolution mode execute RANGE range then execute RESOL 16 Example Entering 16 Bit Resolution Mode x 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 30 OUTPUT 709 RST 600 40 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 10 50 OUTPUT 709 RESOL 16 60 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV 70 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 1 80 OUTPUT 709 MEAS DCV 500 504 6 10 The HP 44704A in 16 Bit Mode Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 IReset voltmeter sets 13 Bit Mode _ dSet any manual range to allow RESOL 16 to work Set DC volts presets 10 24V range Select measurement range Measure channels 500 504 Nr 7 GPIO Operation Introduction This chapter shows how to use the HP 98622A General Purpose Input Output Interface GPIO Interface with an HP Series 200 300 controller for data transfer and operation with the HP 44702A B or HP 44704A voltmeter The voltmeter is set for Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation with RDGS GPIO set l NOTE You should be familiar with the HP High Speed voltmeter in Scanner Mode operation before using GPIO operation Refer to Chapter 5 Scanner Mode Programming for details on Scanner Mode operation The chapter contains three sections e The GPIO Interface summarizes GP
268. t is generated and the readings are transferred via GPIO to the controller Since readings are transferred in PACKED 16 bit format they are unpacked in the controller Unpacking functions for both 13 bit and 14 bit modes are included in this example Call the appropriate one by editing line 620 107 20 Assign I O paths define array 307 l 40 ASSIGN Comp TO 709 L Assign IJO path to HP 38524 50 ASSIGN Gpio TO 12 FORMAT OFF WORD Assign I O path to GPIO 60 Gpio 12 GPIO Interface Select Code 70 INTEGER A 1 10 Define controller array 90 100 Set up voltmeter 110 CLEAR Comp Clear HP IB 120 OUTPUT Comp RST Reset HP 3852A 130 OUTPUT Comp USE 600 I Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 140 OUTPUT Comp SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode 150 OUTPUT Comp CONF DCV Configure for DC volts 160 OUTPUT Comp RANGE 9 Set 10 24V range 170 OUTPUT Comp RDGS GPIO GPIO port is destination 180 OUTPUT Comp RDGSMODE END Interrupt when scan seq completes 190 OUTPUT Comp NRDGS 10 Set 10 readings per channel 200 OUTPUT Comp SCSLOPE HL Scan trigger on HL slope 210 OUTPUT Comp SPER 1 0 1 sec between measurements 220 OUTPUT Comp ENABLE INTR Enable voltmeter interrupts 230 OUTPUT Comp CLWRITE 500 Set ch 500 as scan list 240 OUTPUT Comp SCTRIG GPIO GPIO is scan trigger source 250 260 Wait until mainframe is ready 270 280 WHILE NOT BIT SPOLL Comp 4 Wait until rea
269. t terminals TERM and autoscan mode ASCAN You can also set the autozero control mode with AZERO TERM terminal USE ch sets the input source to the voltmeter For scanner Mode TERM RIBBON sets the ribbon cable as the input TERM INT sets the backplane bus and TERM EXT selects the rear panel terminals Note that power on TERM terminal EXT but CONF sets TERM RIBBON TERM ZERO can also be selected refer to the HP 3852A Assembly Level Service Manual for details on TERM ZERO Unless noted all examples use ribbon cable TERM RIBBON operation When CONF is executed the voltmeter makes a single autozero measurement at the beginning of the measurement sequence However as required you can also use AZERO ONCE to autozero the voltmeter When AZERO ONCE is executed the voltmeter nulls out its internal circuitry offsets Using AZERO ONCE does not impose a time penalty during scanning FUNC function name USE ch selects a measurement function anda measurement range where function selects the measurement function and range selects a measurement range or the autorange mode Only DCV OHMFI10K OHMF100K or OHMF1M can be used for FUNC function To select the FUNC measurement range you must specify the expected maximum signal amplitude or maximum resistance The voltmeter then selects the correct range To set autorange use the word AUTO or the number 0 for range Power on and default FUNC range AUTO Table 5 15 shows the
270. ta width provides room in each reading for two bits of range information These bits indicate which range was used to make the reading In 16 bit resolution mode RESOL 16 all bits are used to store the A D converter s output value No space is available to store range information To be able to keep track of the range at which multiple buffered readings were made the voltmeter must not auto range Because of this the HP 44704A s 16 bit resolution mode operates in manual range only set with RANGE See Figure 6 1 for the three measurement data formats Controlling Voltmeter Ranges Since the 16 bit resolution mode doesn t use auto ranging the high level voltmeter configuration commands CONF CONFMEAS and MONMEAS The HP 44704A in 16 Bit Mode 6 1 FR eS EELEE reson C Figure 6 1 The Three Measurement Data Formats select preset ranges based on the voltmeter function chosen Table 6 1 shows the function range relationship 7 8 2 The HP 44704A in 16 Bit Mode uri Changing Ranges Table 6 1 CONF CONFMEAS and MONMEAS Range Presets rues Meere Gout OHM F OHM F 10K OHM F 100K OHM F 1M Thermocouples Reference Temperature Thermistors 2252 amp 5K TEMPtype REFT THM F type Scene Voltage 2 or 4 Wire Ohms DC Voltage Ohms 2 or 4 Wire Ohms 10 iem 100 KQ 10 24 KR 102 4 KQ 1 024 MQ 320 mV 25 6 KQ 10 24 KQ 1 102 4 KQ 1 Thermistors 10K HTDs 320 Q RTD F type 10 24 V
271. te m tt cae te te Voltrater slot cared See stap trig thehold UE AKU Reset voltmeter N GAESS mist Selr test voltmetar LL saseE Scan trigger slope YES A Reast volimstar LL mer amp EXTB part trigger mode Turn digplay o f A YY w siya trigger merce L RESOL 14 Set 14 bt Resolution e Lc mie 9 Meeeaee triggar source Set Scanner Hode sm Menes trigger timing B Configure vol tute or pot SCIRIG HOLD L sema a Scan trigger dolay Disable intsncrupt pecca A NIRA Ermble interrupta bumbar cof preecans VYolinster function Rangs eutorenge Musbu of postecans er 9 Input terminates CT asm o Avtoman mode eec RITE UCsnnel range lista os e Reedinge destination Gee Stop trigger slope L mese Bags storage end intr l L 7 sme Stop trigger source L wee e Readings per channel vede ES ai ca E Reed results darkorers ZZA menirea oammnd z Recperes HP 447044 and firmeore revision 4 0 and greater Figure 5 6 Low Level Commands Programming Sequence Scanner Mode Programming 5 33 Scanner Mode Overview Voitmeter Architecture In this case refer to Selecting Voltmeter Configuration to select the NRDGS parameter to Selecting Voltmeter Triggering to select the SCTRIG parameter and to Selecting
272. te the previous channel list Thus the channel list actually used for the measurement is that specified by the last CLWRITE command Scanner Mode Programming 5 47 Example Setting Channel Range Lists Specify Range List As noted the RANGE range list parameter specifies the list of voltmeter ranges which correspond to the channels to be scanned Entries in RANGE range_list apply to corresponding entries in ch_list One range can be used for the entire ch_list or separate ranges can be used for the corresponding channels and or channel sequences The value s you specify for RANGE range list should be the maximum signal amplitude expected on each channel for voltage measurements or the maximum resistance expected on each channel for resistance measurements The voltmeter then selects the correct range To select autorange for a channel and or channel sequence specify the word AUTO or the value 0 for RANGE range_list In autorange mode the voltmeter samples the input signal and selects the appropriate range before each measurement Default setting is the last programmed RANGE command value If RANGE range list is not specified the last programmed RANGE command value is used for all channels specified by CL WRITE If the RANGE command is executed after CLWRITE the range set by RANGE is used for all channels specified by CLWRITE and the range values which v were specified by CLWRITE are cancelled NOTE Changing
273. ter sets the number of times the channels in the ch List will be scanned e As part of thermocouple measurements measures the isothermal block reference thermistor on the terminal module to provide a reference value for temperature conversions CONFMEAS can also be used to measure the isothermal block reference temperature only e Transfers measurement data to the mainframe memory when INTO name is used or to the output buffer and or display when INTO name is not used Table 4 2 shows CONFMEAS function parameters and data returns for the function Note that CONFMEAS is actually two commands in one CONF and MEAS The configuration phase of CONFMEAS is equivalent to the CONF command while the measurement phase of CONFMEAS is equivalent to the MEAS command That is CONFMEAS is equivalent to a CONF command followed immediately by a MEAS command System Mode Programming 4 5 Table 4 2 CONFMEAS Functions Data Returns Configure for DC Voltage DcV DC voltage DC voltage on chs in ch list Fiesistance OHM 2 wire ohms same 28 OHMITOOK Fiesistance on chs in ch list OHM10K 2 wire ohms up to 10 kQ Resistance on chs in ch list OHM100K 2 wire ohrns up to 100 kQ Resistance on chs in ch list OHM1M 2 wire ohms up to 1 MQ Resistance on chs in ch list OHMF 4 wire ohms same as OHMF100K 1 Resistance on chs in ch list OHMF10K 4 wire ohms up to 10 kQ 1 Resistance on chs in ch_list OHMF100K 4 wire ohms up to 100 kQ H Resistance on chs in c
274. ters for these three triggers The section also provides an overview of voltmeter triggering including the voltmeter trigger operation and trigger Sources 5 52 Scanner Mode Programming To select voltmeter triggering parameters first refer to Triggering Overview for a discussion of voltmeter trigger operation and the sources for voltmeter triggers Then refer to Selecting Scan Triggering Selecting Measure Triggering or Selecting Stop Triggering to select the trigger parameters for your measurement Table 5 17 shows the parameters which can be selected for each of the three triggers When you have selected voltmeter triggering parameters refer to Data Transfers and Interrupts Then program the voltmeter using the sequence in Figure 5 6 NOTE The voltmeter triggering commands in Table 5 17 are not necessarily in the same order as shown in Figure 5 6 Always program the voltmeter in the sequence in Figure 5 6 p Tabie 5 17 Voltmeter Triggering Parameters halon commands Seien Set SCTRIG Sean trigger source Scan SCSLOPE Scan trigger slope Trigger PERC Sean trigger threshold SCDELAY Scan trigger delay ASCAN Autoscan mode TRIG SLOPE SPER TRIGOUT Measure trigger source Measure trigger slope Measure trigger timing EXTO port triggering Set Measure Trigger Set STTRIG Stop trigger source Stop
275. tion with CONF and MEAS the CONF command sets SCTRIG HOLD while MEAS changes SCTRIG HOLD or SCTRIG SCAN to SCTRIG INT To set SCTRIG to a source other than INT when MEAS is used a dummy channel list must be set up with the CLWRITE command Refer to Example Setting Voltmeter Triggering for an example program Table 5 9 Scan Trigger SCTRIG Sources Using MEAS System trigger used with TRG command Voltmeter generates internal scan trigger Generate scan trigger on input threshold Input to EXTO port generates scan trigger Input to EXT1 port generates scan trigger Input to GPIO port generates scan trigger Scanner Mode Programming 5 27 Scan Trigger Slope SCSLOPE For SCTRIG MEAS EXT0 EXT1 or GPIO the SCSLOPE mode USE ch command sets the direction edge of the input LH or HL which will generate the scan trigger SCSLOPE LH sets low to high transitions positive slope while SCSLOPE HL sets high to low negative slope transitions The power on mode LH Note that CONF does not change the previous setting of SCSLOPE Scan Trigger Threshoid PERC For SCTRIG MEAS a scan trigger is generated when the input signal reaches the percent of full scale voltage set by PERC in the direction set by SCSLOPE When autoranging is not used the range of PERC is 128 to 127 of the full scale range as set with RANGE or FUNC Power on PERC threshold value is 0 of full scale range For example with SCTRIG ME
276. tmeter in mainframe slot 6 30 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON Set Scanner Mode 40 OUTPUT 709 CONFMEAS DCV 500 509 Conf meas DC volts ch 500 509 50 ENTER 709 Volts l 1 Enter 10 readings 60 PRINT USING K A Volts Display 10 readings 70 END For a set of 5V 5 sources a typical return values in volts is 4 9975 5 0025 4 9875 CONFMEAS can also be used for 2 wire or 4 wire ohms resistance measurements refer to Table 5 2 This program measures resistance using 4 wire ohms on channel 500 of an HP 44711A B multiplexer Note that only the Sense channel channel 500 is specified in the CONFMEAS ch list parameter since CONFMEAS automatically assigns the correct channel channel 512 in this case as the Source channel Also note that CONFMEAS OHMF configures the voltmeter for 4 wire ohms measurements up to 100 kQ assumed for this program and measurement results are returned in Q 10 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in mainframe slot 6 20 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON I Set Scanner Mode 30 OUTPUT 709 CONFMEAS OHMF 500 Confimeas resistance on ch 500 40 ENTER 709 A Enter results 50 PRINT A I Display results 60 END A typical return for a 10 kQ 5 resistor value in Q is 9993 75 CONFMEAS can be used for a wide variety of temperature measurements including RTDs thermistors and thermocouples This program uses CONFMEAS to measure the temperature of a 10 kQ thermistor connected to channel 500 of an HP 44711A B
277. to mainframe memory Transfer Data to Controller Rear Panel Measurements Special Applications Continuous Data Acquisition Take measurements continuously and transfer the data to the controller when an interrupt occurs Control a slave voltmeter with a master voltmeter to make synchronized measurements Set voltmeter timing parameters and use the STAT statistics command to average out 60 Hz line noise Synchronize Muitiple Voltmeters 60 Hz Noise Rejection Di gitizing Three examples follow to show some ways the voltmeter can be used to Waveforms digitize input waveforms They include capturing a window of data around an event sampling a signal to digitize a waveform and graphically displaying an input waveform 5 86 Scanner Mode Programming Example Capture of An application for the high speed voltmeter is to capture a window of data a Window of Data centered around an event One way to do this is to set the voltmeter to continuously make measurements until the event occurs use the stop trigger to signal the event and take data as required after the event This program sets the voltmeter for two prescans and one postscan An event is signaled by a high to low input on the EXTO port which generates the stop trigger The measurement consists of DC voltage measurements on channel 500 of an HP 44711A B multiplexer with 10 readings per channel Readings
278. top trigger is generated Since the latch is preset high for STSLOPE LH and low for STSLOPE HL a minimum of two passes through the scan list is required to generate a stop trigger when STTRIG MEAS is used 9 74 Scanner Mode Programming d For example with STSLOPE LH the first pass could set the latch from high to low and the second pass could set the latch back high thus generating the stop trigger on the LH transition Because the input is sampled and not continuously monitored if the input crosses the threshold and returns to its original value between samples no stop trigger will be generated Therefore for proper stop trigger operation when threshold triggering is used the period of the input signal must be greater than the time required for one pass through the scan list Threshold When Autorange Is Used If autoranging is used the absolute trigger threshold value will change based on the current range Although the same percentage is used since the full scale value is different for each range a different absolute value results Autoranging is not recommended for the first channel when STTRIG MEAS is used Therefore the first channel in the CLWRITE ch list should used a fixed range or RANGE should be used If autorange is used the stop trigger may be generated on an undesired input threshold With autorange the range selected for the first channel in the scan list may or may not be the desired range For example suppose you
279. tores the reference measurements 2 Start Scan Sequence For Scanner Mode operation a scan sequence consists of all voltmeter actions from the time the scan trigger starts the sequence 3 until the last channel has been measured and the sequence ends 6 For measurements with MEAS two types of triggers affect the voltmeter operation the scan trigger and the measure trigger The scan trigger starts the scan sequence but does not trigger the voltmeter to take measurements After the scan trigger is received each measurement is initiated by a separate measure trigger mi The scan sequence started by a scan trigger from the source set by the SCTRIG command 3 For SCTRIG MEAS EXTO EXT1 or GPIO the SCSLOPE command sets the input edge LH or HL which will generate the scan trigger For SCTRIG MEAS only PERC sets the input threshold which will generate a scan trigger 5 16 Scanner Mode Programming Voltmeter Configuration Known State USE sats voltmeter slot to be used 9SCANMODE ON sets Scanner Mode operation eCONF configure s the voltmeter eMEAS makes measurements and transfers data Operating Parameters Vottmatar Triggering Scan Trigger eSCTHIG sets scan trigger source SSCSLOPE sais scan trigger edge PERC sets scan trigger input threshold eSCDELAY trig delay sata time to first measure trigger e FUNC sets measurement function RANGE sets
280. train STRQ STRFB STRHB STRQTEN STROCOMP STRHP STRFBP STRFP Notes 1 For 4 wire ohms functions definitions Depends on Gage factor GF factor 5 8 Scanner Mode Programming 2 Refer to the CONFMEAS command in the HP 3852A Command Reference Manual for DC voltage on chs in ch_list Resistance on chs in ch_list Resistance on chs in ch_list Resistance on chs in ch list Resistance on chs in ch_list Resistance on chs in ch list Resistance on chs in ch_list Resistance on chs in ch_list Resistance on chs in ch list Thermocouple temp C on chs in ch list compensated to 0 reference Reference temp C of isothermal block in slot addressed Thermistor temp C on chin ch list Thermistor temp C on ch in ch list RTD temp CC on ch in ch list RTD temp fC on ch in ch list Bridge excitation voltage Bridge output voltage Strain or microstrain 3 Strain or microstrain 3 Strain or microstrain 3 Strain or microstrain 3 Microstrain Strain or microstrain 3 Strain or microstrain 3 Strain or microstrain f t t Configure the Voltmeter When CONFMEAS is executed the voltmeter ls configured to a known state 2 Measure References For thermocouple or strain measuramoerts reference measurements are made and stored 3 Start Scan The first channel in the channel list ls close
281. ttings for these parameters In the program NRDGS 3 sets the number of readings per channel to 3 and RANGE 9 sets the 10 24V range Maximum expected amplitude is 9 volts on all channels MEAS NSCAN 2 is used to make two scan passes so 18 readings are taken Scanner Mode Programming 5 25 10 DIM Volts 0 17 Dimension controller array 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in MF slot 6 30 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON I Set Scanner Mode 40 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV Set DC volts 50 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 9 1 Set 10 24V range 60 OUTPUT 709 NRDGS 3 Set 3 readings channel 70 OUTPUT 709 MEAS DCV 500 502 NSCAN 2 Meas ch 500 502 make 2 scans 80 ENTER 709 Volts Enter 18 readings 90 PRINT USING K Volts Display 18 readings 100 END For a set of 9V 5 sources a typical return values in volts is 8 9975 9 0025 ch 500 PEF i 8 9925 8 9975 ch 501 pass 1 9 readings 9 00 8 9975 9 00 ch 502 9 0025 8 9975 l 9 0025 ch 500 5 ees 9 005 4 8 9925 IE zd 8 9975 ch 501 pass 2 9 readings 9 0025 4 8 995 9 00 ch 502 9 0025 Selecting As noted when MEAS is used you can select parameters for the scan trigger Voltmeter and measure triggers Table 5 8 shows voltmeter scan and measure trigger Tri gg erin g parameters which can be selected for MEAS operation Table 5 8 Voltmeter Triggering Parameters Aion Commands BeWnhion Set SCTRIG Scan trigger source Scan SCSLOPE Scan trigger slope Trigger PERC
282. turn voltage value in volts is Intr 02 46 50 8 995 8 99 10 readings 9 01 Scanner Mode Programming 5 85 Measurement Examples P Typical measurement examples for the voltmeter follow divided into three general categories as shown in Table 5 27 Except as noted the voltmeter is in mainframe slots 6 and 7 and is connected via the ribbon cable to an HP 44711A B multiplexer in slot 5 of the mainframe Scanner Mode ribbon cable operation with RDGS SYS is also assumed See Figure 3 3 for typical connections to the HP 44711A B multiplexer NOTE The examples do not include GPIO transfers or GPIO operation Refer to Chapter 7 GPIO Operation for examples using GPIO Table 5 27 Measurement Examples Description Measure voltage values within a specified time frame before and after an event Sample a signal at specified intervals to digitize the waveform Sampie a signal at specified intervals and graphically display the result Digitizing Waveforms Capture a Window of Data Digitize a Waveform Graphing a Waveform High Speed Data Transfers Transter Data to Mainframe Take measurements at 80 000 readings per second and transier data to mainframe memory Take measurements at 80 000 readings per second and transfer data to controller via mainframe at 35 000 readings per second Take measurements at 80 000 readings per second for an input to the rear panel terminals and transfer data
283. unpacking functions for 13 bit HP 44702A B and HP 44704A after RST and 14 bit HP 44704A after RESOL 14 command modes Call the appropriate one by editing line 310 Since SPER is set for 12 5 psec measurements are taken at 12 5 usec intervals SCDELAY O sets 0 msec scan trigger delay 5 94 Scanner Mode Programming Note that CLWRITE is not used since there are no multiplexer channels to be measured Instead the voltmeter sets up a dummy channel in the scan list for each reading and takes the readings from the source specified by TERM TERM EXT in this program Also note that the front panel display is turned off with DISP OFF This is very important for high speed scans as it greatly improves system performance 30 Define I O paths buffer array 40 OPTION BASE 0 50 INTEGER Bdata 1 25 BUFFER 60 ASSIGN Dac to 709 l Set option base 0 Define controller buffer HP 38524 I O address 70 ASSIGN Hp_3852 to 709 FORMAT OFF Setup HP IB path 80 ASSIGN Bdata to BUFFER Bdata FORMAT OFF Controller buffer path 90 OUTPUT Dac PACKED PARR 49 100 120 Set up voltmeter and transfer data 130 OUTPUT Dac USE 600 140 OUTPUT Dac DISP OFF 150 OUTPUT Dac SCANMODE ON 160 OUTPUT Dac CONF DCV 170 OUTPUT QgDac TERM EXT 180 OUTPUT Dac RANGE 9 190 OUTPUT Dac NRDGS 25 200 OUTPUT Dac SPER 12 5E 6 210 OUTPUT Dac SCDELAY 0 220 OUTPUT Dac ASCAN ON 230 OUTPUT QDac SCTRIG SGL HP 385
284. urement the voltage present on the backplane must be added to the voltage being switched on the next channel to determine the total rally contact voltage See figure 3 1 for guidelines to maximize relay life and prevent damage to sensitive transducers by high backplane discharge voltages When measuring high voltages connect the line which has the highest maximum 1 absulute peak voltage of the source to the HIGH terminal on the terminal module Connect the line which has the lowest absolute peak voltage on the source to the LOW terminal on the terminal module Connect the guard line ONLY if high common mode noise rejection is necessary otherwise do not connect the guard line E Lz LIKE WITH MINIMUM ABSOLUTE PEAK VOLTAGE QUARO OR Discharge the HP 3852A analog backplane to earth ground through 1 M 10 M resistors connected to HIGH LOW and GUARD on an unused channel EARTH GROUND 1 tf the backplane is not discharged high common mode voltage may appear on the backplane and cause the HP High Speed Voltmeter to generate an overload teading even though the signal input is within the voltmeter range Figure 3 1 Discharging the HP 3852A Backplane Installation and Checkout 3 3 Voltmeter Input The HP 44702A B and the HP 44704A have input protection relays Protection backplane only on the HP 44702A B If excessive input voltage appears on the protected inputs the protection relays will open On the HP 44702A B only the
285. used CHREAD is not required and will not work since these commands automatically transfer the data to the mainframe memory or output buffer display as part of the command sequence 2 Any programming command except ENABLE INTR or DISABLE INTR clears the voltmeter buffer This guarantees that any data returned by CHREAD or XRDGS reflects the current programmed state i When CONFMEAS or MEAS is not used use XRDGS ch number INTO name or fmt to transfer multiple readings to the mainframe memory or to the output buffer display XRDGS with INTO name transfers data to the mainframe memory while XRDGS without INTO name transfers data to the output buffer and or display Use VREAD to read data from mainframe memory to the output buffer and or display XRDGS ch number fmt transfers multiple readings to the output buffer display in the format specified by fmt where number is the number of readings to be transferred The range of number is 1 to 2 147 483 647 If number is specified XRDGS transfers any reading which is available until the specified number of readings have been transferred If number is not specified the mainframe waits until the scan sequence completes determines how many readings are stored and then transfers all readings Scanner Mode Programming 5 81 For example XRDGS 600 100 transfers 100 readings from a voltmeter in slot 6 of the mainframe to the output buffer display one at a time as the readings
286. uts measurement triggers USE ch Specifies the slot to be used for voltmeter commands USE INTO name or fmt Returns the current USEd channel or slot address last set by the USE command ARDGS ch number INTO name or fmt Transfers the number of readings specified by number from the voltmeter buffer to the mainframe memory if INTO name is specified or to the output buffer and or display if INTO name is not specified Default number 1 Scanner Mode Programming 5 111 6 The HP 44704A in 16 Bit Mode Introduction This chapter explains how the HP 44704A s 16 bit resolution mode differs from operations explained in Chapters 4 and 5 You should be familiar with subjects covered in Chapters 4 and 5 before reading this chapter Chapter This chapter has four sections Contents Introduction provides a chapter overview and summarizes chapter contents e The 16 Bit Data Format shows why the measurement data format i in the voltmeter buffer forces the use of manual range control e Controlling Voltmeter Ranges explains how voltmeter ranges are setin the absence of auto ranging e Managing Range Information shows when and how the voltmeter can determine reading range status and when and how your program will have to keep track of measurement range The 16 Bit Data Format The HP 44704A has 16 bit wide reading storage memory Data Buffer In 13 or 14 bit resolution modes the 16 bit da
287. vance scan when the number of readings set by CONF CONFMEAS or NRDGS have been taken and readings transferred and an input to the CHANNEL ADVANCE BNC port occurs Advance scan when the number of readings set by CONF CONFMEAS or NRDGS have been taken and readings transferred and the front panel SADV KEY key is pressed Advance scan when the number of readings set by CONF CONFMEAS or NRDGS have been taken and readings transferred and a pacer pulse occurs This example uses the system pacer and the STRIG and SADV commands to control scan start and scan advance for DC voltage measurements on channels 500 through 504 of an HP 44705A multiplexer See Figure 3 2 for typical connections to the multiplexer System Mode Programming 4 23 Example Setting Scan Triggering STRIG SADV This program scans channels 500 through 504 and makes three passes through the channel list 15 measurements total To start the scan press the front panel SADV KEY key After a 1 second delay the voltmeter measures channels 500 through 504 and halts Press the SADV KEY key again to start the second pass and press the key a third time to start the third pass In the program PACER 0 1 line 70 sets the system pacer to continuously output pulses at 0 1 second intervals and PDELAY 1 line 80 delays the first pulse 1 second after PTRIG SGL line 90 activates the system pacer Note that although MEAS NSCAN 3 line 100 sets three passes through t
288. volimeter range Measure Trigger 9ARMODE sets autorange mode eTERM sets input terminals STRIG sets measure trigger sourca enDGS sets readings destination TRIGOUT sets scan trigger input threshold NROGS sets number of readings par channel 8SL OPE sets measure trigger edge e AZERO autozeroces the voltmeter SPER sets time between measure triggers eCLWRITE sets channel and range list TRIGOUT sets EXTO port trigger output mode i Last Channel pulcre Configure Reteconce E Yoluretar MEASUREMENTS ia goe Ti n a NIXS a ee Figure 5 5 CONF and MEAS Operation Ribbon Cable Scanner Mode Programming 5 17 Measure First Channel Following the scan trigger a delay set by the SCDELAY wig delay parameter occurs before the first measure trigger is enabled If TRIG INT internal measure trigger is set the first measurement mi is then made The voltmeter takes NRDGS readings on the first channel 4 as set by the NRDGS number parameter If TRIG INT is set the time between the start of each measurement m to mz etc is set by SPER sample period Each measurement is initiated by a measure trigger from the source set by the TRIG command For TRIG EXTO EXT1 or GPIO the SLOPE command sets the input edge LH or HL which generates the measure trigger TRIGOUT sets whether the EX TO port can generate or receive triggers As each measurement is taken data 1s stored in the voltmeter data buffer Stored readings are trans
289. w EA eu one Setting Scan Triggering n on r ae bck lt Setting Scan Trigger Source STRIG PTS 423 Setting Scan Advance Source SADY Vel423 c d qur ees melt oov 702 Example Setting Scan Triggering D A i 423 214 o oco n Measurements Not Using MEAS 424 5 _ Low Level Multiplexer Measurements rem xx 3 42 S Controlling Multiplexer Channels NOD een OE CLOSE OPEN orco Nr bite 425 ay eee sae oe Transferring Readings CHREAD ba A ae Example Low Level Multiplexer tue pis i owe Measurements E owe 7 Rear Panel Measurements AQT 0020 Setting Input Terminals TERM 4 27 0 Setting Input Threshold PERC 4 27 7 Setting Measurement Function FUNC 428 Setting Autozero Mode AZERO PME Uo EE Transferring Multiple Readings XRDGS 428 gt Example Rear Panel Measurements 429 Enabling Interrupts leen 430 7 Setting Readings Destination RDGS 430 Setting Readings Storage Mode ELS E RDGSMODE 0 00 431 Setting Interrupts ENABLE INTR 432 Example Enabling Interrupts 4 34 4 System Mode Programming Introduction Chapier Contents Program Titles This chapter shows how to program the voltmeter for multiplexer and rear panel measurements when the voltmeter is set for System Mode SCANMODE OFF operation Refer to Chapter 5 Scanner Mode Programming for me
290. wed On Board Buffer The voltmeter has an on board storage buffer All readings are first stored in the buffer Readings stored In the bulfer can be sent to mainframe memory to the HP IB output buffer or to the GPIO port EXTERNAL TRIGGER T 1 Differential input The voltmeter uses a balanced input differential Measurement technique With this method equal impedances between high to chassis and low to chassis provide good common mode noise rejection The vottmeter does not have overranging Maxiumurn signal high to low plus common mode voltage low to chassis to prevent and overioad Indication IE 38 must be 10 24 V CAUTION A External Tiger Poris Use the EXTERNAL TRIGGER Ports EXTO and EXT to input an external trigger to the voltmeter When programmed EXTO can also output a trigger signal for applicetions such as synchronizing operation of other HP 44702A B voltrneters Release Lever LR and pull on the release lever to remove the volimeter from its slots Since the HP High Speed Voltmeter requires two slots it cannot be installed in slots 3 and 4 of ihe mainframe or in slots 5 and of a HP 3853A Extender Figure 1 1 Voltmeter Features 1 2 Introduction Voltmeter Descriptions The HP 44702A HP 44702B and HP 44704A are high speed voltmeters which can make DC voltage resistance strain and temperature measurements at speeds up to 100 000 readings second In addition with an extern
291. will be ignored a stop trigger received on the second pass will be accepted at the end of the second pass and a stop trigger received after the third pass will be accepted at the end of that pass For example a stop trigger received at t 1 second at the end of the first prescan pass wili be ignored and the voltmeter will continue to make scan passes until another stop trigger is received and accepted For a trigger received at 1 lt t 2 seconds during the second prescan pass the program returns the data from the first two prescans Or for a trigger received at 99 lt t x 100 seconds the program returns the data from the 99th and 100th prescan passes 10 DIM Volts 0 19 Dimension controller array 20 OUTPUT 709 USE 600 Use voltmeter in MF slot 6 30 OUTPUT 709 SCANMODE ON I Set Scanner Mode 40 OUTPUT 709 CONF DCV Set DC volts C 50 OUTPUT 709 RANGE 9 Set 10 24V range e 60 OUTPUT 709 RhDGSMODE COMPLETE Trim data to PRESCAN POSTSCAN passes 70 OUTPUT 709 SCDELAY 0 1 1 0 msec scan trig delay 1 sec scan pace 80 OUTPUT 709 PRESCAN 2 Make 2 prescan passes 90 OUTPUT 709 POSTSCAN 0 Make 0 postscan passes 100 OUTPUT 709 CLWRITE 500 509 Set ch 500 509 as scan list 110 OUTPUT 709 STTRIG EXTO Set EXTO port as stop trigger source 120 OUTPUT 709 SCTRIG INT Internal scan trigger 130 OUTPUT 709 XRDGS 600 Read last 2 prescans before stop trig 140 INTER 709 Volts Enter last 2 prescans 150 P
292. wire or 4 wire oh as and temperature thermocouples thermistors or RTDs measurements The advantage of using CONFMEAS is that it allows you to quickly and easily configure the voltmeter for a wide variety of measurements with a single command The CONFMEAS syntax is CONFMEAS function ch list NSCAN number USE ch INTO name or fmt 4 4 System Mode Programming NOTE 1 The NSCAN number parameter applies only to instruments which have firmware revision 2 2 or greater 2 For the HP 44717A 44718A 44719A and 44720A strain gage multiplexers CONFMEAS includes additional optional and or required parameters Refer to the HP 44717A 447184 44719A 44720A Strain Gage Accessories Configuration and Programming Manual for Details CONFMEAS configures the voltmeter for a specific measurement function scans measures and transfers data CONFMEAS can be used only for multiplexer measurements CONFMEAS does the following e Configures the voltmeter to a function appropriate to the specified measurement function DCV OHM etc and sets the volimeter to a known programmed state The measurement function is specified by the function parameter e Causes specified multiplexer channel s to be scanned and measured and associated data conversion voltage to temperature in C or voltage to strain to be performed as required on the results The channels to be scanned are defined by the ch list parameter The optional NSCAN number parame
293. y to the HP 44702A B and HP 447044 in 13 and 14 bit resolution modes The fundamentals covered here also apply to the HP 447044 in 16 bit resolution mode but some differences exist These are covered in Chapter 6 The HP 447044 in 16 Bit Mode This chapter has six sections e Introduction lists the chapter contents summarizes types of Scanner Mode measurements and shows a suggested getting started sequence e Measurements Using CONFMEAS shows how to make Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements using the CONFMEAS command CONFMEAS configures the voltmeter and takes the measurement with a single command so this is the easiest way to make Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements However CONFMEAS presets the voltmeter so there is no programming flexibility In addition CONFMEAS cannot be used for high speed measurements e Measurements Using CONF and MEAS shows how to make Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements using the CONF and MEAS commands along with some low level commands Using CONF and MEAS along with low level commands allows increased programming flexibility but does not offer the capabilities of using CONF and low level commands Scanner Mode Programming 5 1 e Measurements Using CONF and Low Level Commands shows how to use CONF and low level commands to make Scanner Mode ribbon cable measurements With low level commands you can make full use of the voltmeter capabilities and can make measurements at rates up to 100 000
294. ystem Mode low level commands when MEAS is not used Three measurement areas are discussed low level multiplexer measurements rear panel measurements and enabling interrupts This subsection shows how to use the OPEN CLOSE TRIG and CHREAD commands to make low level multiplexer measurements When MEAS is not used you can use the CLOSE ch list command to close channels in the channel list and use the OPEN ch list command to open the channels in the channel list Note that CLOSE and OPEN do NOT automatically set the tree switches and isolation relays so these channels must also be specified Refer to the appropriate multiplexer configuration and programming manual for channel definitions CAUTION The CLOSE command does not close channels in a break before make asbl Therefore the command can and will cause damage to the multiplexer accessory relay or FET and external system if it is used to force one channel open by closing another This applies to channels in the same bank in separate banks tied together by the tree relays and to the relays themselves Before a channel is closed with the CLOSE command use the OPEN command to open the channel that is currently closed This prevents any two channels from being closed at the same time and reduces the risk of damaging your equipment NOTE CLOSE is a low level command intended for individual switch Solos in signal routing applications It is not the easiest way to do

HP Landscape Lighting B User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents